New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission 


Hudson  River  Vehicular    Tunnel 

CONTRACT  NO.  4 

TUNNELS  BETWEEN  A  POINT  ABOUT  ONE  THOUSAND  FEET 
WEST  OF  THE  RIVER  BULKHEAD  NEAR  THE  LINE  OF 
TWELFTH  STREET,  JERSEY  CITY,  AND  A  POINT 
ABOUT  SIX  HUNDRED  FEET  WEST  OF 
THE  NEW  YORK  PIERHEAD  LINE- 
TWO  LAND  SHAFTS  AND 

TWO  RIVER  SHAFTS 
NEW  JERSEY— NEW  YORK 


INVITATION    AND    INFORMATION     FOR    CONTRACTORS,    SPECIFI- 

CATIONS,  FORMS  OF  CONTRACT,  BONDS  AND 

CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL 


FORM   ADOPTED    BY   THE    COMMISSIONS   DECEMBER   27,  1021,   AND   FILED   ON 

COMMENCEMENT  OF  ADVERTISEMENT  OF  INVITATION 

AND  INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS 


1921 


._ 


New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission 

\\ 

AND 

New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission 


Hudson  River  Vehicular    Tunnel 

CONTRACT  NO.  4 

TUNNELS  BETWEEN  A  POINT  ABOUT  ONE  THOUSAND  FEET 

WEST  OF  THE  RIVER  BULKHEAD  NEAR  THE  LINE  OF 

TWELFTH  STREET,  JERSEY  CITY,  AND  A  POINT 

ABOUT  SIX  HUNDRED  FEET  WEST  OF 

THE  NEW  YORK  PIERHEAD  LINE— 

TWO   LAND  SHAFTS   AND 

TWTO  RIVER  SHAFTS 

NEW  JERSEY— NEW  YORK 


INVITATION    AND    INFORMATION     FOR    CONTRACTORS,    SPECIFI- 
CATIONS, FORMS  OF  CONTRACT,  BONDS  AND 
CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL 


FORM   ADOPTED    BY   THE    COMMISSIONS    DECEMBER   27,   1921,   AND   FILED    ON 

COMMENCEMENT   OF  ADVERTISEMENT   OF  INVITATION 

AND  INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS 


1921 


NEW  YORK  STATE  BRIDGE  AND  TUNNEL  COMMISSION 

and 
NEW  JERSEY  INTERSTATE  BRIDGE  AND  TUNNEL  COMMISSION 


NEW    YORK    STATE    BRIDGE    AND 
TUNNEL   COMMISSION 

GEORGE  R.   DYER,  Chairman 

E.  W.  BLOOMINGDALE,  Vice-Chairman 

McDOUGALL  HAWKES 

A.  J.   SHAMBERG 

GROVER   A.   WHALEN 

Commissioner  of  Plant  and  Structures 
of   New   York   City 

FRANK  M.   WILLIAMS 

State  Engineer  and   Surveyor 

PAUL  WINDELS,  Counsel 
MORRIS  M.  FROHLICH,   Secretary 


NEW    JERSEY    INTERSTATE    BRIDGE 
AND    TUNNEL    COMMISSION 

T.   ALBEUS  ADAMS,   Chairman 
SAMUEL  M.   SHAY,  Vice-Chairman 
THOMAS  J.   S.  BARLOW 
THEODORE  BOETTGER 
JOHN  F.   BOYLE 
FRANK  F.  GALLAHER 
WELLER   H.    NOTES 
CHARLES  S.    STEVENS 
EMERSON  RICHARDS,  Counsel 
JAMES  P.  DOLAN,  Secretary 

JAMES  J.    McMAHON 

Assistant    Secretary 


CLIFFORD  M.   HOLLAND 
Chief  Engineer 


M259787 


INVITATION  AND  INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS, 
CONTRACT  . 


CHAPTER  I — ENABLING  RESOLUTIONS   8 

CHAPTER  II — GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS.  13 

CHAPTER  III — WORK  TO  BE  DONE,  PRICES,  ETC 21 

SCHEDULE  ITEMS   23 

INSPECTION 41 

DRAWINGS   . . 45 

CHAPTER  IV — SPECIFICATIONS  48 

BRIEF  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  WORK 48 

GENERAL  CLAUSES 49 

1.  Method  of  Prosecuting  the  Work 49 

2.  Roadway  to  Shafts   and  Maintenance  of 

Traffic   59 

3.  Support  and  Restoration  of  Buildings  and 

Structures 63 

4.  Maintenance  and  Changes  of  Pipes,  Rail- 

roads, etc 65 

5.  Excavation 70 

6.  Compressed  Air  Requirements 74 

7.  Materials  and  Workmanship 83 

8.  Backfilling  and  Cleaning  Up 84 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

SCHEDULE  ITEMS:  PAGE 

1-3.  Open  and  Covered  Excavation.  ...     86 

4-6.         Shaft  Excavation 89 

8-12.       Tunnel  Excavation   93 

16-19.       Shield  Junctions 102 

.      21.  Permanent  Blanket  over  Tunnel.  .   106 

25.  Cement    107 

27-29.       Concrete  Masonry  Ill 

35-36.       Granite  Masonry   123 

45.  Grout 128 

52-59.       Piling  and  Timbering 131 

60-66.       Waterproofing      135 

70-85.       Steel  and  Wrought  Iron  142 

85-86.       Galvanized  Metal 156 

88.  Cast  Steel   160 

90-95.       Cast  Iron   162 

100.  Tunnel  Service  Pipe 176 

105.  Painting 177 

107.  Non-corrosive  Metal 184 

108.  Bronze    185 

110.  Tunnel  Ducts 187 

112.  Asbestos  Material   190 

120.  Water  Pipe  Changes 192 

123-124.  Sub-surface   Gas  Pipe   and  Water 

Pipe  Lines   194 

148.  Engineer's  Field  Office 195 

155.  Fencing     195 

APPENDIX  TO  SPECIFICATIONS 197 

Permit  to  Secretary  of  War 197 

CHAPTER  V — SECURITY   TO   BE  FURNISHED   BY  THE 

CONTRACTOR  .    205 


TABLE  OF   CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

CHAPTER  VI — PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR 209 

CHAPTER  VII — CONTRACTOR'S  LIABILITY  FOR  INJURIES  217 

CHAPTER  VIII — INTERFERENCE  BY  INJUNCTIONS,  PRO- 
VISION FOR  PLANT  SITES,  PAYMENT 
FOR  AND  OWNERSHIP  OF  PLANT  ....  221 

CHAPTER  IX — TIME  FOR  COMPLETION,  DAMAGES  FOR 

DELAY 231 

CHAPTER  X — REMEDIES  IN  CASE  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  DE- 
FAULT    234 

EXECUTION  OF  CONTRACT 240 

FORM  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  BOND 244 

CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL — FORM  A 250 

CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL — FORM  B 276, 

INDEX   .  317 


INVITATION  AND  INFORMATION  FOR 
CONTRACTORS. 

The  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission 
and  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Com- 
mission invite  proposals  to  construct  a  portion  of  two  (2) 
tunnels,  two  (2)  land  shafts  and  two  (2)  river  shafts  for 
a  Vehicular  Tunnel  under  the  Hudson  River. 

The  tunnels  will  begin  about  one  thousand  (1,000)  feet 
west  of  the  present  bulkhead  in  the  Erie  Railroad  yard, 
Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  and  extend  in  an  easterly  direction  to 
within  about  six  hundred  (600)  feet  of  the  -New  York  pier- 
head line.  The  land  shafts  will  be  located  about  one  hun- 
dred forty  (140)  feet  west  of  the  present  bulkhead  in  the 
above  mentioned  railroad  yard  and  the  river  shafts  will  be 
located  about  one  hundred  (100)  feet  west  of  the  New 
Jersey  pierhead  line  as  established  in  1913. 

The  work  under  this  contract  will  include  the  care  and 
support  of  all  surface,  sub-surface  and  overhead  struc- 
tures, and  their  restoration  if  disturbed  by  tunnel- 
ing operations.  East  of  the  pierhead  line  the  tunnels 
will  be  built  under  a  permit  from  the  Secretary  of  War 
and  the  Contractor  will  be  required  to  assume  the  obliga- 
tions imposed  by  this  permit  relative  to  the  work  of  tun- 
nel construction. 

Sites  for  the  land  and  river  shafts  and  for  the  Con- 
tractor's plant  and  waterfront  facilities,  as  indicated  on 
the  contract  drawings,  will  be  furnished  to  the  Contractor 
for  his  use. 

Bidders  must  examine  the  form  of  contract  and  the 
specifications  and  the  contract  drawings,  must  visit  the 
location  of  the  work,  inform  themselves  of  the  conditions 


INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS. 

along  the  line  of  the  work,  and  must  make  their  own 
estimates  of  the  facilities  and  difficulties  attending  the 
execution  of  the  work. 

The  contract  requirements  include  provisions  as  to ;  an 
adequate  plant,  the  use  of  compressed  air,  the  prosecu- 
tion of  the  work  in  a  railroad  terminal  yard,  the  Contrac- 
tor's responsibility  for  damage  to  property  or  injury  to 
persons,  the  difficulties  to  be  encountered  in  tunnel  exca- 
vation, the  methods  required  in  erecting  and  bolting  the 
tunnel  lining  and  in  sinking  shafts  near  the  bulkhead  and 
pierhead  lines,  the  requirements  as  to  quality  of  mate- 
rials and  workmanship,  the  necessity  of  conducting  the 
work  by  methods  most  conducive  to  safety  and  the  im- 
portance of  completing  the  work  within  the  time  pre- 
scribed. 

A  more  detailed  description  of  the  work  to  be  done 
and  other  requirements,  provisions,  details  and  specifica- 
tions are  given  in  the  form  of  contract  and  specifications, 
copies  of  which  may  be  purchased  at  the  office  of  the 
Commissions,  Room  617,  Hall  of  Records,  Borough  of 
Manhattan,  New  York  City. 

Partial  payments  to  the  Contractor  will  be  made,  as 
the  work  proceeds,  as  provided  in  the  contract.  Such 
payments  will  include  payments  for  plant  to  be  made 
from  time  to  time  during  the  erection  of  the  power  plant 
and  shields,  the  final  payment  for  plant  becoming  due 
when  it  is  ready  for  operation.  The  payments  for  plant 
will  be  deducted  as  the  work  proceeds  from  the  amounts 
due  the  Contractor  under  the  Schedule  Items  of  the  con- 
tract. 

The  Contractor  will  be  required  to  begin  actual  work 
within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  date  of  the  delivery  of 
the  contract  and  must  complete  the  work  as  soon  as 


INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS. 

practicable  and  within  a  period  of  thirty-six  (36)  months 
after  the  date  of  the  delivery  of  the  contract. 

Sealed  bids  or  proposals  will  be  received  at  the  office 
of  the  Commissions,  Room  617,  Hall  of  Records,  New 
York  City,  until  the  seventh  day  of  February,  1922, 
at  three  (3:00)  o'clock  P.  M.,  Eastern  Standard  Time,  at 
which  time  or  at  a  later  date,  to  be  fixed  by  the  Commis- 
sions, the  proposals  will  be  publicly  opened. 

Proposals  must  be  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the 
Commissions  and  are  invited  in  either  or  both  of 
two  forms.  In  Form  "A"  the  bidder  is  to  state  his  prices 
for  the  work  proposed  without  dependence  upon  the 
award  of  any  other  contract.  In  Form  "B"  the  bidder  is 
to  state  his  prices  for  the  work  proposed  in  case  he 
should  also  be  awarded  Contract  No.  3,  which  is  the  New 
York  River  Section  of  the  Hudson  River  Vehicular  Tunnel, 
advertised  concurrently  herewith.  The  proposal  in  Form 
"B"  herein,  in  order  to  be  valid,  must  be  accompanied 
by  a  proposal  in  Form  "B"  for  the  construction  of  the 
said  New  York  River  Section  under  Contract  No.  3. 

A  statement,  based  upon  the  estimate  of  the  Chief  En- 
gineer of  the  Commissions,  of  the  quantities  of  the  various 
classes  of  the  work  and  of  the  nature  and  extent,  as 
near  as  practicable,  of  the  work  required,  is  to  be  found 
in  the  schedule  forming  a  part  of  the  Contractor's  pro- 
posal. The  quantities  given  in  such  schedule  are  approxi- 
mate only,  being  given  as  a  basis  for  the  uniform  com- 
parison of  bids,  and  no  claim  is  to  be  made  against  the 
State  of  New  York  or  the  State  of  New  Jersey  for  dam- 
ages or  anticipated  profit  or  loss  of  profit  on  account  of 
any  excess  or  deficiency,  absolute  or  relative,  in  the  same. 
The  Commissions  reserve  the  right,  as  stated  in  the  con- 
tract, to  increase  or  to  diminish  or  to  omit  entirely  any 
of  the  quantities  listed  in  the  schedule. 


INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS. 

The  unit  prices  must  not  be  improperly  balanced,  and 
any  bid  which  the  Commissions  consider  detrimental  to 
the  States'  interest  may  be  rejected. 

Every  proposal  must,  when  submitted,  be  enclosed  in 
a  sealed  envelope  endorsed  "Proposal  for  Constructing 
the  New  Jersey  River  Section  of  the  Hudson  River  Vehic- 
ular Tunnel"  and  must  be  delivered  to  the  Commissions 
or  their  Secretaries,  and  in  the  presence  of  the  person 
submitting  the  proposal  it  will  be  deposited  in  a  sealed 
box  in  which  all  proposals  will  be  deposited. 

No  proposal  will  be  received  or  deposited  unless  accom- 
panied by  two  certified  checks,  for  one  hundred  fifty  thou- 
sand dollars  ($150,000)  each,  one  payable  to  the  order  of 
the  "Comptroller  of  the  State  of  New  York"  and  the  other 
payable  to  the  order  of  the  "Chairman  of  the  New  Jersey 
Interstate  Rridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,"  and  drawn  up- 
on National  or  State  Banks  or  Trust  Companies  satisfac- 
tory to  the  Commissions,  and  having  their  principal  offices 
in  New  York  City  or  in  the  Cities  of  Newark  or  Jersey  City. 
SUCH  CHECKS  MUST  NOT  BE  ENCLOSED  IN  THE 
ENVELOPE  CONTAINING  THE  PROPOSAL.  A  receipt 
will  be  given  for  these  checks.  Unless  forfeited  under  the 
conditions  herein  stipulated  such  checks  will  be  returned 
to  the  bidders  upon  surrender  of  the  receipts  at  the  time 
herein  provided. 

No  proposal  will  be  considered  unless  the  consent  to 
become  surety  for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  con- 
tract, in  case  the  same  is  awarded  to  the  bidder,  as  con- 
tained in  the  Contractor's  Proposal  herein,  is  duly  exe- 
cuted by  two  or  more  bonding  or  surety  companies 
authorized  to  do  business  under  the  laws  of  the 
State  of  New  York  or  the  State  of  New  Jersey 
or  by  two  or  more  individuals.  The  corporations 
or  individuals  executing  the  consent  must  submit  with 


INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS. 

the  bid  a  detailed  statement  in  affidavit  form  setting  forth 
a  list  of  their  assets  and  liabilities.  In  order  to 
be  acceptable  to  the  Commissions,  the  proposed 
sureties  must  show  an  excess  of  assets  over  liabilities 
in  an  amount  equal  to  or  greater  than  the  proposed  bond, 
which  assets  must  consist  either  of  improved  real  estate, 
first  mortgages,  bonds  or  stocks,  approved  by  the  Com- 
missions. The  sureties  must  further  be  ready  and  willing 
to  transfer,  mortgage,  deposit  or  hypothecate  any  such 
assets  as  collateral  security  for  the  performance  of  the 
bond  to  be  executed  by  them  whenever  requested  to  do  so 
by  the  Commissions  or  either  of  them. 

If  the  bidder  makes  proposals  on  both  Contract  No.  4 
and  Contract  No.  3,  the  certified  checks  accompanying 
each  bid  and  the  sureties'  consent  must  be  complied  with 
in  connection  with  each  proposal,  and,  in  case  the  bidder 
is  awarded  both  contracts,  the  bonds  provided  for  in  each 
contract  must  be  executed. 

No  proposal,  after  it  shall  have  been  deposited  with 
the  Commissions,  shall  be  withdrawn  for  any  reason 
whatsoever. 

The  award  of  the  contract  will  be  made  by  the  Commis- 
sions as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  acceptance  of  the 
bids  and  the  contract  will  be  awarded  or  all 
bids  will  be  rejected  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the 
opening  of  the  bids,  but  the  Commissions  reserve  the 
right  to  extend  this  time  as  in  their  opinion  public  in- 
terest may  require. 

The  bidder  whose  proposal  is  accepted  will  be  notified 
as  to  such  acceptance  and  as  to  whether  the  sureties  pro- 
posed are  approved  by  the  Commissions.  Within  five  (5) 
days  after  such  notification  the  bidder  shall,  in  person  or 
by  duly  authorized  representative,  attend  at  the  said 


INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS. 

office  of  the  Commissions,  and  such  bidder  shall  then  de- 
liver a  contract  in  the  form  herein  provided,  duly  exe- 
cuted and  with  its  execution  duly  proved. 

If  the  sureties  named  in  the  proposal  are  not  approved 
by  the  Commissions,  the  bidder  naming  such  sureties  will 
be  required,  within  five  (5)  days  after  notice  of  such  dis- 
approval or  within  such  further  period,  if  any,  as  may 
be  prescribed  by  the  Commissions,  to  substitute  other 
sureties  approved  by  the  Commissions.  Within  five 
(5)  days  after  such  approval,  the  bidder  shall  deliver  the 
contract  duly  executed  and  approved  in  the  manner  stated 
above. 

At  the  time  of  the  delivery  of  the  contract  the  Con- 
tractor will  be  required  to  furnish  security  to  the  State 
of  New  York  by  depositing  a  bond  in  the  sum  of  one 
million  dollars  ($1,000,000)  and  security  to  the  State  of 
New  Jersey  by  depositing  a  bond  in  the  sum  of  one 
million  dollars  ($1,000,000).  These  bonds  must  be  in  the 
forms  annexed  to  the  contract. 

Deposits  made  by  bidders  whose  proposals  are  not 
accepted  will  be  returned  within  three  (3)  days  after  the 
contract  is  executed  and  delivered  and  its  provisions  in 
respect  to  the  bonds  or  deposits  are  complied  with,  unless 
all  proposals  shall  be  rejected,  in  which  event  such  de- 
posits will  be  returned  within  three  (3)  days  after  such 
rejection.  The  deposit  of  the  successful  bidder  will  be 
returned  when  the  contract  is  executed  and  its  provisions 
in  respect  to  the  bonds  or  deposit  are  complied  with. 

To  assist  the  Commissions  in  determining  who  is  the 
lowest  responsible  bidder,  the  Commissions  or  the  Chief 
Engineer  may  require  the  Contractor  to  produce  satis- 
factory evidence  of  his  experience  in  the  kind  of  work 


INFORMATION  FOR  CONTRACTORS. 

required  under  this  contract  and  his  ability  to  perform  the 
same. 

On  the  part  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey  any  waiver  affect- 
ing the  time  of  advertisement  and  length  of  time  of  open- 
ing bids,  the  amount  of  the  certified  check  or  bond  or 
any  provisions  relating  thereto,  or  the  time  of  the  award, 
will  be  determined  by  the  New  Jersey  Commission,  with 
the  consent  of  the  State  House  Commission,  as  in  their 
opinion  the  public  interest  may  require. 

The  provisions  of  the  invitation  and  information  for 
bidders  are  for  the  sole  benefit  of  the  Commissions  and 
no  right  shall  be  deemed  to  accrue  to  any  Contractor  by 
reason  of  the  submission  of  any  bid  hereunder,  or  by  the 
waiver  or  non-enforcement  of  any  provisions  or  require- 
ment of  the  invitation. 

The  right  to  reject  any  and  all  bids  is  reserved. 


ENABLING  RESOLUTIONS. 

CONTRACT. 

The  invitation  and  information  for  contractors  hereto 
attached,  the  Contractor's  bonds,  the  proposal  submitted 
by  the  Contractor  and  the  contract  drawings  herein  de- 
scribed are  hereby  made  a  part  of  this  contract.  Other 
provisions  of  the  contract  follow  in  Chapters  I  to  X, 
inclusive. 

CHAPTER  I. 

PREMISE. 

Agreement,  made  this  day  of 

One  thousand  nine  hundred  twenty-two,  between  the 
New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,  acting 
for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  York,  AND  the 
New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission, 
acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey, 
hereinafter  called  the  "Commissions,"  parties  of  the  first 
part,  and 


hereinafter  called  the  "Contractor,"  part*  of  the 

second  part: 

ENABLING  RESOLUTIONS. 

WHEREAS,  the  Commissions  are  authorized  by  law  by 
the  State  of  New  York  and  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  re- 


*Here  and  in  like  blanks  hereafter  insert  "y"  or  "ies"  as  the  case 
may  be. 


ENABLING  RESOLUTIONS. 

spectively,  to  construct  a  tunnel  or  tunnels  under  the 
Hudson  River,  one-half  of  the  cost  of  which  shall  be  paid 
by  each  of  the  respective  States;  and 

WHEREAS,  there  has  been  set  aside  out  of  the  moneys 
made  available  by  the  State  of  New  York  for  the  use  of 
the  New  ,York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission  and 
available  for  the  purpose  of  this  contract,  the  sum  of 


dollars, 

and  the  said  Commission  has  certified  to  the  New  Jersey 
Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission  as  follows,  to 
wit: 

"The   New  York   State   Bridge    and   Tunnel  ,Commis-     New  York 
sion  hereby  certifies  to  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge     Certificate. 
and  Tunnel  Commission  that  it  has  available  to  the  said 
New  York  Commission,  for  the  purposes  of  the  construc- 
tion of  a  vehicular  tunnel  or  tunnels  under  the  Hudson 
River,  the  sum  of 


dollars, 

for  the  purpose  of  paying  out  of  the  said  sum  hereby  set 
aside  its  share,  to  wit,  one-half  of  a  certain  contract  for 
the  construction  of  a  section  of  the  proposed  vehicular 
tunnel  under  the  Hudson  River  to  be  made  by  this  Com- 
mission and  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tun- 
nel Commission,  parties  of  the  first  part  and 


part  of  the  second  part,  dated  the  day  of 

.  1922":  and 


10 


ENABLING  RESOLUTIONS. 

WHEREAS,  there  has  been  set  aside  out  of  the  moneys 
made  available  by  the  State  of  New  Jersey  for  the  use  of 
the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commis- 
sion and  available  for  the  purpose  of  this  contract  the 
sum  of 


New  Jersey 
Certificate 


dollars, 

and  the  said  Commission  has  certified  to  the  New  York 
State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission  as  follows,  to  wit: 
"The  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Com- 
mission hereby  certifies  to  the  New  York  State  Bridge 
and  Tunnel  Commission  that  it  has  available  to  the  said 
(New  Jersey  Commission,  for  the  purposes  of  the  construc- 
tion of  a  vehicular  tunnel  or  tunnels  under  the  Hudson 
River,  the  sum  of 


dollars, 

for  the  purpose  of  paying  out  of  the  said  sum  hereby  set 
aside  its  share,  to  wit,  one-half  of  a  certain  contract  for 
the  construction  of  a  section  of  the  proposed  vehicular 
tunnel  under  the  Hudson  River  to  be  made  by  this  Com- 
mission and  the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Com- 
mission, parties  of  the  first  part  and 


New  York 
Resolution. 


part  of  the  second  part,  dated  the  day  of 

,  1922";  and 

WHEREAS,  the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Com- 
mission has  adopted  the  following  resolution : 

"RESOLVED,  that  the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tun- 
nel Commission,  acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  it  by  law, 


11 


ENABLING  RESOLUTIONS. 


do  enter  into  a  contract  jointly  with  the  New  Jersey  In- 
terstate Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,  acting  for  and  in 
behalf  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  as  parties  of  the  first 
part,  with 


part  of  the  second  part,  for  the  construction  of  a 

section  of  the  proposed  vehicular  tunnel  under  the  Hud- 
son River,  which  contract  is  to  be  dated  the  day 
of  ,  1922;  and  be  it  further 

"RESOLVED,  that  this  Commission  shall  pay  as  its  share 
of  the  said  contract  one-half  of  the  amount  determined 
to  be  due  thereunder;  and  be  it  further 

"RESOLVED,  that  this  contract  is  deemed  by  this  Com- 
mission to  be  necessary  for  the  construction  of  the  said 
tunnel  or  tunnels  and  to  be  included  in  the  cost  of  said 
construction;  and  be  it  further 

"RESOLVED,  that  this  Commission  shall  cause  to  be  set 
aside  out  of  the  moneys  available  to  this  Commission  for 
the  construction  of  said  tunnel  or  tunnels  the  sum  of 


Limitation  of 
Liability. 


dollars, 
to  meet  its  share  of  said  contract;"  and 

WHEREAS,  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Rridge  and  Tun- 
nel Commission  has  adopted  the  following  resolution : 

"RESOLIVED,  that  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and 
Tunnel  Commission,  acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State 
of  New  Jersey,  pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  it  by 
law,  do  enter  into  a  contract  jointly  with  the  New  York 
State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,  acting  for  and  in 
behalf  of  the  State  of  New  York,  as  parties  of  the  first 
part,  with 


New  Jersey 
Resolution. 


12 


ENABLING  RESOLUTIONS. 

part  of  the  second  part,  for  the  construction  of  a 

section  of  the  proposed  vehicular  tunnel  under  the  Hud- 
son River,  which  contract  is  to  be  dated  the  day 
of  ,  1922;  and  be  it  further 

Limitation  of  "RESOLVED,  that  this  Commission  shall  pay  as  its  share 

Liability.         of  tne  sa^  contract  one-half  of  the  amount  determined 
to  be  due  thereunder;  and  be  it  further 

"RESOLVED,  that  this  contract  is  deemed  by  this  Com- 
mission to  be  necessary  for  the  construction  of  the  said 
tunnel  or  tunnels  and  to  be  included  in  the  cost  of  said 
construction;  and  be  it  further 

"RESOLVED,  that  the  Treasurer  of  the  State  of  New  Jer- 
sey, as  custodian  of  'The  State  Highway  Extension  Fund,' 
set  apart  out  of  the  said  fund  or  out  of  the  proceeds  of 
the  State  Highway  Extension  Bonds  the  sum  of 


dollars  ($  ) 

for  the  purposes  of  this  contract;" 

Now,  Therefore,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  cove- 
nants and  agreements  hereinafter  contained,  the  parties 
hereto  do  hereby  for  themselves,  their  heirs,  executors, 
administrators,  successors  and  assigns  agree  with  each 
other  as  follows: 

This  contract  shall  bind  the  State  of  New  York  and 
the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission  for 
one-half  only  of  the  amount  of  money  to  be  expended 
hereunder. 

This  contract  shall  likewise  bind  the  State  of  New  Jer- 
sey and  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel 
Commission  for  the  other  one-half  only  of  the  amount  of 
money  to  be  expended  hereunder. 

This  contract  shall  bind  the  respective  States  only  to 
the  extent  of  moneys  available  therefor,  and  no  liability 
on  account  of  this  contract  or  obligation  shall  be  incurred 


13 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

hereby  by  the  respective  States  or  Commissions  beyond 
the  moneys  available  for  the  purposes  specified  therein. 
The  Contractor  admits  that  he  is  familiar  with  the  laws 
of  the  State  of  New  York  and  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey 
whereby  the  Commissions  are  authorized  to  construct  a 
tunnel  or  tunnels  under  the  Hudson  River  and  that  he  is 
especially  familiar  with  the  authority,  powers  and  limi- 
tations of  authority  and  powers  created  or  imposed  by 
law  upon  the  Commissions. 


CHAPTER  II. 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

ARTICLE    I. — The    Contractor    agrees    to    construct    the     outline  of 
section    of    tunnel    herein    described,    together    with    all     contract. 
the  work  necessary  therefor  or  incidental  thereto.     The 
States  agree  to  pay  to  the  Contractor  the  sums  of  money 
hereinafter  mentioned  at  the  times  and  in  the  manner 
and  upon  the  terms  and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth. 

ARTICLE   II. — Titles,   headings,   running  headlines    and     Marginal 
marginal  notes   are  printed  hereon   merely  for  conven-     notes- 
ience  and  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  any  part  of  this 
contract  for  any  purpose  whatever. 

ARTICLE  III. — The  following  words  or  groups  of  words     Tjenn;tjons 
used  in  this  contract  shall,  unless  the  context  clearly  in- 
dicates  another  meaning   is   intended,   be   construed   as 
follows : 


(1)    The   word   "States"   to    mean    the    State   of   New 
York  and  the  State  of  New  Jersey. 


"States." 


14 


"Commissions." 


"Contractor." 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

(2)  The  word  "Commissions"  to  mean  the  New  York 
State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission  and  the  New  Jer- 
sey Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission  or  the 
lawful  successors  of  either  or  both  of  them.* 


(3)   The  word  "Contractor"  to  mean  the  part 
second  part  to  this  contract  and** 


of  the 


and  any  and  every  person  or  corporation  who  or  which 
shall  at  any  time  be  liable  in  the  place  of  or  for  the  part 
of  the  second  part  to  perform  any  obligations  under  this 
contract  assumed  by  the  part  of   the  second  part. 

For  convenience  the  Contractor  is  hereinafter  referred 
to  as  if  the  Contractor  were  an  individual.  The  word 
"he"  shall,  as  the  sense  may  require,  include  "she,"  "it" 
and  "they";  the  word  "him"  shall  include  "her,"  "it" 
and  "them";  and  the  word  "his"  shall  include  "her," 
"its"  and  "their." 


"Comptrollers." 


"Engineer.' 


(4)  The    word    "Comptrollers"    to    mean    the    Comp- 
troller of  the  State  of  New  York  and  the  Comptroller  of 
the   State   of  New   Jersey  and   the   officers   or  board   to 
whom  or  to  which  their  powers  may  hereafter  appertain. 

(5)  The   word   "Engineer"   to   mean   the    Chief   Engi- 
neer of  the  Commissions  or  his  duly  authorized  repre- 
sentative and  any  successor  or  successors  duly  appointed 


*Whenever  the  term  "States"  or  "Commissions"  is  used  as  referring 
to  one  of  the  contracting  parties,  the  same  shall  be  taken  to  mean  the 
parties  of  the  first  part  to  this  contract. 

**Here  insert,  as  the  case  may  be,  either  "its  successors,"  or  "his 
executors,"  "administrators,"  or  "their  successors,"  or  "their  executors," 
"administrators." 


15 

GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

or  any  deputy  or  substitute  for  him  who  shall  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  Commissions  or  by  their  authority. 

(6)  The  word  "Tunnel"  to  mean  that  part  or  the  Ve- 

TunneL 
hicular  Tunnel   which   the   Contractor  herein   agrees   to 

build  under  this  contract,  together  with  all  appurte- 
nances thereto  which  are  to  be  constructed  or  provided 
by  the  Contractor. 

(7)  The  words  "Vehicular  Tunnel"  to  mean  the  whole     "Vehicular 
work  connected  with  the  Vehicular  Tunnel  Project.  Tunnel." 

(8)  The  word  "notice"  to  mean  a  written  notice.  "Notice" 

(9)  The    words    "directed,"    "required,"    "permitted,"    «Direction  etc» 
"ordered,"     "designated,"     "prescribed"     or     words     of 

like  import,  used  in  the  specifications  or  upon  the  draw- 
ings, to  mean,  respectively,  the  direction,  requirement, 
permission,  order,  designation  or  prescription  of  the  En- 
gineer, and  similarly  the  words  "approved,"  "accepta- 
ble," "satisfactory,"  or  words  of  like  import,  used  in  the 
specifications  or  upon  the  drawings,  to  mean,  respect- 
ively, approved  by,  or  acceptable  or  satisfactory  to,  the 
Engineer. 

(10)  The  word  "Works"  to  mean  all  the  matters  and     "Works." 
things  herein  agreed  to  be  furnished  or  done  by  or  on  the 

part  of  the  Contractor. 

(11)  The   word  "ton"   to  mean   the  short   ton  of   two     "Ton." 
thousand  (2,000)  pounds. 

(12)  The    words    "mean    high    water"    to    mean    the     "Mea"  high 

water    and 

datum  plane  of  surveys  as  established  by  the  Commis-     datum  plane 

of  levels. 


16 


"City." 


"Daily 
newspaper. 


"Inspector." 


"Tunnel 
lining." 


Contractor's 
address. 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

sions,  to  which  vertical  distances  are  referred.  "Mean 
high  water"  (M.H.W.),  elevation  300.00,  is  two  and 
six  hundred  fifty-three  thousandths  (2.653)  feet  above  the 
"United  States  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey"  datum,  which 
is  "mean  sea  level"  at  Sandy  Hook,  N.  J.  The  figures 
given  in  the  contract  and  specifications  or  upon  the  con- 
tract drawings  after  the  word  "elevation"  or  an  abbre- 
viation thereof  refer  to  this  "mean  high  water"  datum. 

(13)  The  word  "City"  to  mean  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. 

(14)  The  words  "daily  newspaper"  to  mean  any  paper 
regularly  published  in  New  York  City  or  Albany,  N.  Y., 
or  in  Jersey  City,  Newark  or  Trenton,  N.  J.,  on  every 
day  or  every  day  except  Sundays  and  holidays. 

(15)  The  word  "Inspector"  to   mean   any  representa- 
tive  of  the  Engineer   designated   by  him   to   act   as   in- 
spector. 

(16)  The  words  "tunnel  lining"  to  mean  the  cast-iron 
or  cast-steel  lining  used  in  the  tunnels  or  cross  passage. 

ARTICLE  IV. — The   Contractor  hereby  designates  room 
number  on   the  floor  of   the  building 

number 
in  the  City  of  New  York,  or  room  number  on  the 

floor  of  the  building  number 

in  the  City  of  ,  New  Jersey,  the  latter 

city  to  be  within  the  Metropolitan  District  of  New  York, 
as  the  place  where  all  notices,  directions  and  other  com- 
munications may  be  served,  mailed  or  delivered.  The 
delivery  at  the  aforesaid  place  or  deposit  in  a  postpaid 
wrapper  directed  to  the  aforesaid  place,  in  any  post  office 


17 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

box  regularly  maintained  by  the  Post  Office  Department, 
of  any  notice,  direction  or  other  communication  to  the 
Contractor  shall  be  deemed  to  be  sufficient  service  thereof 
upon  the  Contractor  as  of  the  date  of  such  delivery  or 
deposit.  The  said  address  may  be  changed  at  any  time  by 
an  instrument  in  writing  executed  and  acknowledged  by 
the  Contractor  and  delivered  to  the  Commissions.  Service 
of  any  notice,  direction  or  other  communication  may  also 
be  made  upon  the  Contractor  personally,  or  if  the  Con- 
tractor be  a  Corporation,  upon  any  officer  or  director 
thereof. 


ARTICLE  V. — If  the  Contractor  shall  cause  any  part  of 
this  contract  to  be  performed  by  a  sub-contractor,  the 
obligations  to  perform  the  work  under  the  provisions 
of  this  contract  shall  apply  to  such  sub-contractor  and 
his  officers,  agents  and  employees  in  all  respects  as  if  he 
and  they  were  employees  of  the  Contractor;  and  the  Con- 
tractor shall  not  in  any  manner  thereby  be  discharged 
from  his  obligations  and  liabilities  hereunder,  but  shall 
be  liable  hereunder  for  all  acts  and  negligence  of  the  sub- 
contractor, his  officers,  agents  and  employees  as  if  they 
were  employees  of  the  Contractor.  The  employees  of  the 
sub-contractor  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  provisions 
hereof  as  employees  of  the  Contractor;  and  the  work  and 
material  furnished  by  the  sub-contractor  shall  be  subject 
to  the  provisions  hereof  as  if  furnished  directly  by  the 
Contractor. 


Liability  for 
acts  of  sub- 
contractor and 
his  employees. 


ARTICLE  VI. — The  Commissions  shall  have  as  their 
representative  on  the  Works,  a  Chief  Engineer  whose 
office,  until  further  notice,  will  be  Room  614,  Hall  of 
Records  Building,  Borough  of  Manhattan,  New  York 


Substitute  for 
Chief  Engineer. 


18 


Commissions 
may  disapprove 
sub-contractor. 


Commissions 
may  become 
parties  to 
sub-contracts 
for  cast-iron 
tunnel  lining. 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

City,  who  shall  be  the  representative  of  the  Commissions 
in  directing  the  work  of  the  Contractor  and  with  whom 
the  Contractor  shall  deal  as  the  representative  of  the 
Commissions  and  any  engineer  substituted  by  the  Con- 
missions  in  place  of  the  Chief  Engineer  during  the  ab- 
sence, illness  or  disability  of  the  Chief  Engineer  or  when 
the  Commissions  shall  so  determine  shall,  during  his 
otlicial  connection,  have  all  the  power  and  authority  of 
the  Chief  Engineer  and  in  all  respects  be  recognized  as 
such  Chief  Engineer. 

ARTICLE  VII. — The  Contractor,  before  making  any  sub- 
contract for  the  work,  shall  state  in  writing  to  the  En- 
gineer for  approval,  the  name  of  the  proposed  sub-con- 
tractor, the  portion  of  the  work  which  such  sub-contractor 
is  to  do  or  the  materials  which  such  sub-contractor  is  to 
furnish,  the  place  of  business  of  such  sub-contractor  and 
such  other  information  as  may  be  required. 

The  sub-contract  or  contracts  for  the  cast-iron  tunnel 
lining  shall  be  approved  by  the  Commissions  before  the 
same  are  executed.  The  Commissions  shall,  if  they  so 
elect,  have  the  right  at  any  time  to  be  and  become  parties 
to  the  said  sub-contracts  for  the  purpose  of  giving  and  se- 
curing to  the  Commissions  an  irrevocable  option  to  suc- 
ceed to  all  of  the  right,  title  and  interest  of  the  Contrac- 
tor in  and  to  the  sub-contract  for  cast-iron  tunnel  lining 
in  the  event  of  the  default  of  the  Contractor  hereunder, 
or  if  the  Commissions  so  elect,  the  Contractor  shall  assign, 
transfer  and  deposit  with  the  Commissions,  whenever 
required  by  them  so  to  do,  such  contract  or  contracts,  as 
additional  collateral  security  for  the  faithful  performance 
of  the  terms  of  this  contract  by  him.  If  the  Contractor 
shall  default  hereunder,  the  Commissions  sjiall  have  the 
right  and  the  option  to  assume  all  of  the  rights  and  obli- 
gations of  the  Contractor  under  any  such  contract  or 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 


contracts  for  cast-iron  tunnel  lining  upon  giving  to  the 
parties  of  the  said  contract  five  (5)  days'  notice  of  their 
intention  so  to  do.  The  form  of  such  sub-contracts  shall 
contain  provisions  conferring  the  aforesaid  option. 

ARTICLE  VIII.  —  The  Contractor  shall  not  assign,  trans- 
fer, convey,  sublet  or  otherwise  dispose  of  this  contract 
or  of  his  right,  title  or  interest  therein  or  any  part 
thereof  or  of  his  power  to  execute  such  contract  to  any 
other  person,  company  or  corporation  without  the  pre- 
vious consent  in  writing  of  the  Commissions;  and  he 
shall  not  assign,  whether  by  power  of  attorney  or  other- 
wise, any  of  the  moneys  to  become  due  and  payable  under 
this  contract  unless  by  and  with  like  consent.  If  the 
Contractor  shall,  without  such  previous  written  consent, 
assign,  transfer,  convey,  sublet  or  otherwise  dispose  of 
this  contract  or  of  his  right,  title  or  interest  therein  or 
any  part  thereof  or  his  power  to  execute  this  contract,  or 
any  of  the  moneys  to  become  due  and  payable  under  this 
contract,  to  any  other  person,  company  or  cor- 
poration, this  contract  may,  at  the  option  of  the  Com- 
missions, be  revoked  and  annulled  and  the  States  shall 
thereupon  be  relieved  and  discharged  from  any  and  all 
liability  and  obligations  growing  out  of  this  contract  to 
the  Contractor  and  to  the  person,  company  or  corpora- 
tion to  whom  he  shall  assign,  transfer,  convey,  sublet  or 
otherwise  dispose  of  the  same,  and  the  said  Contractor 
and  his  assignee,  transferee,  or  sub-lessee,  shall  forfeit 
and  lose  all  moneys  theretofore  earned  under  this  con- 
tract except  so  much  as  may  be  required  to  pay  his  em- 
ployees; and  no  right  under  this  contract  or  to  any  money 
to  become  due  hereunder  shall  be  asserted  against  the 
States,  at  law  or  in  equity,  by  reason  of  any  so-called  as- 
signment of  this  contract  or  any  part  thereof  or  of  any 
moneys  to  grow  due  hereunder  unless  authorized  as 


Assignment  of 
contract 
prohibited 
except   by   per- 
mission  of 
Commissions. 


20 


Labor  law  and 

workmen's 

compensation. 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

aforesaid  by  the  written  consent  of  the  Commissions; 
provided  that  nothing  herein  contained  shall  be  con- 
strued to  hinder,  prevent  or  affect  an  assignment  by  the 
Contractor  for  the  benefit  of  his  creditors  made  pursuant 
to  the  Statutes  of  the  State  of  New  York  or  the  State  of 
New  Jersey. 

ARTICLE  IX. — The  Contractor  agrees  to  comply  with 
the  provisions  of  any  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York  and 
of  the  State  of  New  Jersey  relative  to  the  compensation, 
hours  of  labor,  conditions  of  employment  of  any  laborer, 
workman,  or  mechanic  employed  by  him,  and  especially 
Chapter  36  of  the  Laws  of  1909,  State  of  New  York,  and 
Chapter  95  of  the  Laws  of  1911,  State  of  New  Jersey. 

The  Contractor  agrees  to  abide  by  any  rule  or  order  of 
any  board  or  official  authorized  or  directed  by  law  to  en- 
force provisions  of  any  law  of  the  State  of  New  York 
and  the  State  of  New  Jersey  relating  to  compensation, 
hours  of  labor,  or  conditions  of  employment  of  any  la- 
borer, workman,  or  mechanic  employed  by  him  here- 
under. 


Provisions 

deemed 

inserted. 


Unlawful     pro- 
visions void. 


ARTICLE  X. — Each  and  every  provision  of  law  required 
to  be  inserted  in  this  contract  should  be,  is  and  is  deemed 
to  be  inserted  herein,  and  if,  through  mistake  or  other- 
wise, any  such  provision  is  not  inserted  or  is  not  cor- 
rectly inserted,  then  this  contract  shall  forthwith,  upon 
the  application  of  either  party,  be  amended  by  such  in- 
sertion so  as  to  comply  strictly  with  the  law  without 
prejudice  to  the  rights  of  either  party  hereunder. 

ARTICLE  XI. — If  this  contract  contains  any  unlawful 
provision  not  an  essential  part  of  the  general  structure 
of  the  contract  and  wThich  shall  not  appear  to  have  been 
a  controlling  or  very  material  inducement  to  the  making 


21 


WORK  TO  BE  DONE,  PRICES,  ETC. 

thereof,  the  same  shall  be  deemed  of  no  effect  and  shall, 
upon  the  application  of  either  party,  be  stricken  from 
this  contract  without  affecting  the  binding  force  of  the 
contract  as  it  shall  remain  after  omitting  such  provision. 

ARTICLE  XIII.— No   claim  shall  be   made  by   the   Con- 
tractor against  any  member,  officer,  agent  or  employee 


this  contract  or  any  matter  arising  therefrom  or  any  of 
its  articles  or  provisions  or  of  anything  ordered  or  re- 
quired hereunder. 

CHAPTER  III. 

WORK  TO  BE  DONE,  PRICES,  ETC. 

ARTICLE  XIV. — The  Contractor  shall  furnish  all  the 
labor  and  materials,  plant,  power,  tools,  equipment,  sup- 
plies, and  other  means  of  construction  necessary  or 
proper  for  the  excavation  and  construction  of  the  Tun- 
nel in  the  manner  and  within  the  time  hereinafter  speci- 
fied. He  shall  complete  the  excavation  and  construction 
of  the  Tunnel  and  do  all  work  and  furnish  all  labor  and 
materials  in  and  about  such  excavation  and  such  construc- 
tion to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Commissions  and  in  accor- 
dance with  the  plans,  contract  and  specifications  and  at 
the  prices  herein  agreed  upon  and  fixed  therefor;  pro- 
vided, however,  the  contract  drawings  may  from  time  to 
time  be  altered  or  modified  as  hereinafter  provided. 
There  are  included  within  his  obligation  under  this 
Article,  as  essential  features  thereof,  the  provision  of 
air-compressing  and  other  plant  adequate  in  all  respects 
to  insure  the  simultaneous  progress  of  the  Tunnel  ac- 
cording to  the  best  rules  and  usages  of  such  work;  the 
employment  of  methods  best  adapted  to  avoid  damage 
to  adjacent  buildings  and  other  property;  and  the  re- 
quirement that  the  structures  when  completed  shall  be 
water-tight. 


Members  or 


Commissions 
not    personally 
liable. 


Work  to  be 
done. 


22 


Incidental  work 
included. 


Payment  to 
Contractor. 


WORK  TO  BE  DONE,  PRICES,  ETC. 

ARTICLE  XV.— The  work  which  is  to  be  done  under  this 
contract  includes  the  protection,  support  and  mainte- 
nance, and  when  necessary  the  underpinning  of  adjacent " 
and  abutting  buildings,  bulkheads  and  piers;  the  protec- 
tion, support  and  maintenance  of  railroad  tracks  and 
railroad  structures,  sewers,  pipes,  ducts,  conduits,  cables, 
poles,  wires,  vaults  of  buildings,  retaining  walls  and  all 
other  surface,  sub-surface  and  overhead  structures  with 
their  connections  and  other  appurtenances;  the  mainte- 
nance of  traffic  on  streets,  and  other  public  places;  and 
the  performance  of  all  such  additional  and  incidental  work 
as  may  be  necessary  for  the  completion  of  said  Tunnel 
and  the  restoration,  including  where  necessary  the  recon- 
struction, of  all  surface,  sub-surface  and  overhead  struc- 
tures which  may  have  been  directly  or  indirectly  affected, 
disturbed  or  injured  by  the  Contractor  to  as  useful,  safe, 
desirable  and  good  a  condition  as  existed  before  con- 
struction was  begun. 

ARTICLE  XVI. — The  States  shall  pay,  and  the  Contrac- 
tor will  receive,  in  full  compensation  for  the  excavation 
and  the  construction  of  the  Tunnel  and  for  all  ex- 
penses in  connection  therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  in- 
cluding the  furnishing  of  all  labor,  materials,  plants, 
power,  tools,  appliances,  equipment  and  supplies,  and 
for  all  loss  and  damage  arising  out  of  the  nature  of  the 
work  aforesaid  or  from  the  action  of  the  elements  or  from 
any  unforeseen  obstruction,  difficulty  or  delay  encountered 
in  the  prosecution  of  the  work  and  for  all  risks  of  any 
description  connected  with  the  work,  and  for  all  expenses 
incurred  by  or  in  consequence  of  the  suspension  or  dis- 
continuance of  the  work  as  herein  specified,  the  prices 
contained  in  the  Schedule  of  Unit  Prices  following,  to 
wit: 


23 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

SCHEDULE  ITEMS. 

EXCAVATION. 

Item  1. — For  earth  excavation,  both  above  and  below 
mean  high  water  (except  tunnel  excavation 
and  shaft  excavation),  including  excavation 
for  pipes,  ducts  and  conduits,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

Item  4. — For  shaft  excavation  in  earth,  above  mean  high 
water,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

Item  5. — For  shaft  excavation  in  earth,  below  mean  high  ( 
water,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 
Item  6. — For  shaft  excavation  in  rock,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

Item  8. — For  tunnel  excavation  wholly  in  earth,  the  sum 
of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

Item  9. — For  tunnel  excavation  partly  in  earth  and 
partly  in  rock,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

Item  10. — For  tunnel  excavation  wholly  in  rock,  the  sum 
of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 


24 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

SHIELD   JUNCTIONS. 

Item.  16. — For    furnishing    and    erecting    junction    bulk- 
heads and  locks,  the  lump  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  bulkhead. 

Item  17. — For  removing  and  disposing  of  junction  bulk- 
heads and  locks,  the  lump  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  bulkhead. 

Item  18. — For  dismantling  and  disposing  of  shields,  the 
lump  sum  of 

dollars   ($  ) 

per  shield. 

CONCRETE  AND   MASONRY. 

Item  27. — For  concrete   (except  concrete  placed  in  com- 
pressed air),  as  follows: 

(a)  For     concrete     used     in     changing     sub-sur- 

face  structures  and  concrete  not  otherwise 
provided  for,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

(b)  For  shaft  concrete   (except  concrete  protection 

outside  the  steel  of  the  river  shaft  caissons), 
the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

(c)  For  concrete  protection  outside  the  steel  of  the 

river  shaft  caissons,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 


25 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(d)     For  tunnel  concrete,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

Item  28. — For  concrete  placed  in  compressed  air,  as  fol- 
lows : 
(b)     For  shaft  concrete,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard, 
(d)     For  tunnel  concrete,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 

Item  29. — For  mortar  batches  used  in  connection  with 
placing  concrete,  either  in  normal  or  com- 
pressed air,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  cement  used. 

Item  35. — For  granite  facing  on  the  outside  of  the  river 
shaft  caissons,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  cubic  yard. 
Item  36. — For  granite  curbing  in  the  tunnels,  the  sum  of 

dollars   ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

GROUT. 

Item  45. — For  1  to  1  Portland  cement  grout,  not  placed 
in  compressed  air,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  cement  used. 


26 


SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

Item  46. — For    1    to    0    Portland    cement    grout     (neat 

grout),  not   placed  in   compressed   air,   the 

sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  cement  used. 
Item  47. — For  1  to  1  Portland  cement  grout,  placed  in 

compressed  air,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  cement  used. 

Item  48. — For    1    to    0    Portland    cement    grout     (neat 
grout),  placed  in  compressed  air,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  cement  used. 

Item  49. — For  1  to  1  mixed  cement  grout  placed  in  com- 
pressed air,  as  follows: 

(a)  For   Portland   cement   used   in   mixed   cement 

grout,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  Portland  cement  used. 

(b)  For  natural  cement  used  in  mixed  cement  grout, 

the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  natural  cement  used. 

Item  50. — For  1  to  0  mixed  cement  grout   (neat  grout), 
placed  in  compressed  air,  as  follows: 

(a)  For   Portland   cement   used   in   mixed   cement 

grout,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  Portland  cement  used. 

(b)  For    natural    cement    used    in    mixed    cement 

grout,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  barrel  of  natural  cement  used. 


27 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 
PILING  AND  TIMBERING. 

Item  54. — For  reinforced  concrete  piles  to  support  the 
river  shaft  caissons  in  final  position,  as  fol- 
lows: 

(b)  For  twenty  (20)  inch  piles,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(c)  For  twenty-four  (24)  inch  piles,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

Item  57. — For  platform  required  to  be  left  around  the 
river  shafts,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  foot. 

Item  59. — For  timber  bulkheads  in  the  land  shafts,  the 
sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  thousand  (1,000)  feet,  board  measure. 

WATERPROOFING. 

Item  60.— For  waterproofing,  treated  woven  fabric  (ex- 
cept dry  ply),  not  laid  in  compressed  air, 
without  protective  layer  of  brick,  as  follows: 

(a)  For  one  (1)  ply,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  yard. 

(b)  For  two  (2)  ply,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  yard. 


28 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(c)  For  three  (3)  ply,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  yard. 

(d)  For  four  (4)  ply,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  yard, 
(f)     For  six  (6)  ply,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  yard. 

Item  64. — For  waterproofing,  treated  woven  fabric,  laid 
in  compressed  air,  including  protective  layer 
of  brick,  as  follows: 
(d)     For  four  (4)  ply,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  yard, 
(f)     For  six  (6)  ply,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  yard. 

Item  66. — For  applying   (but  not  furnishing)   protective 

waterproof  coating,  as  follows: 

(a)  On  the  outside  steel  of  the  river  shaft  caissons, 
and  on  the  steel  water-stops  of  the  land  shaft 
caissons,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  yard. 

STEEL  AND  WROUGHT  IRON. 

Item  70. — For  built-up  steelwork  (except  steelwork  of 
the  land  and  river  shaft  caissons)  and  steel- 
work not  otherwise  provided  for,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 


29 


SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

Item  71. — For  steelwork  forming  part  of  the  (com- 
pleted work  of  the  land  and  river  shaft 
caissons  (except  steel  rods  and  bars),  the 
sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

Item  72. — For  steel  beams  and  shapes,  with  or  without 
connections  (except  steelwork  of  the  land 
and  river  shaft  caissons  and  special  rolled 
floor  beams  for  the  tunnel  roadway),  the 
sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

Item  73. — For  steel  rods  and  bars  for  reinforcing  con- 
crete, the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 
Item  74. — For  wire  mesh,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 
Item  75. — For  special  steel  structures,  as  follows: 

(a)  For  special  rolled  floor  beams  for  the  tunnel 

roadway,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

(b)  For  built-up  floor  beams  for  the  tunnel  road- 

way, the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 


30 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(c)  For  steelwork  in  the  connecting  rings  between 

the  caissons  and  the  tunnel  lining,  the  sum 
of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

(d)  For  steelwork  in  the  permanent  tie-rod  anchor- 

ages, the  sum  of 

dollars    ($  ) 

per  ton. 
Item  76. — For  high  tensile  steel,  as  follows: 

(a)  For    tunnel    bolts    and    nuts,    including    soft 

steel  or  wrought-iron  washers,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

(b)  For  permanent  tie-rods,  including  bolts,  pins, 

turn-buckles  and  clevises  (but  not  including 
anchorages) ,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 
Item  77. — For  copper  steel,  as  follows: 

(a)     For  plates,  bolts,  nuts  and  washers,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($ 
per  ton. 

Item  83. — For  furnishing  and  placing  ladders,  hand  bars 
and  miscellaneous  wrought-iron  fixtures 
(but  not  including  pipe  or  pipe  fittings),  the 
sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  pound. 

Item  84. — For  furnishing  and  placing  wrought-iron   or 

steel  pipe  in  the  tunnel,  as  follows: 
(a)     For  one  (1)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars   ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 


31 


SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(b)  For  one  and  one-half  (1M>)  inch  pipe,  the  sum 

of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(c)  For  two  (2)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(d)  For  two  and  one-half  (2^2 )  inch  pipe,  the  sum 

of 

dollars  ($ 
per  lineal  foot. 

(e)  For  three  (3)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(f)  For  four  (4)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

Item  85. — For   furnishing   and   placing  galvanized   iron 
electric  conduits  in  the  tunnel,  as  follows: 

(a)  For  three-quarter  (%)  inch  conduits,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(b)  For  one  (1)  inch  conduits,  the  sum  of 

dollars   ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(c)  For  one  and  one-quarter   (l1/^)   inch  conduits, 

the  sum  of 

•     dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 


32 


SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(d)     For  one  and  one-half  (IMs)   inch  conduits,  the 

sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot, 
(f)     For  three  (3)  inch  conduits,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

Item  86. — For  furnishing  and  placing  miscellaneous  gal- 
vanized iron  fixtures,  as  follows: 

(a)  For  outlet  boxes  in  the  tunnel,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

each. 

(b)  For  pull  boxes  (4"  x  4"  x  3")  in  the  tunnel,  the 

sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

each. 

(c)  For  pull  boxes  (6"  x  6"  x  4")  in  the  tunnel,  the 

sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

each. 

(d)  For  sheet  metal  air  flues  complete,  including 

fittings,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

each. 

(e)  For  curb  guards,  ladders,  hand  bars  and  miscel- 

laneous fixtures,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  pound. 
Item  88. — For  cast  steel,  as  follows: 

(a)     For  tunnel  lining,  except  pile  segments,  the  sum 
of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 


33 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(b)     For  pile  segments,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

CAST  IRON. 
Item  90. — For  cast-iron  tunnel  lining,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

Item  91.— For  furnishing  new  cast-iron  hub  and  spigot 
pipe  (straight  pipe)  required  for  sub-sur- 
face changes,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

Item  92. — For  furnishing  new  cast-iron  hub  and  spigot 
pipe  (special  castings)  required  for  sub-sur- 
face changes,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

Item  95. — For  furnishing  and  placing  miscellaneous  cast- 
iron  fixtures,  as  follows: 

(a)  For  new  manhole  and  catch  basin  fixtures,  grat- 

ings, drain  covers  and  castings  not  other- 
wise provided  for  (not  including  pipe  or 
pipe  fittings),  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  ton. 

Item  100. — For  furnishing  and  placing  cast-iron  water 
or  other  tunnel  service  pipe,  as  follows: 

(b)  For  six  (6)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(c)  For  eight  (8)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 


34 


SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(e)  For  twelve  (12)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

NON-CORROSIVE  METAL. 

Item  107. — For    furnishing    and    placing    non-corrosive 
metal,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  pound. 

BRONZE. 

Item  108. — For  furnishing  and   placing  bronze  fixtures, 

as  follows: 
(a)     For  bolts,  wedges  and  hinges,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  pound. 

TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

Item  110. — For  tunnel  ducts,  as  follows: 

(a)  For  single  way  ducts,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  duct  foot. 

(b)  For  two  (2)  way  ducts,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  duct  foot. 

(c)  For  three  (3)  way  ducts,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  duct  foot. 

(d)  For  four  (4)  way  ducts,  the  sum  of 

dollars   ($  ) 

per  duct  foot. 


35 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(e)     For  six  (6)  way  ducts,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  duct  foot. 

ASBESTOS  MATERIALS. 

Item  112. — For  furnishing  and   placing  asbestos  mate- 
rials and  compounds,  as  follows: 

(a)  For  one-quarter  (^)  inch  asbestos  lumber,  the 

sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  square  foot. 
SUB-SURFACE  WATER  PIPE  CHANGES. 

Item  120. — For  changing  cast-iron  water  pipe    (but  not 
furnishing  new  pipe  required),  as  follows: 

(b)  For  six  (6)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(c)  For  eight  (8)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(e)  For  twelve  (12)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

NEW  SUB-SURFACE  GAS  PIPE  AND  WATER  PIPE  LINES. 

Item  123. — For  laying  cast-iron  water  pipe  where   re- 
quired (but  not  furnishing  new  pipe),  as  fol- 
lows: 
(b)     For  six  (6)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 


30 

SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

(c)  For  eight  (8)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

Item  124. — For  laying  cast-iron  gas  pipe  where  required 
(but  not  furnishing  new  pipe),  as  follows: 
(a)     For  four  (4)  inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot. 

ENGINEER'S   FIELD  OFFICE. 

Item  148. — For  building  and  equipping  an  Engineer's  field 
office,  the  lump  sum  of 

dollars  ($  ). 

FENCING. 

Item  155. — For  building  tight  board  fence,  the  sum  of 

dollars   ($  ) 

per  lineal  foot  of  fence  built. 

Item  300.     For  any  work  or  materials  which  shall  be 
susceptible  of        required  to  be  done  or  furnished  in  or  about  the  Works 
which  it  is  elsewhere  in  this  contract  expressly  provided 
shall  be  paid  for  under  this  Item,  or 

For  any  work  or  materials  which  shall  be  required  to 
be  done  or  furnished  in  or  about  or  for  the  more  perfect 
performance  of  the  Works  which  are  not  mentioned, 
specified,  or  indicated,  or  otherwise  provided  for  in  this 
contract  and  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  are 


37 


SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

not  susceptible  of  classification  under  the  foregoing  Items 
of  the  Schedule. 

The  Contractor  shall,  if  ordered  in  writing  by  the  En- 
gineer, do  and  perform  such  work  and  furnish  such  ma- 
terials at  and  for  the  actual  necessary  net  cost  in  money 
to  the  Contractor  for  labor,  for  insurance  upon  such  labor 
under  the  Workmen's  Compensation  Law,  and  for  ma- 
terials incorporated  in  the  work,  and  in  addition  thereto 
fifteen  per  centum  (15%)  of  such  net  cost. 

No  member,  officer  or  employee  of  the  Commissions 
has  authority  to  order  any  work  under  this  Item  unless 
the  order  be  in  writing  and  countersigned  by  the  En- 
gineer. 

The  Contractor  shall  have  no  claim  in  excess  of  the 
above,  such  payment  being  in  full  compensation  for  the 
performance  of  such  work  and  the  furnishing  of  such 
materials  and  for  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  and 
incidental  thereto  as  aforesaid,  including  the  expense  of 
plant,  power,  tools,  supplies  and  other  means  of  construc- 
tion, administration,  superintendence,  and  insurance, 
and  for  all  the  loss,  damage,  risks  and  expenses  herein- 
before mentioned  in  the  first  paragraph  of  this  Article. 

The  amount  of  insurance  upon  labor  under  the  Work- 
men's Compensation  Law  shall  be  determined  by  the 
amount  of  wages  actually  and  necessarily  paid  for  such 
labor  and  the  rate  of  insurance  for  such  labor  paid  by 
the  Contractor  either  in  the  New  York  State  Insurance 
Fund  or  in  any  stock  corporation  or  mutual  association 
authorized  to  transact  the  business  of  workmen's  com- 
pensation insurance  in  the  State  of  New  York  or  the  State 
of  New  Jersey  as  may  be  required  by  law  in  either  or 
both  states.  If  the  Contractor  shall  not  have  insured 


Work  to  be 
performed  at 
net  cost  and  in 
addition  15%. 


No  claim  in 
excess. 


Insurance 
upon  labor. 


38 


No  payment 
under  this 
Item   for  work 
susceptible  of 
classification 
under  other 
Items>. 


Daily  reports 
required. 


SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

either  in  such  State  Insurance  Fund  or  in  any  such  stock 
corporation  or  mutual  association,  the  rate  allowed  will 
be  the  rate  determined  by  the  Compensation  Rating  and 
Inspection  Board  of  New  Jersey  or  the  New  York  State 
Insurance  Fund,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Payment  shall  not  be  made  under  this  Item  for  any 
such  work  or  materials  which  are  so  required  to  be  done 
or  furnished  in  or  about  or  for  the  more  perfect  perform- 
ance of  the  Works  and  which  are  not  mentioned,  specified, 
or  indicated,  or  otherwise  provided  for  in  this  contract, 
so  far  as  such  work  or  materials  may  be,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Engineer,  susceptible  of  classification  under  the 
other  Items  of  the  Schedule,  which  work  or  materials 
shall  be  paid  for  in  part  or  in  whole,  as  the  case  may  be, 
at  the  unit  prices  given  in  such  other  Items  of  the  Schedule. 

If  any  work  or  materials  shall  be  required  to  be  done 
or  furnished  under  this  Item,  for  cost  plus  fifteen  per 
centum  (15%),  the  Contractor  shall,  at  the  end  of  each 
day,  furnish  to  the  Engineer  daily  time  slips  showing 
the  name  and  number  of  each  workman  employed  on  such 
work,  the  number  of  hours  employed  thereon,  the  char- 
acter of  work  he  is  doing  and  the  wages  paid  or  to  be 
paid  to  him,  the  rate  and  amount  of  workmen's  insurance 
and  also  a  daily  memorandum  of  such  materials  fur- 
nished, showing  the  amount  and  character  of  such  mate- 
rials, from  whom  purchased  and  the  amount  paid  or  to  be 
paid  therefor.  If  required  by  the  Engineer  or  the  Com- 


39 


SCHEDULE  OF  UNIT  PRICES. 

missions,  the  Contractor  shall  produce  any  books,  vouch- 
ers, records  and  memoranda  showing  the  labor  and 
materials  actually  paid  for  and  the  actual  prices  therefor. 
Such  daily  time  slips  and  memoranda  shall  not,  how- 
ever, be  binding  upon  the  States,  and  if  any  question  or 
dispute  shall  arise  as  to  the  correct  cost  of  such  labor 
or  materials,  the  determination  of  the  Engineer  upon 
such  question  or  dispute  shall  be  final  and  conclusive. 

Instead  of  the  method  above  prescribed  for  paying  for     Prjces  ma 

any  such  work  or  materials  under  this  Item,  the  Engineer     fixed  by 

agreement. 
may,  but  only  with  the   approval   of   the   Commissions, 

agree  with  the  Contractor  upon  reasonable  unit  prices 
or  a  reasonable  lump  sum  price  for  such  work  and  mate- 
rials. Such  additional  unit  prices  or  such  lump  sum  price 
shall  be  included  under  this  Item  (Item  300)  as  a  supple- 
mental schedule. 


40 


Quantities  only 
for  purpose  of 
comparing 
bids. 


Commissions 
may  amplify 
drawings. 


Commissions 
may  change 
location. 


QUANTITIES. 

ARTICLE  XVII. — The  estimated  quantities  of  the  various 
classes  of  work  to  be  done  and  materials  to  be  furnished 
under  this  contract  specified  in  the  Contractor's  proposal 
are  only  for  the  purpose  of  comparing,  on  a  uniform 
basis,  the  bids  offered  for  the  Works;  and  neither  the 
States)  nor  the  Commissions  nor  any  member  of  the 
Commissions  assume  responsibility  for  even  the  approxi- 
mate correctness  of  the  said  estimated  quantities  and  the 
Contractor  shall  not  make  or  have  any  claim  for  dam- 
ages or  for  anticipated  profit  or  for  loss  of  profit  or 
otherwise  because  of  any  difference  between  the  quan- 
tities of  the  various  classes  of  work  actually  done  and 
the  estimated  quantities  of  the  items  stated  in  the  Con- 
tractor's proposal  or  because  of  the  entire  omission 
thereof  in  such  proposal. 

ARTICLE  XVIII. — The  Commissions  shall  have  the  right 
during  the  progress  of  the  work  to  amplify  the  draw- 
ings, to  add  explanatory  specifications  and  to  furnish  ad- 
ditional drawings. 

ARTICLE  XIX. — The  Commissions  expressly  reserve 
the  right  to  change  the  location  of  the  Tunnel  in  any  way 
that  they  may  deem  necessary  for  the  public  interest, 
and  to  alter  the  drawings  aforesaid  in  any  part  or  alto- 
gether at  any  time  during  the  progress  of  the  work.  Such 
changes  or  alterations  shall  not  constitute  grounds  for  any 
claim  by  the  Contractor  for  payment  or  allowance  for 
damages  or  extra  service  other  than  is  provided  for  in  the 
different  classes  of  construction  under  the  schedule  items 
of  this  contract,  and  for  a  reasonable  extension  of  the 
contract  time. 


41 


INSPECTION. 


ARTICLE  XX. — The  Contractor  shall  complete  all  work 
in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  specifications  and  ac- 


Contractor 
bound   to 

cording  to  the  other  provisions  of  this  contract  and  within     test  manner. 
the  time  specified  in  this  contract  in  the  most  workman- 
like manner  and  with  the  highest  regard  for  the  safety 
of  life  and  property  and  according  to  the  directions  given 
by  the  Engineer. 


ARTICLE  XXI. — All  labor,  materials,  plant,  tools,  ap- 
pliances, equipment  and  supplies  necessary  to  complete 
all  work  covered  by  the  specifications  and  provisions  of 
this  contract,  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Contractor  and 
shall  be  of  the  best  character,  each  of  its  kind. 

ARTICLE  XXII. — The  Commissions  contemplate,  and 
the  Contractor  approves,  the  most  thorough  and  minute 
inspection  at  all  times  by  the  Commissions  and  their  En- 
gineer and  by  their  representatives  or  subordinates  of 
all  work  to  be  done  and  of  all  materials  to  be  furnished 
under  this  contract  and  of  the  manufacture  or  prepara- 
tion of  such  materials.  It  is  the  intention  of  the  Com- 
missions that  their  Engineer  shall  draw  the  attention  of 
the  Contractor  to  all  defects  in  workmanship  or  mate- 
rials or  other  errors  or  variations  from  the  require- 
ments of  this  contract,  but  no  omission  on  the  part  of  the 
Commissions  or  their  Engineer  or  any  of  their  represen- 
tatives or  subordinates  to  discover  or  point  out  such  errors, 
variations  or  defects,  shall  give  the  Contractor  any  right 
or  claim  against  the  States  or  shall  in  any  way  relieve 
the  Contractor  from  his  obligations  according  to  the  terms 
of  this  contract. 


Best  machinery 
to  be  used. 


Inspection. 


42 


Contractor  to 
afford    facilities 
for  inspection. 


Uncovering 
finished  work. 


Inspection  not 
to  relieve 
Contractor. 


INSPECTION. 

ARTICLE  XXIII. — The  Contractor  shall  at  all  times  give 
to  the  Commissions  and  their  members,  to  the  Engineer 
and  his  assistants  and  to  any  person  designated  by  the 
Commissions  all  facilities,  whether  necessary  or  conveni- 
ent, for  inspecting  the  work  to  be  done  and  materials  to 
be  furnished  under  this  contract.  The  members  of  the 
Commissions,  the  Engineer  and  his  assistants  and  all  per- 
sons bearing  the  authorization  of  the  Commissions  shall 
be  admitted  at  any  time  summarily  and  without  delay 
to  any  part  of  the  Works  or  to  inspection  of  materials  at 
any  place. 

ARTICLE  XXIV. — The  Engineer  shall  be  furnished  by 
the  Contractor  with  every  reasonable  facility  for  ascer- 
taining whether  the  work  is  in  accordance  with  the  re- 
quirements and  intention  of  this  contract,  even  to  the 
extent  of  uncovering  or  taking  down  portions  of  finished 
work.  Should  the  work  thus  exposed  or  examined  prove 
satisfactory,  the  uncovering  or  taking  down  and  the  re- 
placing of  the  covering  or  the  making  good  of  the  parts 
removed  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  prices  for  the 
class  of  work  done;  but  should  the  work  exposed  or  ex- 
amined prove  unsatisfactory,  such  uncovering,  taking 
down,  replacing  and  making  good  shall  be  at  the  expense 
of  the  Contractor. 

ARTICLE  XXV. — The  inspection  of  the  work  shall  not 
relieve  the  Contractor  of  any  of  his  obligations  to  fulfill 
this  contract  as  herein  prescribed,  and  defective  work 
shall  be  made  good  and  unsuitable  materials  will  be  re- 
jected even  though  such  work  and  materials  may  have 
been  previously  accepted  or  estimated  for  payment.  If 
the  work  or  any  part  thereof  shall  be  found  defective  be- 
fore the  final  completion  and  acceptance  of  the  Works, 


43 


ENGINEER  TO  DETERMINE. 

the  Contractor  shall  forthwith  make  good  such  defects  in 
a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer,  and  if  any  mate- 
rial selected  or  brought  upon  the  ground  for  use  in  the 
work  shall  be  condemned  by  the  Engineer  as  unsuitable 
or  not  in  conformity  with  the  plans  and  specifications, 
the  Contractor  shall  forthwith  remove  such  materials. 

ARTICLE  XXVI. — No  acceptance  of  any  part  of  the 
Works  or  of  materials  therefor  shall  relieve  the  Contrac- 
tor of  his  obligation  to  furnish  sound  material  and  per- 
form sound  work,  whether  with  respect  to  such  part  or  to 
any  other  part  of  the  Works. 

ARTICLE  XXVII. — To  prevent  disputes  and  litigations, 
the  Engineer  shall  in  all  cases  determine  the  classifica- 
tion for  payment  and  the  amount,  quality,  acceptability 
and  fitness  of  the  several  kinds  of  work  and  materials 
which  are  to  be  performed  or  furnished  under  this  con- 
tract, shall  determine  every  question  in  relation  to  the 
Works  and  the  performance  thereof  and  every  question 
which  may  arise  relative  to  the  fulfillment  of  this  contract 
on  the  part  of  the  Contractor.  His  determination  and 
estimate  shall  be  final  and  conclusive  upon  the  Contrac- 
tor, and  if  any  question  touching  this  contract  shall  arise 
between  the  parties  hereto,  such  determination  and  esti- 
mate shall  be  a  condition  precedent  to  the  right  of  the 
Contractor  to  receive  any  money  under  this  contract. 

ARTICLE  XXVIII. — The  Engineer  shall  make  all  nec- 
essary explanations  as  to  the  meaning  and  intention  of 
the  specifications,  shall  give  all  orders  and  directions  con- 
templated therein  or  thereby  and  in  every  case  in  which 
a  difficult  or  unforeseen  condition  shall  arise  in  the  per- 
formance of  the  work  required  by  this  contract. 


Acceptance  not 
to  relieve 
Contractor. 


Engineer's 
determination. 


Engineer's 
explanation. 


44 


Contractor  to 
obey  directions 
of  Engineer. 


Facilities 
for  other 
contractors. 


Engineer  to 
decide  disputes. 


FACILITIES    FOR    OTHER    CONTRACTORS. 

The  Contractor  shall  promptly  obey  and  follow  every 
direction  which  shall  be  given  by  the  Engineer,  including 
any  direction  which  the  Engineer  shall  give  by  way  of 
withdrawal,  modification  or  reversal  of  any  previous  di- 
rection given  by  him. 

During  the  progress  of  the  work  under  this  contract  it 
will  be  necessary  for  other  contractors  and  persons  em- 
ployed by  the  States  to  do  work  in  or  about  the  construc- 
tion of  the  Tunnel,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  laying 
of  pavement,  drawing  cables,  installing  wires  for  light- 
ing, applying  certain  finish  to  the  tunnels,  constructing 
air  ducts  and  foundations  for  the  ventilation  house 
near  the  land  shafts,  and  completing  all  air  ducts 
and  roadways  at  all  shafts.  The  Commissions  reserve 
the  right  to  put  such  other  contractors  and  persons  to  work 
and  to  afford  them  access  to  the  site  of  the  work  to  be  per- 
formed hereunder  at  such  time  as  the  Commissions  may 
in  their  discretion  deem  proper.  The  Contractor  shall 
prosecute  his  work  continuously  and  diligently  and  shall 
keep  his  work  so  advanced  that  the  Commissions  will  be 
enabled  to  proceed  with  the  above  mentioned  work,  and 
any  other  work  to  be  performed  under  other  contracts. 
The  Contractor  shall  so  conduct  his  work  as  not  to  im- 
pede or  interfere  with  the  work  of  such  other  contractors 
or  persons  and  shall  so  arrange  his  work  that  such  other 
contractors  and  persons  may  expeditiously  complete  their 
work  in  order  that  the  Vehicular  Tunnel  may  be  put  into 
operation  at  the  earliest  possible  date  and  for  that  purpose 
the  Contractor  herein  shall  afford  to  such  other  con- 
tractors or  persons  such  facilities  as  the  Engineer  may 
require. 

Wherever  any  work  performed  or  to  be  performed  by 
the  Contractor  under  this  contract  shall  adjoin  or  affect 
any  work  performed  or  to  be  performed  by  any  other 


45 


DRAWINGS. 

contractor  or  contractors  of  the  Commissions,  including 
tunnel  construction  within  one  hundred  (100)  feet  of 
the  division  lines  between  this  contract  and  the  contract 
for  the  New  York  River  Section,  or  the  work  between 
this  contract  and  any  other  contract,  the  Engineer  shall 
decide  any  question  or  dispute  between  the  Contractor  and 
such  other  contractor  or  contractors  and  shall  determine 
which  of  them  shall  perform  or  complete  any  work  with- 
in the  limits  mentioned  above  and  the  manner,  time  and 
method  in  which  they  shall  perform  their  respective  work 
and  the  facilities  which  each  shall  afford  to  the  other 
or  others,  and  his  determination  shall  as  aforesaid  be 
final  and  conclusive  upon  the  Contractor. 

ARTICLE  XXIX. — The  specifications  do  not  include  all 
requirements,  but  are  requirements  in  addition  to  those 
elsewhere  given  or  provided  in  this  contract.  The  speci- 
fications and  the  other  provisions  of  this  contract  and  the 
contract  drawings  are  intended  to  be  explanatory  of  one 
another.  Should,  however,  any  discrepancy  appear  or 
any  misunderstanding  arise  as  to  the  import  of  anything 
contained  in  either,  the  explanation  or  decision  of  the 
Engineer  shall  be  final  and  conclusive.  In  all  drawings 
dimensions  expressed  by  figures  are  to  be  used  instead 
of  scaled  dimensions. 

ARTICLE  XXX. — The  contract  drawings  referred  to  in 
this  contract  and  in  the  specifications  bear  the  general 
title : 


Specifications 
and  drawings 
explanatory  of 
each  other. 


Contract 
drawings. 


46 


DRAWINGS. 


AND 

NEW  JERSEY  INTERSTATE 
BRIDGE  AND  TUNNEL  COMMISSION 


CONTRACT  NO.  4. 
CONTRACT  DRAWING  NO. 


Supplementary 
drawings. 


These  drawings  are  numbered  from  1  to  39,  inclusive, 
dated  December  9,  1921,  and  countersigned  iby  the  Chief 
Engineer. 

ARTICLE  XXXI. — In  addition  to  the  contract  drawings 
already  mentioned,  the  Commissions  have  had  prepared 
a  set  of  drawings  bearing  the  same  general  title  as  the 
contract  drawings,  but  designated  Supplementary  Draw- 
ings. These  supplementary  drawings  exhibit  certain 
information  which  the  Commissions  have  received  from 
their  Engineer  of  the  general  nature  of  the  soil  underlying 
portions  of  the  work,  the  material  through  which  the 
tunnels  will  pass,  the  nature  and  position  of  piers,  bulk- 
heads, surface  railroads,  water  mains,  gas  and  other 
pipes,  sewers,  electric  subways,  manholes,  hydrants,  catch 
basins  and  other  surface,  sub-surface  and  overhead  struc- 
tures. 

Supplementary  ARTICLE   XXXII. — These    supplementary   drawings    are 

guaranteed"0*        furnished   to  the  Contractor  without  any  guarantee  on 

the  part  of  the  Commissions  as  to  their  completeness  or 

correctness.    If  in  the  prosecution  of  the  work  difficulties 


47 


DRAWINGS. 

of  any  nature  be  encountered  which  are  not  indicated  or 
suggested  by  the  supplementary  drawings,  or  if  addi- 
tional surface,  sub-surface  or  overhead  structures  or  ob- 
structions be  found  of  different  size  or  in  different  posi- 
tions or  of  different  nature  from  those  shown  on  the  sup- 
plementary drawings  or  if  in  any  other  way  such  sup- 
plementary drawings  be  found  erroneous,  incomplete  or 
misleading,  the  Contractor  shall  take  every  necessary  or 
proper  precaution  to  overcome  the  unforeseen  difficulty 
and  to  properly  construct  the  Tunnel  under  such  condi- 
tions and  shall  protect,  support,  maintain,  shift,  relay, 
reconstruct  or  rebuild  the  additional  or  different  surface, 
sub-surface  or  overhead  structures  as  required. 

In  addition  to  the  supplementary  drawings  referred 
to  above,  samples  of  material  taken  in  connection  with 
test  borings  may  be  seen  in  the  office  of  the  Engineer; 
but  as  in  the  case  of  the  supplementary  drawings,  there 
is  no  guarantee  on  the  part  of  the  Commissions  as  to 
their  completeness  or  correctness. 

ARTICLE  XXXIII.  —The  Contractor  hereby  represents 
that  prior  to  the  execution  of  this  contract,  he  has  ex- 
amined in  detail  on  the  ground  the  location  of  the  work 
mentioned  herein  and  indicated  on  the  contract  draw- 
ings and  that  he  has  fully  examined  the  contract  draw- 
ings and  has  read  each  and  every  clause  and  section  of 
this  contract  and  of  the  specifications  and  has  had 
full  opportunity  to  consider  the  same  and  make 
necessary  investigations  relating  thereto;  and  he 
shall  not  make  any  claim  for  or  have  any  right  to 
damages  or  an  extension  of  time  for  completion  of  the 
Works  or  any  other  concession  because  of  any  misinter- 
pretation or  misunderstanding  of  this  contract  or  of  the 
specifications  or  of  the  drawings  or  because  of  any  lack 
of  information. 


Borings  not 
guaranteed. 


Contractor  has 
examined  loca- 
tion, drawings, 
etc. 


48 

SPECIFICATIONS — BRIEF  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  WORK. 

CHAPTER  IV. 


Location   of 
work. 


Form  of 

structure. 


Methods  of 
construction. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

1.  The    general    clauses     of    the     specifications     are 
grouped   under   different  subdivisions   and   the   require- 
ments as  to  specific  kinds  of  work  under  different  items. 

BRIEF  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  WORK. 

2.  The  work  to  be  done  under  this  contract  consists  of 
constructing  two   (2)   tunnels  beginning  about  one  thou- 
sand (1,000)  feet  west  of  the  present  bulkhead  in  the  Erie 
Railroad  Yard,  Jersey  City,  and  extending  in  an  easterly 
direction  to  within  about  six  hundred   (600)  feet  of  the 
New  York  pierhead  line  where  the  tunnels  will  join  two 
(2)  similar  tunnels  to  be  constructed  from  the  New  York 
side  of  the  river.    The  work  also  includes  the  construction 
of  two  (2)  land  shafts  west  of  the  New  Jersey  bulkhead 
and  two   (2)   river  shafts  connected  by  a  cross  passage 
near  the  New  Jersey  pierhead  line,  and  building  an  En- 
gineer's field  office. 

3.  The  tunnnel  structure  is  to  be  of  >cast  iron  or  cast 
steel,  lined  with  concrete,  the  land  shaft  structures  will 
consist  of  reinforced  concrete  walls  with  steel  bulkheads 
and  roofs,  and  the  river  shaft  structures  will  consist  of 
steel  walls  filled  with  concrete. 

4.  The  tunnels  are  to  be  built  under  compressed  air  by 
the  shield  method  similar  to  that  heretofore  employed 
for  similar  works  and  are  to  be  driven  without  disturb- 
ance of  the  surface  wherever  over-lying  structures  might 
be  affected.     The  shaft  caissons  are  to  be  sunk  by  the 
compressed  air  method  and  in  such  a  manner  that  full 
control  of  the  structures  will  be  assured  at  all  times. 


49 


SPECIFICATIONS — METHOD  OF  PROSECUTING  THE  WORK. 


Incidental 


5.     The  work  to  be  done  under  this  contract  includes 
the  performance  of  certain  incidental  work  which  is  gen-     work   included. 
erally  referred  to  in  Article  XV. 


GENERAL  CLAUSES. 


SUBDIVISION   1— METHOD   OF  PROSECUTING   THE   WORK. 

6.  All  the  work  shall  be  prosecuted  in  the  manner,  ac- 
cording to  conditions,  best  calculated  to  promote  rapidity 
in  construction,  to  secure  safety  to  life  and  property  and 
to   reduce    to    a   minimum    any   interference   with    train 
operation     in     the     railroad    yard,    public    travel     and 
navigation.    Decking  of  streets,  paving  and  other  surface 
work  affecting,  or  affected  by,  street  traffic  shall  be  prose- 
cuted during  such  hours  as  will  reduce  such  interference 
to  a  minimum.      Night  work  shall  be  condiicted,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  direction  of  the  Engineer,  so  that  an- 
noyance to  occupants  of  abutting  property  shall  be  re- 
duced to  a  minimum.    The  Contractor  shall  comply  with 
reasonable  requirements  of  the  Erie  Railroad  Company 
relative  to  the  conduct  of  his  work,  such  as  fencing,  light- 
ing, protecting  property  and  making  railroad  operations 
safe  in  the  adjacent  terminal  yard. 

7.  The  work  in  compressed   air  shall  be  carried  on 
with  full  forces  both  day  and  night  without  intermission, 
except  that  the  Contractor  shall  not  be  required  to  prose- 
cute his  work  on  Sundays  or  legal  holidays  unless  to  meet 
an  emergency. 

8.  In  case  of  emergencies  involving  danger  to  life  or 
property,  or  where  the  integrity  of  the  work  requires  a 
continuous  operation,  work  with  an  increased  force  may 
be  ordered  by  the  Engineer  for  such  time  as  may  be 
necessary. 


Manner  of 
prosecution. 


Work    in    com- 
pressed air 
both  day  and 
night. 


Work  to  be 
continuous  in 
emergencies. 


50 


Work  to  be 
diligent    in    all 
parts. 


Commissions 
may  order 
working  shifts 
increased. 


Contractor's 
plant. 


SPECIFICATIONS— METHOD  OF  PROSECUTING  THE  WORK. 

9.  The  Contractor  shall  conduct  his  operations  dili- 
gently in  all  parts  of  the  work,  co-ordinating  the  differ- 
ent parts  so  that  the  completion  of  each  part  as  well  as 
the  entire  work  shall  not  be  unnecessarily  delayed  and 
so  that  there  shall  be  no  interference  or  delay  to  other 
contractors  of  the  Vehicular  Tunnel  project.  Work 
is  to  be  commenced  and  maintained  under  the  orders  and 
directions  and  to  the  full  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer. 

10.  The  Tunnel  built  under  this  contract  forms  a  part 
of  the  Hudson  River  Vehicular  Tunnel,  which  the  inter- 
ests of  the  States  imperatively  require  shall  be  completed 
and  put  into  operation  without  delay.  The  Contractor 
shall  prosecute  his  work  in  such  manner  as  to  make  it 
reasonably  probable,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Engineer, 
that  the  work  will  be  completed  within  the  time  lim- 
ited. The  Contractor,  if  directed  by  the  Commissions, 
shall  rearrange  the  work  and  increase  the  number  of 
shifts  and  the  number  of  men  in  each  shift  to  the  extent 
that  may  be  necessary  to  insure  the  completion  of  the 
work  within  the  time  required  by  this  contract. 

11.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  plant  and  other 
means  of  construction  adequate  for  the  prosecution  of  the 
work  at  a  rate  of  progress  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the 
Engineer,  will  secure  the  completion  of  the  work  within 
the  time  herein  limited  therefor.  If  at  any  time  the 
plant  or  any  portion  of  it  shall  appear  to  the  Engineer  to 
be  or  likely  to  become  inadequate,  incomplete  or  faulty, 
the  Contractor  shall  promptly  obey  the  orders  of  the 
Engineer  to  supplement  or  to  remove  and  replace  the 
same;  but  the  failure  of  the  Engineer  to  issue  such  or- 
ders shall  not  relieve  the  Contractor  of  his  responsi- 
bility for  the  adequacy  and  safe  operation  of  the  plant. 


51 


SPECIFICATIONS — COMMENCING  WORK. 

12.  No  work  shall  be  begun   until   the  Commissions 
shall  issue  to  the  Contractor  an  order  directing  him  to 
proceed.    The  order  shall  be  in  such  form  and  shall  cover 
such  portions  of  the  work  as  the  Commissions  shall  pre- 
scribe. 

Permits  for  excavation  will  be  issued  to  the  Con- 
tractor but  no  permit  will  be  issued  until  the  Con- 
tractor has  given  satisfactory  assurances  that  the  mate- 
rials for  construction  will  be  available  when  needed. 
Before  any  opening  is  made  in  a  street  or  on  pri- 
vate property  a  copy  of  the  permit  issued  by  the  Com- 
missions shall  have  been  filed  with  the  proper  authori- 
ties, not  less  than  five  (5)  days,  unless  the  Engineer  shall 
expressly  direct  work  to  begin  within  a  shorter  period. 

13.  The    Contractor,    at    least    one    (1)    week    before 
commencing  work  at  any  point,  shall  give  notice  in  writ- 
ing to  the  Engineer  of  his  intention  to  commence  such 
work,  and  if  required  by  the  Engin'eer  shall  submit  plans 
for  approval  showing  the  methods  contemplated  in  carry- 
ing out  this  particular  work.     The  Contractor  shall  also, 
at  least  one   (1)   week  before  commencing  or  resuming 
manufacture  of  any  article  called  for  by  these  specifi- 
cations, give  notice  in  writing  to  the  Engineer  of  his  in- 
tention to  commence  or  resume  such  manufacture,  with 
the    name    and    address    of    the   manufacturer    and    the 
amount  and  description  of  the  material  to  be  manufac- 
tured. 

14.  Detailed  drawings  showing  the  location  and  con- 
struction of  dumping  or  working  platforms,  gantries,  pas- 
sage ways,  buildings  and  all  other  structures  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Contractor's  plant  shall  be  submitted  to  the 
Engineer  and  must  receive  his  approval  before  permits 
will  be  granted  for  their  construction. 


Order  to 
begin  work. 


Permits  to  start 
excavation. 


Notice  of  in- 
tention to  com- 
mence work. 


Plant  struc- 
tures to  be 
approved. 


52 


Compliance 
with  laws  and 
ordinances. 


Permit  of 
Secretary  of 
War. 


SPECIFICATIONS — LAWS    AND   ORDINANCES. 

15.  In  all  operations  connected  with  the  Works  the 
Contractor  shall  strictly  comply  with  all  ordinances  of 
Jersey  City  and  of  the  Board  of  Health  and  all  laws 
of  the  State  of  New  Jersey  and  of  the  State  of  New  York 
which  are  applicable  to,  and  control  or  limit  in  any  way 
the  actions  of  those  engaged  in  the  work  or  affect  the 
materials  entering  into  the  work,  or  affect  the  methods 
and  appliances  used  by  the  Contractor  in  carrying  out 
the  work,  and  he  shall  further  strictly  comply  with  all 
other  Federal,  State  and  Municipal  regulations  applicable 
to  the  work,  including  the  transportation  of  materials  in 
and  around  the  City  and  the  Harbor  of  New  York. 

The  Contractor  shall  strictly  comply  with  the  provisions 
of  the  permit  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  War  for  the  con- 
struction of  the  Tunnel,  which  permit  is  printed  as  an 
appendix  to  the  specifications  and  is  made  a  part  of  this 
contract.  The  obligations  imposed  by  the  Secretary  of 
War  upon  the  Commissions  in  regard  to  the  prosecution 
of  this  work,  shall  be  assumed  and  carried  out 
by  the  Contractor.  These  will  include  furnishing  a 
bond  sufficient  to  cover  the  entire  cost  of  the  removal 
of  the  temporary  clay  blanket  outside  the  pierhead  line 
and  the  restoration  of  the  channel  at  the  completion  of 
the  work  of  excavation.  All  expense  of  Government  in- 
spection as  required  by  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  be 
borne  by  the  Contractor. 

The  above  obligations  on  the  part  of  the  Contractor  are 
subject  to  one  exception,  namely:  the  maintenance  of  a 
1,000  foot  channel,  as  provided  for  under  Section  16  of 
the  above  mentioned  permit.  The  Commissions  will  bear 
the  expense  in  connection  with  the  maintenance  of  this 
channel,  except  for  the  removal  of  such  blanket  as  may 
be  placed  •  by  the  Contractor  or  except  rectifying  such 
changes  in  the  river  bed  as  the  Contractor's  operations 
may  cause. 


53 


SPECIFICATIONS — PERMITS,    WORKING    DRAWINGS. 

16.  Whenever  the  construction  of  the  tunnels  or  any 
other  work  pertaining  thereto  shall  interfere  with,  dis- 
turb or  endanger  any  sewer,  water  pipe,  gas  pipe,  rail- 
road, or  other  duly  authorized  surface,   sub-surface  or 
overhead   structure,   the  ,work   of   construction    at  such 
points  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  reason- 
able requirements  of  the  owners  or  of  the  proper  City 
authorities   having   care   of   and   jurisdiction   or   control 
over  such  structures  so  interfered  with,  disturbed  or  en- 
dangered.    All  necessary  permits  from  such  owners  or 
authorities  for  doing  work  at  such  places  shall  be  ob- 
tained by  the  Contractor,  and  all  charges,  directly  or  in- 
directly connected  therewith,  shall  be  borne  by  him. 

17.  The  Engineer  will  prepare  and  furnish  to  the  Con- 
tractor during  the  progress  of  the  work  drawings  in  am- 
plification or  modification  of  the  contract  drawings  and 
drawings  showing  the  adjustment  and  reconstruction  of 
all  surface,  sub-surface  and  overhead  structures  wherever 
the  reconstruction  of  the  same  is  necessitated  by  the  con- 
struction of  the  Tunnel.    The  Contractor  shall  promptly, 
upon  the  delivery  of  this  contract,  furnish  a  written  state- 
ment  to   the  Engineer  showing  the   order  in  which  he 
desires  the  drawings  to  facilitate  the  prosecution  of  his 
work  and  this  order  will  be  followed  so  far  as  reasonably 
practicable  and  necessary.     The  first  of  these  drawings 
will  be  given  to  the  Contractor  within  thirty   (30)   days 
after  this  statement  is  received  and  the  remainder  from 
time  to  time,  as  may  be  reasonably  and  necessarily  re- 
quired by   the   Contractor,   except   that   detail   drawings 
for  changes  in  sub-surface  structures  shall  be  furnished 
within  a  reasonable  time  after  such  structures  are  un- 
covered.   The  Contractor  may,  but  only  with  the  written 
consent  of  the  Engineer,  make  changes  in  said  written 
statement  furnished  to  the  Engineer  showing  the  order 


Requirements 
of  local 
authorities. 


Necessary 
permits. 


Drawings. 


54 

SPECIFICATIONS — PERMITS,    WORKING    DRAWINGS. 

in  which  the  Contractor  desires  the  drawings,  but  the 
Contractor  will  be  responsible  for  any  delay  resulting 
from  any  such  changes  and  no  extension  of  time  or  other 
allowance  or  concession  will  be  made  to  the  Contractor 
on  account  of  any  such  change  or  any  delay  resulting 
therefrom.  Where,  however,  changes  are  deemed  neces- 
sary, they  may  be  ordered  under  Article  XVIII  of  this 
contract  by  the  Engineer,  who  shall  issue  such  drawings 
as  may  be  necessary. 

Working  or  ^^e  Contractor  shall  make  all  working  or  shop  draw- 

shop  drawings.  ings  which  may  be  required  in  addition  to  the  contract 
drawings  or  in  addition  to  such  other  drawings  as  the 
Engineer  may  issue  in  amplification  or  modification  of 
the  contract  drawings.  All  working  or  shop  drawings 
shall  be  submitted  in  duplicate  to  the  Engineer  for  his 
approval,  which  approval  will  be  indicated  by  his  coun- 
tersigning one  set  of  such  working  or  shop  drawings  and 
returning  the  same  to  the  Contractor.  Should  the  work- 
ing or  shop  drawings  be  not  approved  by  the  Engineer, 
then  the  Engineer  will  return  one  set  of  such  working  or 
shop  drawings,  with  the  necessary  corrections  and  changes 
indicated  thereon;  the  Contractor  shall  make  such  cor- 
rections and  changes  and  again  submit  drawings  in  dupli- 
cate for  the  approval  of  the  Engineer;  and  no  work  called 
for  by  said  working  or  shop  drawings  shall  be  done  until 
the  approval  of  the  Engineer  shall  be  obtained,  which 
approval  will  be  given  or  refused  within  twenty  (20) 
working  days  after  delivery  to  him  at  his  office  of  such 
drawings  in  duplicate.  The  Engineer's  approval  shall  not 
relieve  the  Contractor  of  any  responsibility  for  errors  that 
occur  in  such  drawings.  Immediately  upon  final  ap- 
proval of  such  working  or  shop  drawings  by  the  Engi- 
neer, the  Contractor  shall  furnish  the  Commissions  with 
five  (5)  additional  copies  of  such  approved  drawings. 
The  tracings  of  all  the  approved  working  or  shop  draw- 


55 


SPECIFICATIONS — ORDERS    AND   DIRECTIONS    TO   CONTRACTOR. 

ings  made  by  the  Contractor  shall  be  delivered  to  and 
become  the  property  of  the  Commissions  prior  to  or  upon 
the  completion  of  the  particular  work  covered  by  these 
drawings. 

18.  Orders  and  directions  may  be  given  orally  by  the  Orders  to 
Engineer  to,  and  shall  be  received  and  promptly  obeyed  o^rse^r^r6"*' 
by,  the  Contractor  or  his  representative  or  any  superin-  foreman, 
tendent,  overseer  or  foreman  of  the  Contractor  who  may 

have  charge  of  the  particular  work  in  relation  to  which 
the  orders  or  directions  are  given,  and  a  confirmation  in 
writing  of  such  orders  or  directions  will  be  given  to  the 
Contractor  by  the  Engineer  if  so  requested.  The  Con- 
tractor or  his  duly  authorized  representative  shall  be 
present  at  all  times  on  the  work  to  receive  orders  and 
directions  from  the  Engineer.  The  Contractor  shall  also 
maintain,  during  the  performance  of  the  work  an  office  in 
Jersey  City  in  the  vicinity  of  the  shafts,  at  which  he  or  his 
duly  authorized  representative  shall  be  present  at  all 
times.  Orders  or  directions,  written  or  oral,  from  the 
Engineer  delivered  at  said  office  shall  be  considered  as 
delivered  to  the  Contractor.  Copies  of  the  contract,  in- 
cluding the  specifications,  and  of  the  drawings  for  the 
work  shall  be  kept  at  said  office  ready  for  use  at  any  time. 

19.  The  Contractor  must  not  allow  waste  material  of    Waste  material. 
any  kind  to  remain  on  the  streets  or  on  the  roadway  to 

the  shafts  or  to  accumulate  on  the  work,  but  he  must 
cart  away  all  waste  material  and  dispose  of  it  as  herein- 
after provided  at  his  own  expense.  The  Contractor  shall 
also  at  his  own  expense  keep  the  work,  streets,  private 
property  and  all  public  places  occupied  by  him  clear  of 
all  refuse  and  rubbish  and  leave  them  in  a  neat  condition;  • 
but  this  is  not  to  be  construed  as  placing  upon  the  Con- 
tractor the  usual  duties  of  the  Street  Cleaning  Depart- 
ment. 


SPECIFICATIONS  —  SANITARY  MEASURES,  TEMPORARY  STRUCTURES. 


Water  supply. 


Sanitary 
conveniences. 


Fences  to  be 
provided 
around  work. 


Gateways, 
openings,  etc. 
to  be  guarded. 


Temporary 
structures  to 
be  painted. 


Advertise- 
ments not 
permitted. 


Competent 
men. 


20.  The  Contractor  shall,  at  his  own  cost,  provide  for 
the  water  supply  necessary  for  the  work  and  he  shall 
bear  the  cost  of  any  connection,  inspection,  meter  or  other 
charge  resulting  therefrom. 

21.  Sanitary    conveniences,    properly    secluded    from 
public  observation,  and  of  a  form  approved  by  the  En- 
gineer and  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  sanitary  authori- 
ties, shall  be  constructed   and  maintained  by   the   Con- 
tractor at  his  own  expense,  for  the  use  of  his  employees. 

22.  The  Contractor,  at  his  own  expense,  shall  provide 
a    neat    substantial    fence,    approved    by    the    Engineer, 
around  his  plant  and  around  all  openings  and  wherever 
else  required  for  the  protection  of  the  work  or  the  pub- 
lic.   This  does  not  in  any  way  refer  to  the  fence  provided 
for  in  Section  155-1. 

Gateways  of  such  size  and  construction  as  approved 
by  the  Engineer,  shall  be  placed  at  the  openings  for  the 
Erie  Railroad  track  passing  through  the  land  shafts  plant 
site.  Any  openings  temporarily  unfenced  and  surface 
obstructions  shall  be  guarded  and  shall  be  indicated  at 
night  by  suitable  and  sufficient  lights. 

All  temporary  structures  and  fences  erected  by  the 
Contractor  shall  be  neat  in  appearance  and  shall  be 
painted  as  directed  by  the  Engineer. 

The  Contractor  shall  not  place  or  permit  the  placing  of 
any  advertising  matter,  other  than  the  name  and  address 
of  the  Contractor,  upon  fences,  buildings  or  any  part  of 
the  work  or  plant  or  materials. 

23.  The  Contractor  shall  employ  competent,  skillful 
and  faithful  men  to  do  the  work,  and  for  special  work 
requiring  skill  along  any  particular  line,  men  especially 
skilled  in  this  line  shall  be  employed.  Whenever  the 


SPECIFICATIONS  —  LIGHTING,    FACILITIES    FOR    SURVEYS. 


Engineer  shall  notify  the  Contractor  in  writing  that  in 
his  opinion  any  man  on  the  work  is  incompetent,  unfaith- 
ful or  disorderly,  such  man  shall  be  discharged  from  the 
work  and  shall  not  again  be  employed  on  it. 

24.  Electricity  shall  be  used  for  all  lighting  purposes 
and  a  sufficient  number  of  lights  shall  be  provided  for  the 
proper  illumination  of  all  parts  of  the  work.    The  light- 
ing of  each  tunnel  shall  be  equivalent  at  least  to  that 
given  by  sixty-four    (64)   candle  power  lamps   at  inter- 
vals of  thirty   (30)   feet.     Adequate  special  illumination 
shall  be  provided  wherever  work  is  in  progress  or  is  to  be 
inspected.     Electric  wires  must  be  kept  thoroughly  in- 
sulated, and  special  precaution  must  be  taken  to  avoid 
short  circuits.    Wherever  electric  power  is  used  the  power 
circuit  shall  be  kept  separate  from  the  lighting  circuit. 

25.  The  Engineer  will  give  all  lines  and  grades  and 
will  indicate  the  same  by  marks  or  points  established  at 
such  intervals  or  in  such  manner  as  he  deems  necessary 
for  the  proper  performance  of  the  work.     Such  points 
and  marks  shall  be  carefully  preserved  by  the  Contrac- 
tor. 


Electric 
lighting. 


Lines  and 
grades. 


26.  The  Contractor  shall  keep  the  Engineer  informed, 
a  reasonable  time  in  advance,  of  the  time  and  places  at 
which  he  intends  to   do  work,  in  order  that  lines   and 
grades  may  be  furnished  with  the  minimum  of  incon- 
venience to  the  Engineer  and  delay  to  the  Contractor. 

27.  To  facilitate  the  transfer  of  lines  and  grades,  the 
Contractor  shall,  without  charge  to  the  States,  suspend 
hoisting  and  all  work  that  will  in  any  way  interfere  with 
the  surveys  at  such  times  and  for  such  periods  of  time  as 
the  Engineer  may  deem  necessary. 


Request  f 
lines  and 
grades. 


Suspension  of 
hoisting. 


58 


Payment  for 
facilities  for 
Engineer. 


Survey  locks. 


Additional 
borings. 


SPECIFICATIONS — FACILITIES  FOR  SURVEYS,  ADDITIONAL  BORINGS. 

28.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  all  work  and  mate- 
rials called  for  by  the  Engineer  for  placing  monuments, 
plugs,  stakes,  instrument  platforms  or  other   points   or 
facilities  used  in  surveys  and  all  special  lights  or  groups 
of  lights  that  the  Engineer  may  require  in  connection 
with  surveys  and  payment  therefor  will  be  made  in  the 
manner  provided  in  Schedule  Item  300;  but  if  any  such 
point  or  facility  be  disturbed  the  Engineer  may  require 
the  Contractor  to  replace  it  without  compensation.     The 
Contractor  shall  provide,  without  cost  to  the  States,  all  the 
electric  current  the  Engineer  may  require  in  connection 
with  surveys. 

Locks  for  the  transfer  of  survey  lines  into  the  tunnels 
shall  be  provided  in  the  bulkheads  east  of  the  land  shafts, 
if  required  by  the  Engineer.  These  locks  shall  be  at  least 
six  (6)  feet  in  diameter  and  provided  with  doors  at  each 
end.  The  furnishing  of  the  materials  for  such  locks 
will  be  paid  for  in  the  manner  provided  in  Sched- 
ult  Item  300,  but  all  expense  of  erecting,  placing  and  con- 
necting such  locks  with  the  bulkheads  shall  be  borne  by 
the  Contractor.  On  the  completion  of  the  tunnels  and 
removal  of  the  bulkheads  these  locks  will  become  the 
property  of  the  Contractor. 

29.  If  the  Engineer  shall  deem  it  necessary  or  advisa- 
ble to  make  wash-borings  or  core-borings  or  both  to  sup- 
plement the  borings  already  made  or  to  drive  test  piles 
to  obtain  further  information  as  to  the  character,  extent 
and  bearing  power  of  the  materials  to  be  encountered  in 
the  construction  of  the  Vehicular  Tunnel,  the  Contractor 
shall  make  such  borings  or  drive  such  piles  in  the  man- 
ner, at  the  location  and  to   the  depths  directed  by   the 
Engineer,  and  payment  therefor  will  be  made  in  the  man- 
ner provided  in  Schedule  Item  300. 

Payment  for  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  this 
Subdivision,  except  as  otherwise  herein  specifically  pro- 


59 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROADWAY    TO    SHAFTS. 

vided,  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipu- 
lated in  the  Schedule. 

SUBDIVISION  2— ROADWAY  TO  SHAFTS  AND  MAINTENANCE 

OF  TRAFFIC. 

30.  Parcels  34,  21  and  B,  as  shown  on  Contract  Draw- 
ing No.  39,  are  provided  as  a  means  of  access  lo  the  water- 
front and  the  shaft  sites.  These  parcels  will  be  cleared 
by  the  Commissions  of  surface  structures,  except  the 
track  leading  to  sidings  on  12th  Street,  poles  carry- 
ing wires  or  cables,  and  fire  hydrants.  The  Contractor 
shall  furnish  such  protection  to  remaining  and  adjacent 
structures  as  is  called  for  in  Section  55,  grade  this  area 
sufficiently  for  a  roadway,  plank  the  same  at  track  cross- 
ings, change  the  locations  of  such  poles  as  may  be  neces- 
sary and  maintain  the  road  in  a  safe  and  passable 
condition  throughout  the  term  of  this  contract.  Beside 
maintaining  a  roadway  to  the  above  mentioned  parcels, 
the  Contractor  shall  perform  such  of  the  above  men- 
tioned work  as  may  be  necessary  to  make  the  roadway 
passable  in  12th  Street  between  Barnum  Street  and  Pro- 
vost Street.  The  above  provisions  are  subject  to  the  fol- 
lowing exception: 

Beginning  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  date  of  the 
delivery  of  the  contract  for  the  approach  section,  the 
Contractor  of  that  section  shall  maintain  the  roadway 
from  the  easterly  limit  of  the  said  section  (North  Tunnel) 
to  Provost  Street. 


Preparing 
and  maintain- 
ing roadway. 


31.  This  roadway  shall  be  fenced  as  provided  in  Sec- 
tion 155-1,  and  such  lighting  system  installed  as  the  En- 
gineer may  require,  payment  for  which  equipment  will 
be  made  in  the  manner  provided  in  Schedule  Item  300. 
This  roadway,  the  fence,  and  the  lighting  system  shall 


Fencing, 
lighting,  and 
guarding 
roadway. 


60 

SPECIFICATIONS — ROADWAY   TO    SHAFTS. 

be  turned  over  to  the  Commissions  in  good  condition  at 
the  termination  of  this  contract.  The  Contractor  shall 
keep  this  roadway  well  lighted  and  shall  provide  watch- 
men at  track  crossings  or  other  points  to  make  it  safe  at 
all  times.  No  separate  payment  will  be  made  for  the 
requirements  of  Sections  30  and  31,  except  such  payment 
as  are  specifically  provided  for  therein,  but  payment 
therefor  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipu- 
lated in  the  Schedule. 

32.     Within  the  limits  of  this  roadway,  the  Contractor 
Pipe  lines. 

will  be  required  to  lay  pipe  lines  leading  to  the  shaft 

sites,  including  the  water  and  gas  lines  from  some  suitable 
connection  with  the  Jersey  City  mains  to  the  land  shaft 
site,  as  provided  in  Section  123-1. 

Signs  33.     No  lettering  or  signs  shall  be  painted  or  posted  on 

the  roadway  fence  without  the  permission  of  the  Engi- 
neer. 

Facilities  for  34,    The  Contractor  is  to  afford  to  any  other  contractor, 

tractors**'  wno  mav  ^e  awai>ded  a  contract  for  doing  work  in  con- 

nection with  the  construction  of  the  Vehicular  Tunnel, 
adequate  and  sufficient  rights  of  passage  and  re-passage 
over  the  roadway.  In  the  event  of  a  dispute  between  the 
Contractor  herein  and  any  other  contractor  or  contractors 
having  the  right  to  use  the  roadway,  the  Engineer  shall 
be  the  sole  and  final  arbiter  in  the  determination  of  the 
rights  of  the  respective  contractors  to  use  the  said  right 
of  way  and  the  extent  to  which  each  of  them  shall  be 
entitled  to  use  the  said  right  of  way  and  the  time  and 
manner  thereof. 


61 


SPECIFICATIONS— OCCUPATION   OF   STREETS. 

36.  Wherever  excavations  are  decked  or  where  gas 
might  accumulate,  suitable  openings  shall  be  provided  for 
ventilation. 


Openings  for 
ventilation. 


37.  A  reasonable  amount  of  structural  and  other  ma- 
terials may  be  stored  in  the  streets  occupied  by  or  ad- 
jacent to  the  work,  but  only  to  the  extent  that  may  be 
absolutely  necessary  to  avoid  delay  in  construction.  Such 
materials  shall  not  be  allowed  to  accumulate  but  shall 
be  replenished  from  day  to  day  as  they  may  be  required. 
In  any  case,  materials  may  be  stored  only  with  the  per- 
mission of  the  Engineer,  which  permission  shall  be  re- 
vocable at  any  time;  and  the  Contractor,  if  so  ordered, 
shall  immediately  remove  such  materials. 

If  the  exigencies  of  the  work  require  the  occupancy  of 
any  street  for  a  longer  period  of  time  than  provided  in 
the  previous  paragraph,  such  occupancy  will  be  allowed 
only  upon  the  written  permission  of  the  Engineer,  which 
permission  shall  be  revocable  at  any  time,  and  the  Con- 
tractor, if  so  ordered,  shall  immediately,  upon  receipt  of 
the  order  or  within  a  period  of  time  to  be  therein  stated, 
remove  such  materials. 


Storage  of 
materials  in 
streets. 


39.  The  Contractor  shall  not  interfere  with  free  ac- 
cess to  any  fire  hydrant  or  fire  alarm  box,  and  shall  place 
no  materials  within  ten  (10)  feet  of  the  same  at  any 
time.  When  materials  are  unavoidably  placed  or  piled 
in  the  vicinity  of  a  fire  hydrant  or  fire  alarm  box  and  to 
such  a  height  as  to  prevent  it  from  being  readily  seen,  the 
position  of  such  hydrant  or  box  shall  be  indicated  by 
suitable  signals,  both  day  and  night.  When  required, 
hydrants  shall  be  extended  by  suitable  tube  or  piping  to 
an  accessible  point  as  approved  by  the  Engineer  and  to 
the  satisfaction  of  the  Fire  Department. 


Access  to 
fire  hydrants. 


62 


Access   to 
buildings. 


Access  to 
street  cars. 


Decking, 
how  laid. 


SPECIFICATIONS — ACCESS    TO   BUILDINGS,    RAILROADS,   ETC. 

40.  The  Contractor  shall  not  deprive  any  building  or 
abutting  property   of  means   of   access   except  with   the 
consent  of  the  occupant  and  after  due  notice  to  the  En- 
gineer.    When  access  to  any  building  or  abutting  prop- 
erty is  temporarily  cut  off  by  the  Contractor,  he  shall  at 
his  own  cost  handle  any  materials  to  be  taken  to  or  re- 
moved from  such  building  or  property,  including  mate- 
rials to  be  removed  by  the  Street  Cleaning  Department, 
between  such  building  or  property  and  the  nearest  ac- 
cessible point  on  the  street. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  proper  and  easy  means 
of  access  to  surface  street  cars. 

41.  All  decking  and  bridging  and  all  timbers  for  the 
support  thereof  shall  be  sound,  substantial  and  free  from 
any  defects  that  might  impair  their  strength.    The  deck- 
ing of  roadways  shall  be  of  such  thickness,  and  shall  be 
so  laid  and  supported,  as  to  prevent  deflection  of  adja- 
cent planks  separately  when  loaded.    The  planking  of  the 
top  or  wearing  surface  shall  be  hard  yellow  pine,  unless 
otherwise   permitted,    shall    be    straight    and    free    from 
shakes,  shall  be  sized  to  a  uniform  thickness  and  shall 
be  laid  with  tight  joints. 

42.  Payment  for  compliance  with  the  requirements  of 
this  Subdivision,  except  as  otherwise  herein  specifically 
provided,  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipu- 
lated in  the  Schedule. 


63 


SPECIFICATIONS — UNDERPINNING. 

SUBDIVISION  3— SUPPORT  AND  RESTORATION  OF 
BUILDINGS  AND  STRUCTURES. 

4 

44.     The  Contractor  shall  make  use  of  such  methods  of 

Preventiqn 
work  as  are  best  adapted  to  preserve  the  safety  and  sta-     Of  damage. 

bility  of  foundations,  bulkheads,  walls  or  other  parts  of 
buildings  and  structures  and  to  prevent  any  disturbance 
or  damage  thereto  and  he  shall  make  good  any  damage 
which  may  in  the  course  of  construction  be  done  to  any 
such  foundations,  bulkheads,  walls  or  other  parts  of 
buildings  or  structures. 


Underpinning. 


45.  The  Contractor  will  be  permitted  to  underpin, 
support  or  secure  at  his  own  expense  such  buildings,  rail- 
road tracks  or  other  structures  as  he  may  deem  it  ad- 
vantageous to  himself  in  the  prosecution  of  his  work  to 
so  underpin,  support  or  secure. 

All  methods  of  underpinning,  securing,  supporting, 
protecting  or  maintaining  buildings,  bulkheads,  piers,  rail- 
road tracks  or  other  structures  or  of  providing  permanent 
foundations  therefor  shall  be  in  accordance  with  draw- 
ings prepared  by  the  Contractor  and  approved  by  the 
Engineer;  but  the  approval  by  the  Engineer  of  such  draw- 
ings or  methods  shall  not  relieve  the  Contractor  of 
responsibility  for  damages  to  persons  and  property  as 
herein  elsewhere  provided. 


46.     The  Contractor  shall,  at  his  own  expense,  make 
with  the  owners  or  tenants  of  buildings  or  other  struc-     underpinning0' 
tures,  or  other  persons,  all  arrangements  which  may  be 
necessary  for  the  underpinning,  securing,  supporting  and 
repair  or  restoration  of  buildings  or  other  structures. 


64 


Buildings  to  be 
kept  tenantable. 


Repairs  to  be 
made  promptly. 


Annoyance  to 
occupants  to 
be  avoided. 


Commissions 
may  make 
repairs. 


SPECIFICATIONS — MAINTENANCE    OF    STRUCTURES. 

47.  During  the  progress  of  the  work,  the  Contractor 
shall  make  such  temporary  or  permanent  repairs  or  res- 
toration as  may  be  required  to  keep  all  buildings,  parts  of 
buildings,  or  other  structures,  disturbed  or  damaged  by 
his  operations,  in  a  serviceable  condition  at  all  times,  and 
he  shall  take  such  other  measures  as  may  be  necessary  for 
the  protection  of  persons  or  property  in  or  about  the 
same. 

48.  As  soon  as  the  work  adjacent  to  any  building  or 
structure  disturbed  or  damaged  by  the  Contractor's  op- 
erations is  unlikely,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  to 
cause  any  further  disturbance  or  damage,  the  Contrac- 
tor shall  promptly  repair  and  make  good  all  damage  to 
such  building  or  structure  for  which  he  is  responsible  as 
herein  elsewhere  provided. 

49.  When  the  Contractor  has  entered  upon  any  prem- 
ises for  the  purpose  of  underpinning,  securing,  support- 
ing, repairing  or  restoring  the  same,  he  shall  conduct  the 
work  with  all  possible  despatch  and  in  such  manner  that 
the  annoyance  to  the  occupants  shall  be  as  little  as  is 
practicable. 

50.  If  at  any   time  the  Engineer  shall  certify   to   the 
Commissions  that  the  Contractor  is  unnecessarily  or  un- 
reasonably delaying  the  work  of  repair  or  restoration  of 
any  building  or  structure  disturbed  or  damaged  by  his 
work  or  is  neglecting  to  provide  proper  protection  for 
persons  or  property  in  or  about  such  building  or  struc- 
ture, the  Commissions  may  make  such  repairs  or  cause 
the  same  to  be  made  or  provide  such  protection  or  cause 
the  same  to  be  provided  and  charge  the  expense  of  such 
work  to  the  Contractor  and  may  in  addition  to  all  other 


65 


SPECIFICATIONS — REPAIRS  TO  BUILDINGS. 

remedies  deduct  such  expense  from  any  moneys  then  due 
or  thereafter  coming  due  to  the  Contractor  under  this 
contract. 


51.  Payment  for  underpinning,  supporting  or  securing 
buildings,  bulkheads,  or  other  structures,  their  walls  and 
other  supports,  porches,  vaults,  areaways  and  other  parts 
of  structures  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or 
incidental  thereto,  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit 
prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  excavation. 


Underpinning 
not  paid  for. 


52.     Payment    for    repairing    or    restoring    buildings, 
bulkheads  or  other  structures  disturbed  or  damaged  by     repairing0 
the  Contractor's  operations,  or  in  any  way  incident  there-    bulldm&s- 
to,  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  incidental 
thereto,  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipu- 
lated in  the  Schedule  for  excavation. 


SUBDIVISION   4— MAINTENANCE  AND   CHANGES   OF  PIPES, 
RAILROADS,  ETC 

53.  Notice  shall  be  given  by  the  Contractor  to  the  Erie     Notice  to 

T5    -i         j     n  n     •    j-    -j      i  •  j     owners,  etc.,  of 

Railroad    Company,    to    all    individuals,    companies    and    structures. 

proper  City  officials  owning  or  having  charge  of  sur- 
face, sub-surface  or  overhead  structures  along  any  part 
of  the  work,  of  his  intention  to  commence  operations  on 
such  part  of  the  work,  at  least  one  (1)  week  in  advance 
of  such  commencement,  and  the  Contractor  shall  file  with 
the  Engineer  at  the  same  time  a  copy  of  such  notice. 

54.  All    work    of    protecting,    maintaining,     moving,     Requirements 

e  ,  ,,  ,      of  owners,  etc., 

changing  or  restoring  surtace,  sub-surface  or  overhead     Of  structures. 
structures  or  appurtenances,  shall  be  conducted  in  accord- 
ance with  the  reasonable  requirements,  and  to  the  reason- 


66 


SPECIFICATIONS — MAINTENANCE  AND  CHANGES   OF  STRUCTURES. 

able  satisfaction  of  the  companies  or  City  officials  owning 
or  having  charge  of  the  same,  and  the  Contractor  shall 
furnish  such  companies  or  City  officials  with  all  neces- 
sary facilities  for  inspecting  the  methods  of  caring  for 
their  structures. 


Maintenance 
and  support  of 
structures. 


Temporary 
changes   for 
maintenance. 


Temporary 
changes  for 
Contractor's 
convenience. 


55.  The    Contractor    shall,    at    all    times,    by    suitable 
means,  protect  from  injury,  maintain  and  support  in  an 
entirely  safe  condition  for  their  usual  service  all  sewers, 
pipes,  ducts,  conduits,  poles,  wires,  cables,  railroads,  rail- 
road  structures,    vaults,    including   vaults    of    buildings, 
docks,  bulkheads,  retaining  walls  and  all  other  surface, 
sub-surface  and  overhead  structures  with  their  connec- 
tions and  other  appurtenances,  encountered  in  or  affected 
by  his  work.    Attention  is  particularly  called  to  the  prox- 
imity of  the  tunnels  to  the  eight  (8)  foot  sewer  and  the 
Western    Union    Telegraph    Company's   creosoted    wood 
conduits  located  on  the  north  side  of  the  Erie  Railroad 
yard  in  Twelfth  Street  produced. 

56.  If  such  protection  or  the   maintenance  for  such 
usual   service  makes  it   necessary,   the   Contractor  shall 
temporarily  shift,  relay  or  reconstruct  any  such  surface, 
sub-surface  or  overhead  structure  or  appurtenance,  and 
if  required  shall  fully  restore  the  same  prior  to  the  com- 
pletion of  this  contract. 

57.  If  the  Contractor  shall,  for  his  own  convenience 
in  executing  his  work,  temporarily  shift,  relay  or  recon- 
struct any  such  structure  or  appurtenance,  he  shall  fully 
restore  the  same  prior  to  the  completion  of  this  contract, 
but  no  such  shifting,  relaying  or  reconstructing  shall  be 
done  without  the  previous  consent  of  the  Engineer. 


67 


SPECIFICATIONS 


MAINTENANCE    OF    STRUCTURES    AND    SERVICE 
IN  PIPES. 


58.  If  it  is  found  that  any  such  structure  or  any  con- 
nection or  other  appurtenance  of  such  structure  in  its 
original  position  would  physically  interfere  with  the 
Tunnel,  the  Contractor  shall  permanently  shift,  relay  or 
reconstruct  such  structure  or  appurtenance  to  the  ex- 
tent required  by  the  Engineer  and  according  to  his  direc- 
tions. 


Changes  to 
avoid  inter- 
ference with 
the  Tunnel. 


59.     If  any  injury  should  occur  to  any  such  structure 

Repairs   of 
or  appurtenance  resulting  from  the  Contractor's  opera-     injuries. 

tions  or  in  any  way  incidental  thereto,  he  shall  promptly 
and  fully  repair  or  restore  such  structure  or  appurtenance 
to  as  good  a  condition  as  existed  before  the  injury  was 
done  and  shall  leave  the  same  in  a  condition  as  useful, 
safe,  durable  and  good  as  that  which  existed  before  his 
work  began. 


61.  The  Contractor  shall  make  all  necessary  arrange- 
ments for  the  shutting  off  and  restoring  the  flow 
in  water  and  gas  pipes  and  their  connections,  and 
shall  bear  all  necessary  expense  in  connection  with  the 
same.  In  case  it  becomes  necessary  to  shut  off  or  inter- 
fere with  the  normal  and  continuous  flow  of  water  in 
any  main,  or  with  the  connection  to  any  hydrant,  the 
Contractor  shall  give  notice  thereof  at  least  forty-eight 
(48)  hours  in  advance  of  such  shutting  off  or  interference 
to  the  proper  authorities.  In  case  it  becomes  necessary 
to  shut  off  the  water  supply  to  any  building,  due  notice 
shall  be  given  in  advance  to  the  owners  or  tenants  thereof. 
Copies  of  all  such  notices,  shall  be  sent  to  the  Engineer 
at  the  time  of  their  issuance.  The  Contractor  shall,  if  so 
ordered,  make  a  temporary  by-pass  or  other  arrangement 
to  preserve  the  flow  of  water  while  breaking  connections. 


Shutting  off 
and  restoring 
flow  in  water 
and  gas  pipes. 


63 


Location   of 
gates  to  be 
ascertained. 


SPECIFICATIONS — SAFETY  OF  STRUCTURES  TO  BE  PRESERVED. 

62.  Before  excavating  below  any  water  or  gas  main 
in  service,  the  Contractor  shall  ascertain  the  locations  of 
all  gates  or  valves  in  such  main  within  the  line  of  his 
work  or  adjacent  thereto.  A  diagram  showing  such 
locations  in  exact  relation  to  street  and  curb  lines  shall 
be  kept  posted  in  the  Contractor's  office  on  the  work,  for 
reference  in  case  of  emergency. 


Access  to  63.     The    Contractor  shall   provide   convenient    access 

gates,  valves          ^o  0a\es  and  valves  on  water  and  gas  mains  and  to  elec- 

and    manholes. 

trie  and  other  manholes,  by  means  of  trapdoors  or  other 
approved  methods. 


Cast-iron 
pipes  to  be 
preserved. 


64.  Wherever  cast-iron  pipe  is  changed,  the  Contrac- 
tor shall  use  care  in  removing,  and  shall  preserve  all  old 
pipe  that  is  in  good  condition,  so  that  it  may  be  used  in 
relaying  and  so  as  to  avoid  as  far  as  possible  the  necessity 
of  providing  new  pipe. 


Support  of 
railroads. 


65.  Wherever  excavations  are  made  either  from  the 
surface  or  by  tunneling  under  or  adjacent  to  any  railroad, 
the  Contractor  shall  employ  such  methods  as  may  be 
necessary  to  preserve  the  safety  of  such  railroad  and 
maintain  the  tracks  in  a  serviceable  condition  to  the  rea- 
sonable requirements  of  the  Railroad  Company. 


Changes  of 
structures. 


66.  If  it  is  found  that  any  abutting  property  or  structure 
would  physically  interfere  with  the  Tunnel  or  any  work 
appurtenant  thereto,  the  Contractor  shall  permanently 
change  or  reconstruct  such  structure  to  the  extent  required 
I>y  the  Engineer  and  according  to  his  directions. 


pl         .  67.     The  Engineer  will  prepare  from  time  to  time,  as 

structures  to  be     may  be  necessary,  tentative  drawings  showing  the  pro- 
shifted. 


69 


SPECIFICATIONS-  -EXPENSE   OF    MAINTENANCE   AND   RESTORATION 
OF  STRUCTURES. 

posed  rearrangement  of  surface,  sub-surface  and  over- 
head structures  to  be  shifted,  relaid  or  restored,  and  will 
submit  the  same  to  the  parties  interested.  If  any  reason- 
able changes  are  requested  by  any  of  the  said  parties 
within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  submission  of  any  tenta- 
tive drawing,  such  changes  will  be  made,  if  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  Engineer  they  will  best  conserve  the  interests 
of  all  parties  concerned.  A  further  drawing  will  then 
be  made  which,  on  the  approval  of  the  Engineer,  will  be 
final. 

68.  As  soon  as  the  progress  of  the  work  permits,  the     Restoration 
Contractor    shall    restore    all    surface,    sub-surface    and     of  structures- 
overhead  structures  or  appurtenances  which  have  been 

changed  on  account  of  the  tunnel  work  or  in  any  way 
affected  thereby,  to  a  condition  as  useful,  safe,  durable 
and  good  as  that  which  existed  before  his  work  began. 

69.  Payment  for  protecting,  supporting,  maintaining,     Expense  of 

,       .  ..  -i-  maintenance 

shifting,  relaying,  reconstructing  and  restoring  surface,     and  changes 
sub-surface  and  overhead  structures  and  other  appurte-     of  structures. 
nances  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  inci- 
dental  thereto,   except    as   otherwise   herein   specifically 
provided,  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipu- 
lated in  the  Schedule  for  excavation. 


71.  Payment  for  maintaining  and  supporting,  includ- 
ing reconstructing  where  necessary,  all  surface  railroads 
with  their  appurtenances,  and  all  expense  in  connection 
therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  is  deemed  to  be  included 
in  the  unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  excava- 
tion. 


Expense  of 
maintaining 
and  supporting 
railroads. 


Facilities  to  be 
given  owners 
to  make 
extensions. 


SPECIFICATION  S  —EXCAVATION. 

72.  If  the  owners  or  the  City  should  desire  to  make 
any  addition,  alteration  or  extension  to  their  structures 
or  to  do  any  work  to  or  in  connection  with  surface,  sub- 
surface or  overhead  structures  owned  by  them,  the  Con- 
tractor, by  written  permission,  shall  give  said  owners  or 
the  City  all  reasonable  opportunity  to  perform  such  work; 
provided  such  work  or  alteration  for  the  benefit  solely  of 
the  owners  of  such  structures  does  not  cause  the  Con- 
tractor any  serious  loss  or  delay,  as  shall  be  determined 
by  the  Engineer. 

SUBDIVISION  5— EXCAVATION. 


Excavation, 
how  made. 


Excavation 
includes 
removal  of  all 
materials. 


73.  Excavation  for  the  tunnels  will  be  made  by  the 
shield  method.     The  shafts  are  to  be  excavated  by  sink- 
ing caissons  under  compressed  air. 

74.  Excavation  will  include  the  removal  of  earth,  rock, 
boulders,    pavements,    masonry,    piles,    timbers    and   all 
other  materials  that  it  is  necessary  to  remove  in  order  to 
construct  the  Tunnel. 


Earth  defined. 


Rock  defined. 


Drilling  and 
blasting. 


75.  Earth,    referring    to    materials    of    excavation    as 
classified  for  payment,  shall  mean  all  materials  encoun- 
tered except  ledge  rock  in  place. 

76.  Rock,  referring  to  materials  of  excavation  as  classi- 
fied   for    payment,    shall    mean    ledge    rock    in    place. 
Boulders,  detached  portions  of  ledge  rock,  masonry  and 
pavements  will  not  be  classified  for  payment  as  rock. 

77.  Drilling  and  blasting  shall  be  conducted  carefully 
and  in  such   a  manner  as  to  avoid  as  far  as  possible 


71 


SPECIFICATIONS — EXCAVATION  I  BLASTING. 

loosening  or  shattering  the  rock  beyond  the  ordered  net 
lines  of  excavation.  The  Contractor  shall  blast  to  the 
extent  directed  and  with  explosives  of  such  power  and 
in  such  quantities  and  positions  as  will  not  make  the 
excavation  unduly  large.  All  loose  or  shattered  rock 
shall  be  removed.  Where  the  rock  exhibits  a  tendency 
to  slip,  slide  or  break  large,  the  Contractor  may  be  re- 
quired to  place  the  drill  holes  at  close  intervals  on  the 
outer  lines  of  excavation. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  at  his  own  expense  such 
magazine  houses  for  the  storage  of  explosives  in  such 
localities  and  in  such  manner  as  may  be  approved  by 
the  proper  municipal  authorities  in  charge  of  such 
matters. 


Magazines 
for  storage 
of  explosives. 


78.  Special  care  shall  be  taken  in  the  use  of  explosives 
under  or  adjacent  to  buildings,  piers,  bulkheads  or  other 
surface,  sub-surface  or  overhead  structures.     When  any 
foundation  or  sub-surface  structure  is  encountered  in  or 
alongside    any  excavation,    the    Contractor   may   be    re- 
quired to  remove  all  material  within  five  (5)  feet  of  the 
same  by  means  other  than  blasting.     Wherever  an  elec- 
tric current  is  used  in  discharging  a  blast  the  wires  used 
shall  be  so  insulated,  placed  and  fastened  at  such  a  dis- 
tance from  any  light  or  power  line  that  there  is  no  pos- 
sibility of  a  short  circuit  in  the  blasting  wires. 

79.  All   City,   State    and   other   governmental    regula- 
tions,  together   with   such   regulations    as   the   Engineer 
may  require,  regarding  the  composition,  transportation, 
storage  and  use  of  explosives  shall  be  strictly  complied 
with.    The  composition  of  explosives  shall  be  such  as  to 
cause  the  least  amount  of  injurious  fumes.    The  quantity 
kept  on  hand  shall  not  exceed  the  amount  that  is  neces- 


Blasting 
adjacent  to 
buildings. 


Use  of 
explosives. 


72 


Sheeting, 
bracing,  etc. 


Excavations  to 
be  kept  dry. 


Pumping. 


Well  points. 


SPECIFICATIONS EXCAVATION  I    SHEETING,    PUMPING,   ETC. 

sary  to  avoid  delay  to  the  work.  Only  experienced  men 
shall  be  allowed  to  handle  explosives.  The  Contractor 
may  be  required  to  observe  special  regulations  regard- 
ing the  time  of  blasting. 

80.  All  timber  and  lumber  used  for  sheeting,  shoring, 
bracing,  roof  timbering,  decking  or  similar  purposes  shall 
be  sound  and  free  from  any  defects  that  might  impair 
its  strength  and  of  sufficient  dimensions  for  the  purposes 
intended.     All  timber  and  lumber  for  purposes  of   the 
work  defined  by  this  contract  shall  be  put  in  place  by 
skilled  workmen,  shall  be  keyed  tight  by  wedges  where 
necessary  and  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  be  removed  if 
required  without  disturbing  the  sides  of  the  excavation. 
Steel  sheeting,  if  used,  shall  be  of  a  type  approved  by 
the  Engineer. 

81.  The   Contractor  shall   keep    all   parts   of   the   ex- 
cavation sufficiently  free  from  water  to  enable  work  to 
be  done  as  nearly  as  possible  in  the  dry.     All  water  re- 
moved from  the  tunnels  shall  be  conveyed  to  a  suitable 
point  of  discharge,  in  covered  flumes,  or  pipes,  if  re- 
quired.    It  shall  be  allowed  to  settle  in  a  tank  or  sump 
before  being  discharged  into  any  sewer.    The  Contractor 
shall  be  responsible  for  any  costs  incurred  in  removing 
from  sewers  deposits  caused  by  his  work. 

82.  Wherever  water  is  removed  from  an  excavation 
by  pumping  in  sandy  or  permeable  material,  the  water 
shall  first  be  drained  to  a  central  sump  so  arranged  that 
the  material  in  or  around  the  excavation  will  not  be  dis- 
turbed by  the  pumping;  well  points  or  other  special  de- 
vices may  be  required,  the  rate  of  flow  from  each  well 
being  made  so  slow  as  not  to  remove  the  finest  particles 
of  material. 


73 


SPECIFICATIONS — EXCAVATION  I    DISPOSAL. 

84.  All  cars,  carts,  buckets   and   other  vehicles   used 
by  the  Contractor  for  the  removal  of  material  shall  be 
tight   and   so    arranged    and   so   loaded   as   not   to   spill. 
Whenever  a  cart,  bucket  or  other  vehicle  so  used  is  leaky 
or  unsuitable,  it  shall  be  immediately  withdrawn  from 
the  work  on  notification  by  the  Engineer. 

85.  Excavated  and  waste  material  shall  be  removed 
expeditiously  and  disposed  of  in  any  place  selected  by 
the  Contractor  subject  to  the  ordinances  and  regulations 
of  the   City   authorities  governing  the   disposal   of   such 
material  and  the  regulations  of  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment as  to  the  disposal  or  dumping  of  material  in  and 
about  or  near  the  Harbor  of  New  York. 

86.  If  at  any  time  during  the  course  of  construction 
the  States  shall  desire  for  their  purposes  or  for  the  pur- 
pose of  any  political  subdivision  which  they  include,  any 
part  of  the  material  excavated  and  the  cost  of  such  dis- 
posal shall  not  exceed  the  cost  to  the  Contractor  of  the 
method  in  which  he  is  then  disposing  of  it,  the  Commis- 
sions may  order  such  material  dumped  or  turned  over 
to  the  States,  or  any  political  subdivision  which  they  in- 
clude, at  points  designated  by  the  Commissions  without 
cost  to  the  States.     Anything  encountered  in  connection 
with  the  excavation,  such  as  relics  or  any  other  valuable 
material  shall  be  considered  the  property  of  the  Com- 
missions  and   shall  be   disposed  of   as   directed   by   the 
Engineer. 

Payment  for  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  this 
Subdivision,  except  as  otherwise  herein  specifically  pro- 
vided, is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipu- 
lated in  the  Schedule  for  excavation. 


Carts,  etc., 
to  be  tight. 


Disposal  of 

excavated 

material. 


Excavated 
material  may  be 
taken  by  States. 


74 


Work  in  com- 
pressed air. 


Plant  to  be 
adequate. 


Power  for 
plant. 


SPECIFICATIONS — COMPRESSED  AIR  REQUIREMENTS. 

SUBDIVISION  6— COMPRESSED  AIR  REQUIREMENTS. 

87.  All   work   in   the   tunnels   before   they   are   made 
water-tight  and  in  the  shafts  before  they  are  sealed  and 
while  the  shields  are  being  started  is  to  be  conducted  in 
compressed  air. 

88.  The  Contractor  shall,  as  provided  in  Section  11, 
furnish    an    adequate    plant,    including    air-compressing, 
hydraulic   and  electrical  machinery,   hoists,   pumps   and 
all  other  necessary  apparatus,  all  parts  of  which  shall 
be  of  the  highest  grade  in  use  for  the  work  to  be  per- 
formed.    The  capacity  of  the  plant  shall  be  sufficient  to 
meet  not  only  usual  conditions,  but  emergencies,  and  to 
afford  at  all  times  a  sufficient  margin  for  repairs. 

The  Contractor  may  use  either  steam  or  electricity 
for  operating  compressors  and  other  machinery.  In  case 
steam  power  is  used  provision  must  be  made  for  storing 
in  tanks  at  each  boiler-house  enough  feed  water  for 
twelve  (12)  hours'  supply,  unless  connection  can  be  made 
with  two  independent  and  separately  sufficient  sources  of 
supply.  If  electricity  is  used  for  operating  compressors 
supplying  air  to  the  Tunnel,  at  least  two  (2)  supply  cables 
shall  lead  directly  from  two  (2)  independent  power  sta- 
tions, each  cable  being  sufficient  to  supply  power  for  the 
entire  plant.  Also,  a  third  auxiliary  cable  shall  be  in- 
stalled from  a  substation  as  a  reserve  to  temporarily  re- 
place either  one  of  the  direct  cables  in  case  one  of  the 
latter  should  fail. 


Location  of  air- 
compressing 
plant. 


89.  The  Contractor  shall  not  place  or  maintain  any 
plant  to  generate  steam  for  operating  machinery  nor 
any  machinery  to  be  operated  by  steam  nor  any  air-com- 
pressing machinery,  except  such  plant  and  machinery  for 
temporary  use  as  the  Engineer  may  in  writing  permit 
under  such  restrictions  as  he  shall  impose,  in  any  loca- 


75 

SPECIFICATIONS — COMPRESSED  AIR  REQUIREMENTS. 

tion  other  than  that  provided  for  the  purpose  and  shown 
on  Contract  Drawing  No.  39.  Special  devices  shall  be  in- 
stalled in  the  plant  to  prevent  smoke,  cinders  and  dust. 
Every  effort  shall  be  made  to  minimize  noise  in  connec- 
tion with  the  operation  of  this  plant. 

90.  The  air-compressing  plant  shall  be  capable  of  ^  it  f  ; 
furnishing  simultaneously  to  each  heading  an  air  supply  compressing 
sufficient  in  volume  and  pressure  to  enable  work  to  be 
done,  as  nearly  as  practicable  in  the  dry,  and  to  afford 
the  degree  of  ventilation  hereinafter  specified,  including 
to  each  shield  heading  an  air  supply  at  a  pressure  of  fifty 
(50)  pounds  per  square  inch  above  atmospheric  pressure 
equal  to  at  least  fifteen  thousand  (15,000)  cubic  feet  of 
free  air  per  minute  for  each  river  heading  and  at  least  ten 
thousand  (10,000)  cubic  feet  of  free  air  per  minute  for 
each  land  heading  as  measured  by  piston  displacement 
at  a  piston  speed  for  any  machine  not  exceeding  the 
speed  corresponding  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer  to 
the  safe  continuous  working  capacity  of  such  machine. 
In  addition,  the  plant  shall  be  capable  of  furnishing  at 
all  points  of  the  work,  including  compressed  air  cham- 
bers, a  sufficient  air  supply  at  a  net  pressure  of  one  hun- 
dred (100)  pounds  per  square  inch,  or  at  higher  pressures 
if  required,  for  operating  drills,  grouting  machines  and 
other  appliances  requiring  high  pressure  air.  The  air 
for  the  compressors  shall  be  drawn  from  pure  outside 
sources,  the  inlets  being  at  least  twenty  (20)  feet  above 
the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  care  must  be  taken  to 
keep  the  air  from  being  fouled  by  smoke,  lubricating  oil 
or  other  impurities. 


76 


Records  of 
plant  operation. 


Air  to  be 
cooled. 


SPECIFICATIONS — COMPRESSED  AIR:   FIRE  PRECAUTIONS, 
RECORDS,  ETC. 

91.  The  Contractor  shall  keep  a  continuous  record  of 
the  operation  of  each  compressor,  including  the  output, 
and  the  pressures  supplied  by  the  hydraulic  machinery 
for  the  movements  of  each  shield  and  shall  furnish  the 
Engineer  each  day  a  copy  thereof.     The  revolutions  of 
steam-driven  compressors,  if  used,  shall  be  registered  by 
revolution  counters.    The  pressures  in  each  tunnel  heading 
and  in  the  caissons  shall  be  registered  continuously.  Tests 
of  the  air  compressors  or  other  portions  of  the  plant  shall 
be  made  and  additional  records  of  plant  operation  kept 
as  directed  by  the  Engineer  to  determine  the  net  output 
of  the  plant  and  the  actual  distribution  to  each  caisson 
or  heading. 

92.  Suitable  and  sufficient  cooling  apparatus  shall  be 
used  to  keep  the  temperature  of  the  air  supplied  to  the 
tunnels  and  caissons  moderate  at  all  times. 


Precautions 
against  fire. 


93.  The  buildings  enclosing  the  air-compressing  plant 
shall  be  fire-proof,  and  all  the  Contractor's  buildings  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  shafts  and  the  power  plant 
shall  be  as  nearly  as  practicable  fire-proof.  All  reason- 
able precautions  shall  be  taken  against  fire  and  provisions 
shall  be  made  for  the  extinction  thereof,  including  the 
extinction  of  fire  in  the  electrical  equipment. 

In  each  tunnel,  a  water  line,  available  for  use  at  all 
times,  shall  extend  from  the  shaft  into  the  heading,  with 
hose  connections  every  two  hundred  (200)  feet.  A  length 
of  fifty  (50)  feet  of  hose,  with  nozzle  and  connection, 
shall  be  placed  on  each  side  of  each  bulkhead  and  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  each  shield  and  kept  always  ready 
for  use.  The  utmost  precautions  shall  be  observed  at 
all  times  in  regard  to  fire  in  compressed  air.  Smoking  in 
compressed  air  shall  not  be  permitted. 


77 


SPECIFICATIONS- 


QUARTERS  AND  MEDICAL  FACILITIES  FOR 
WORKMEN. 


94.  The  quarters  for  the  workmen  shall  be  well  lighted 
and  heated  and  plentifully  provided  with  running  hot  and 
cold  water,  showers,  toilets,  lockers  and  facilities 
for  resting,  for  drying  clothing  and  for  providing  the 
men  with  hot  coffee. 


Workmen's 
quarters. 


95.  The  Contractor  shall  retain  the  services  of  one  or 
more  acceptable  and  qualified  physicians  who  shall  have 
had  satisfactory  experience  in  the  treatment  of  the  physi- 
ological effects  of  compressed  air  and  who  shall  care  for 
the  health  of  the  employees  and  supply  treatment  and 
medicines  to  them  whenever  needed.    A  physician  shall 
be  on  duty  on  the  work  in  person  at  all  times  when  com- 
pressed air  work  is  being  done. 

96.  The  Contractor's  physician  and  medical  staff  shall 
give  first  aid  treatment  to   the  employees  of  the  Com- 
missions whenever  required.     No  separate  payment  will 
be  made  for  such  service,  but  payment  therefor  is  deemed 
to  be  included  in  the  various  unit  prices  stipulated  in  the 
Schedule. 


Medical  and 

surgical 

attendance. 


First  aid 
treatment  for 
Commissions' 
employees. 


97.  The  Contractor  shall  maintain  in  close  proximity 
to  the  shafts  a  completely  equipped  hospital  room  with 
an  attendant  constantly  in  charge  while  compressed  air 
work  is  in  progress.  Each  hospital  room  shall  include 
in  its  equipment  an  approved  hospital  lock  with  two  com- 
partments, where  men  can  be  subjected  to  the  working 
pressure  if  attacked  by  caisson  disease.  Such  locks  shall 
contain  cots,  a  telephone,  a  clock,  an  air  gauge  and  ar- 
rangements for  ventilating  and  heating,  and  shall  be 
kept  in  a  thoroughly  sanitary  condition.  The  Contractor 
shall  have  standing  arrangements  for  the  immediate  re- 


Hospital  rooms 
and  locks. 


78 


Facilities 
for  scientific 
investigation. 


Accidents. 


SPECIFICATIONS — COMPRESSED    AIR  I     SCIENTIFIC    INVESTIGATION, 
MEDICAL  EXAMINATION. 

moval  and  hospital  treatment  of  any  employee  who  may 
be  injured  or  who  may  become  ill. 

98.  The  Contractor  shall  afford  the  Commissions  all 
reasonable  facilities  for  the  investigation  of  the  physi- 
ological effects  of  compressed  air,  including  the  conduct 
of  experiments  and  the  collection  of  records  in  connec- 
tion therewith,  to  be  undertaken  by  such  scientific  body 
or  individuals  as  may  be  designated  for  the  purpose  by 
the  Commissions.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  daily 
statements  to  the  Engineer  of  the  number  of  decompres- 
sions, the  number  of  cases  of  the  "bends"  among  his  em- 
ployees, and  in  case  of  serious  illness  he  shall  immedi- 
ately furnish  to  the  Engineer  a  statement  of  such  illness. 

In  case  of  accidents  either  within  or  without  the  com- 
pressed air  chamber  the  Contractor  shall  immediately 
furnish  to  the  Engineer  full  data  relative  to  such  acci- 
dents. 


Medical 
examination. 


99.  The  Contractor  shall  employ  no  person  in  com- 
pressed air  until  such  person  has  been  examined 
by  a  physician  and  found  to  be  fit  to  engage  in 
such  work.  If  any  employee  is  absent  from  the  work 
for  ten  or  more  successive  days,  he  shall  be  re-examined 
before  being  permitted  to  resume  work  in  compressed 
air. 

In  any  event,  each  compressed  air  employee  shall  be 
re-examined  every  sixty  (60)  days  as  to  his  fitness  to 
continue  wrork  under  compressed  air. 

A  medical  record  shall  be  kept  of  every  man  employed 
under  compressed  air,  which  record  shall  contain  dates 
on  which  examinations  were  made  and  a  clear  and  full 
description  of  the  person  examined,  his  age,  and  physical 
condition  at  the  time  of  examination,  also  a  statement  as 


79 


SPECIFICATIONS — COMPRESSED  AIR  LOCKS,  SANITARY 
PRECAUTIONS. 

to  the  time  such  person  has  been  engaged  in  like  employ- 
ment. These  records  shall  be  kept  on  suitable  examina- 
tion record  forms. 


100.  Care  shall  be  taken  to  keep  all  parts  of  the  tun- 
nels in   a   thoroughly  sanitary  condition   and  free  from 
refuse  or  decaying  matter. 

101.  Air  chambers  shall  be  formed  in  the  tunnels  by 
bulkheads  of  concrete  or  of  steel  plate  diaphragm  con- 
struction according  to   an   approved  design.     The  bulk- 
heads and  air  locks  shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  sus- 
tain with  safety  a  pressure  of  fifty  (50)  pounds  per  square 
inch.    Whenever  the  air  pressure  in  the  heading  exceeds 
twenty-two    (22)    pounds  per  square  inch  above   atmos- 
pheric pressure,  two  air  chambers  shall  always  be  in  use, 
excepting  for  such   time   as  may  be  necessary   to   start 
headings  from  the  shafts,  and  the  pressure  in  the  outer 
chamber  shall  not  exceed  one-half  the  pressure  in  the 
heading.     The  distance  from  the  heading  to  the  nearest 
bulkhead  in   operation   shall   not  exceed   eight  hundred 
(800)  feet  during  the  progress  of  the  work.    The  metal  air 
locks  are  to  be  firmly  set  and  anchored  in  each  bulkhead 
and  shall  include  two  or  more  main  locks  and  an  emer- 
gency lock.    The  main  locks  shall  be  not  less  than  six  (6) 
feet  in  diameter.    The  emergency  lock  shall  be  located  as 
high  up  in  the  bulkhead  as  practicable,  shall  be  not  less 
than  six  (6)  feet  in  diameter,  and  shall  be  large  enough 
to  hold  the  entire  force  employed  in  the  tunnel  at  any 
one  time,  including  the  time  of  changing  shifts.    The  emer- 
gency lock  shall  be  kept  open  toward  the  heading  and 
shall  be  ready  for  instant  use  at  all  times.    The  lock  or 
locks  regularly  used  for  taking  men  in  and  out  of  any 


Sanitary 
precautions. 


Tunnel 
air  locks. 


80 


Caisson 
air  locks. 


Ladder  and 
rest  platforms. 


Lock 
equipment. 


Air  gauges. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAISSON    LOCKS    AND    EQUIPMENT. 

compressed  air  chamber  shall  be  heated  and  ventilated 
and  provided  with  seats. 

In  each  caisson  there  shall  be  provided  and  kept  in 
service  at  all  times  when  the  caisson  is  under  compressed 
air,  in  addition  to  an  air  lock  for  the  passage  of  materials, 
one  (1)  metal  horizontal  air  lock  not  less  than  five  (5) 
feet  in  diameter,  which  shall  be  large  enough  to  hold  all 
the  men  employed  in  the  caisson  at  any  one  time,  includ- 
ing the  time  of  changing  shifts.  This  lock  must  be  kept 
above  mean  high  water  at  all  times,  and  when  not  occu- 
pied, shall  be  kept  open  toward  the  working  chamber,  so 
as  to  be  ready  for  instant  use  as  an  emergency  lock. 

The  shaft  of  the  man  lock  shall  be  provided  with  a 
steel  ladder  with  rungs,  and  suitable  rest  platforms 
spaced  not  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  apart,  as  ap- 
proved by  the  Engineer. 

Lock  doors  must  operate  easily  and  must  be  provided 
with  gaskets  fitting  truly  and  tightly  against  the  jambs.  In 
each  end  of  each  lock  is  to  be  set  a  heavy  glass  bull's-eye. 
Air  valves  must  be  arranged  to  be  controlled  from  inside 
the  lock.  One  of  the  locks  shall  be  so  connected  to  the 
main  air  line  that  it  may  be  locked  in  from  outside. 

102.  The  horizontal  air  lock  of  each  caisson  and  the 
man  lock  in  each  tunnel  bulkhead  shall  be  provided  with 
an  air  gauge  and  a  clock  for  the  use  of  the  lock  tender; 
in  addition,  there  shall  be  provided  recording  air  gauges, 
connected,  respectively,  with  each  of  the  above  mentioned 
locks,  with  a  dial  of  such  size  that  the  amount  of  change 
in  the  air  pressure  in  the  lock,  within  any  five  (5)  min- 
utes, will  be  readily  shown.  These  gauges  shall  be  en- 
closed in  waterproof  boxes,  which  shall  be  kept  locked  and 
the  key  shall  be  in  possession  of  the  Engineer.  Approved 
recording  air  gauges  connected  with  the  working  chamber 


81 


SPECIFICATIONS — COMPRESSED    AIR    SUPPLY    AND    CONTROL. 

of  each  caisson,  and  with  each  tunnel  heading,  shall  be 
installed  and  maintained  in  the  Engineer's  office  near  the 
shaft  by  the  Contractor  without  'additional  cost  to  the 
States.  An  eight  and  one-half  (8^2 )  inch  air  gauge  shall  be 
placed  in  an  accessible  position  on  the  outer  side  of  each 
bulkhead.  Gauges  shall  be  regularly  tested  and  kept  in 
accurate  working  order  at  all  times. 

103.  A  lock  tender  shall  be  on  duty  at  all  times  in  the 
horizontal  air  lock  of  each  caisson  and  in  each  man  lock 
in  each  tunnel  bulkhead,  in  addition  to  the  lock  tenders 
on  duty  at  each  bulkhead  when  work  is  in  progress.     A 
watchman  shall  be  on  duty  at   all  times  in  the  heading 
when  for  any  reason  the  work  is  suspended. 

104.  The  air  supplied  to  the  caissons  and  tunnel  head- 
ings shall  be  delivered   through   pipes   of   such   capacity 
that  the  drop  in  pressure  under  regular  working  condi- 
tions shall  not  be  excessive.    There  shall  be  at  least  two 
(2)  such  air  supply  pipes  provided  to  each  caisson  with 
suitable  clapper  valves  at  the  discharge  ends.    Two   (2) 
pipes,  at  least  ten  (10)  inches  in  diameter  shall  be  used 
for  delivering  the  air  supply  from  the  power  house  to  each 
land  tunnel  heading,  and  two  (2)  pipes  at  least  fourteen 
(14)  inches  in  diameter  shall  be  used  for  delivering  the 
air  supply  from  the  power  house  to  each  river  heading. 

The  air  supply  lines  shall  be  kept  within  fifty  (50)  feet 
of  the  heading  and  so  provided  with  valves  that  at  all 
times  the  fresh  air  will  be  discharged  both  at  the  heading 
and  just  inside  the  bulkhead  nearest  the  heading. 

Each  supply  pipe  shall  be  provided  with  a  pressure 
regulating  valve  and  shall  be  provided  with  suitable 
valves  arranged  for  by-passing  at  a  'convenient  point  be- 
tween the  power  house  and  the  heading,  and  shall  also 


Lock  tender. 


Air  supply 
pipes. 


82 


SPECIFICATIONS — SAFETY  DEVICES. 

be  provided  with  suitable  clapper  valves  at  the  discharge 
ends.  Special  devices  shall  be  used  to  deaden  the  noise 
of  air  supplied  or  exhausted.  All  pipes  shall  be  standard, 
lap  welded. 

Air  supply.  105.  The  supply  of  fresh  air  to  the  tunnels  and  cais- 

sons shall  be  sufficient  to  permit  work  without  danger 
or  discomfort;  and  where  work  is  in  compressed  air,  such 
supply  shall  be  sufficient  at  all  times  and  places  to  pre- 
vent the  accumulation  of  carbon  dioxide  to  a  greater 
amount  than  one  (1)  part  in  one  thousand  (1,000)  by 
volume.  Two  (2)  foul  air  vent  pipes  at  least  six  (6) 
inches  in  diameter  shall  be  carried  back  from  each  head- 
ing under  pressure  to  normal  atmosphere  and  shall  be 
provided  with  suitable  regulating  valves  so  placed  as  not 
to  be  readily  tampered  with.  The  compressors  must 
be  run  so  as  to  maintain  at  all  times  a  change  of  air 
through  the  regulating  valves.  Special  means  must  be 
provided  for  the  rapid  removal  of  blasting  fumes. 

Safety  screens.  ^n  eacn  tunnel,  when  the  same  extends  two  hun- 
dred (200)  feet  beyond  the  first  bulkhead,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  provide  a  safety  screen  extending  from  the 
springing  line  of  the  tunnel  to  the  top  of  the  chamber.  It 
shall  be  made  of  at  least  five-sixteenths  (5/16)  inch  steel 
plate,  shall  have  air-tight  joints,  shall  be  substantially 
braced  and  shall  be  of  a  pattern  approved  by  the  En- 
gineer. It  shall  be  moved  forward  as  the  shield  pro- 
gresses so  that  it  shall  never  be  more  than  one  hundred 
fifteen  (115)  feet  in  the  rear  of  the  shield.  For  this 
purpose  two  (2)  such  screens  shall  be  used  so  that  one 
will  always  be  in  service  while  the  other  is  being  moved 
forward. 

Runways.  In  each  tunnel,  when  the  same  extends  two  hun- 

dred (200)  feet  beyond  the  first  bulkhead,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  provide  above  the  springing  line  of  the  tun- 


83 


SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIALS  AND  WORKMANSHIP. 

nel  a  substantial  runway  at  least  three  (3)  feet  wide, 
leading  from  the  shield  platform  to  a  platform  at  the 
emergency  lock.  Each  runway  shall  be  provided  with 
a  hand-rail  and  with  steps  or  ladders  at  frequent  inter- 
vals for  access  from  the  track  level.  Runways  shall  be 
kepi  clear  at  all  times. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  and  maintain  in  service 
at  all  times  a  telephone  connection  from  each  heading 
and  each  emergency  lock  to  the  power  house  and  to  the 
office  of  the  Commissions'  engineer  near  the  shaft. 


Telephone 
connection. 


106.  Payment  for  compliance  with  the  requirements 
relative  io  compressed  air,  except  as  otherwise  herein 
specifically  provided,  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the 
unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  excavation. 


Payment   for 
compressed  air 
requirements. 


SUBDIVISION  7— MATERIALS  AND  WORKMANSHIP. 


107.  All  materials  and  workmanship  shall  be  of  the 
best  class  in   every  respect,   and   the  Engineer  shall  be 
the  sole  judge  of  their  quality  and  efficiency. 

108.  Any   imperfect  construction  which   may  be   dis- 
covered before  the  final  completion  and  acceptance  of  the 
Works  shall  be  corrected  immediately  upon  the  require- 
ment of  the  Engineer  and  at  the  Contractor's  expense, 
notwithstanding   that  it  may   have  been   previously   ac- 
cepted or  estimated  for  payment. 


Best  materials 
and  workman- 
ship. 


Imperfect  con- 
struction to  be 
corrected. 


109.  Any  work  of  whatever  kind  which  may  become 
damaged  from  any  cause  before  the  final  completion  and 
acceptance  of  the  Works  shall  be  broken  up  or  removed 
and  be  replaced  by  good  and  sound  work  at  the  Con- 
tractor's expense. 


Damaged   work 
to  be  replaced. 


81 


Condemned 
materials  to  be 
removed. 


SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIALS  AND  WORKMANSHIP. 

110.  If  any  material  brought  on  the  ground  for  use 
in  the  work  or  selected  for  the  same  shall  be  condemned 
by  the  Engineer  as  unsuitable  or  not  in  conformity  with 
the  specifications,  the  Contractor  shall  forthwith  remove 
such  material. 


Structures  to 
be  water-tight. 


111.  It  is  the  intent  and  purpose  of  these  specifica- 
tions to  secure  a  structure  underground  which  shall  be 
free  from  the  percolation  of  water,  and  to  this  end  methods 
are  herein  provided  for  caulking  steel,  mixing  and  placing 
concrete,  caulking  and  grommeting  tunnel  lining, 
tightening  tunnel  bolts  and  placing  and  protecting  water- 
proofing to  insure  a  water-tight  structure. 

Payment  for  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  this 
Subdivision,  except  as  otherwise  herein  specifically  pro- 
vided, is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipu- 
lated in  the  Schedule. 


When  placed. 


Placing  and 
compacting. 


SUBDIVISION  8— BACKFILLING  AND  CLEANING  UP. 

112.  Wherever  excavations   are  made  from  the  sur- 
face, backfilling  shall  be  placed  and  surface  restoration 
completed,  as  soon  as  the  progress  of  the  work  permits. 

113.  Material  used  in  backfilling  shall  be  sand  or  sand 
and  gravel  or  other  good,  clean  earth,  free  from  perish- 
able material  and  from  stones  exceeding  six   (6)   inches 
in  diameter,  and  not  containing  in  any  place  a  proportion 
of  stone  exceeding  one  (1)  part  of  stone  to  five  (5)  parts 
of  earth.    The  filling  shall  be  compacted  by  flooding  with 
water   or,   in   cases  where   the   Engineer  considers   that 
flooding  with   water   is   not   practicable,  by   ramming  in 
layers  not  exceeding  six  (6)  inches  in  depth,  as  the  En- 
gineer may  require.     No  filling  of  trenches  with  frozen 


85 


SPECIFICATIONS — BACKFILLING   AND   CLEANING  UP. 

earth  will  be  permitted  nor  will  any  filling  be  permitted 
over  frozen  material. 

114.    Wherever  pipes,  sewers  or  other  sub-surface  struc- 

Filhng  around 

tures    are    met,    the    filling   must   be   carefully    packed,     pipes. 
rammed  and  tamped  under  and  about  such  sub-surface 
structures,  special  tools  being  used  for  the  purpose. 


Sheeting 
removed. 


Removal  of 
plant. 


115.  As  fast  as  the  work  of  filling  permits,  sheeting 
and  other  timber  supporting  the  sides  of  the  excavations 
shall,  unless  otherwise  directed,  be  carefully  withdrawn, 
and  the  spaces  left  by  the  removal  of  such  material  shall 
be  carefully  backfilled. 

116.  At  the  completion  of  the  work  or  any  part  there- 
of, the  Contractor's  plant,  together  with  all  of  its  founda- 
tions or  sub-surface  connections,  shall  be    removed    and 
the  surface  of  the  ground  or  street  restored  to  its  original 
condition. 

When  required  by  the  Engineer,  any  portion  of  the 
completed  Tunnel  or  any  part  of  the  surface  not  used  by 
the  Contractor  shall  be  cleared  for  use  of  other  contrac- 
tors engaged  in  the  construction  of  the  Vehicular 
Tunnel.  Before  final  payment  is  made  all  parts  of  the 
Works  shall  be  cleaned  up  and  put  in  a  condition  accept- 
able to  the  Engineer. 

117.  Payment  for  backfilling  and  cleaning  up,  except 

as  otherwise  herein  specifically  provided,  is  deemed  to     badkfiuLg  and 


Cleaning  up. 


be  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule 
for  excavation. 


cleaning  up. 


86 


Width  to  be 
limited. 


Depth  to 
be  limited. 


Excavations  to 
be  secured. 


Measurement 
of  excavation 
from  surface. 


SPECIFICATION  S — EXCAVATION. 

SCHEDULE  ITEMS. 

ITEMS   1-5— OPEN  AND  COVERED  EXCAVATION. 

1-1.  Special  care  shall  be  taken  to  avoid  damage 
wherever  excavation  is  being  done.  All  excavations  shall 
be  of  such  widths  as  may  be  necessary,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Engineer,  for  the  proper  and  expeditious  progress 
of  the  work  and  for  protecting,  maintaining  and 
changing  of  pipes,  ducts,  conduits  and  other  sub-surface 
structures. 

1-2.  Excavations  shall  be  made  to  such  depths  as  may 
be  necessary  to  permit  the  laying  of  such  concrete  bed, 
special  foundation  or  such  drain  pipes  as  the  Engineer 
may  deem  necessary,  but  if  the  bottom  of  any  excavation 
be  taken  out  beyond  the  limits  prescribed,  it  shall  be 
refilled  at  the  Contractor's  expense  with  concrete  or  other 
suitable  filling  as  the  Engineer  may  direct. 

1-3.  The  sides  of  excavations  in  earth  or  in  unsound 
rock  shall  be  secured  against  movement  by  suitable  sheet 
piling,  or  sheeting  held  in  place  by  suitable  waling  or 
bracing  timbers,  or  suitable  retaining  walls,  special  pre- 
cautions being  taken  where  there  is  additional  pressure 
due  to  the  presence  of  railroad  tracks,  buildings,  tanks 
or  other  structures. 

1-7.  Measurements  for  payment  for  any  excavation 
made  from  .the  surface  will  be  governed  by  the  net  or 
neat  lines,  as  ordered  and  indicated  on  the  drawings,  of 
the  sides  and  bottom  of  the  structure  for  which  the  ex- 
cavation is  made,  within  which  lines  no  unexcavated 
material  nor  other  material  not  indicated  on  such  draw- 


87 


SPECIFICATIONS — EXCAVATION. 

ings  will  be  permitted  to  remain.  The  volume  to  be  es- 
timated for  payment  for  any  excavation  made  from  the 
surface,  except  for  the  additions  hereinafter  provided 
for  in  this  Section  and  in  Section  1-11,  will  be 
limited  to  the  volume  formed  by  the  projection  of  such 
net  or  neat  lines  vertically  upward  to  the  surface,  it 
being  understood  that  there  is  thus  defined  the  volume 
of  the  material  in  place  before  its  removal  included 
vertically  above  such  net  or  neat  lines  between  lines  ex- 
tending vertically  upward  from  the  lateral  extremities  of 
such  net  or  neat  lines  to  the  surface.  The  lines  bounding 
the  volume  so  formed  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  ordered 
net  lines  of  excavation  for  any  excavation  made  from  the 
surface. 

In  estimating  volumes  no  addition  will  be  made  for 
slips  or  slides  or  for  swelling  or  increase  in  volume  after 
removal,  nor  will  any  volume  be  measured  more  than 
once  within  the  same  space;  but  no  deduction  will  be 
made  for  spaces  under  sidewalks,  for  basements  or  cellars 
or  for  spaces  occupied  by  sewers,  pipes  or  other  sub- 
surface structures. 


In  excavations  in  ledge  rock  the  volume  to  be  estimated 
for  payment  will  include,  in  addition  to  the  volume 
within  the  ordered  net  lines  of  excavation,  the  volume 
extending  nine  (9)  inches  horizontally  outside  such  lines 
for  the  sides  of  the  structure  below  the  rock  surface. 

No  excavation  not  forming  part  of  a  wider  excavation, 
will  be  estimated  for  payment  at  less  than  three  (3)  feet 
in  width. 


Additional 
estimate  in 
ledge  rock. 


1-11.     In  all  excavations  for  changing  any  such  water,     Measurement 

gas  or  other  pipe  as  are  enumerated  in  the  Schedule,    of  excavations 

for  pipes. 


88 

SPECIFICATIONS — EXCAVATION. 

and  in  excess  of  excavations  otherwise  required, 
the  volume  to  be  estimated  for  payment  will  in- 
clude, in  addition  to  the  volume  within  the  ordered 
net  lines  of  excavation  for  such  pipe,  the  volume  ex- 
tending outside  such  lines  to  vertical  lines  twelve  (12) 
inches  [or  eighteen  (18)  inches  if  the  interior  diameter 
of  such  pipe  is  thirty  (30)  inches  or  more]  horizontally 
distant  from  the  extremities  of  the  horizontal  interior 
diameter  of  such  pipe  and  above  horizontal  lines  six  (6) 
inches  below  the  outside  of  barrel  of  such  pipe.  The 
ends  of  payment  excavation  shall  be  limited  by  vertical 
planes  twelve  (12)  inches  beyond  the  ends  of  the  newly 
set  pipe. 

In  excavations  for  hydrants,  valves,  valve  boxes  and 
valve  chambers  appurtenant  to  such  pipes,  the  volume 
to  be  estimated  for  payment  will  include,  in  addition  to 
the  volume  within  the  ordered  net  lines  of  excavation, 
the  volume  extending  twelve  (12)  inches  horizontally  out- 
side such  lines  for  the  sides  of  such  appurtenance  above 
horizontal  lines  six  (6)  inches  below  its  lowest  point. 

Payment  for  1-13.     Payment  for  excavations  made  from  the  surface 

excavation  wju  be  aj  tjle  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item: 

from  surface. 

1.  For  earth  excavation,  both  above  and  below 
mean  high  water  (except  tunnel  excavation  and 
shaft  excavation),  but  including  excavation  for 
pipes,  ducts  and  conduits; 

for  the  volume  of  excavation  measured  as  hereinbefore 
provided. 


89 


SPECIFICATIONS — SHAFT  EXCAVATION. 

Such  payment  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  all 
excavation,  whether  within  or  without  the  payment  lines, 
and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  incidental 
thereto,  it  being  understood  that  allowance  is  included 
in  such  stipulated  price  for  all  excavation  in  excess  of 
that  limited  by  the  payment  lines,  for  all  sheeting,  brac- 
ing, timbering,  fencing,  decking  and  bridging,  for  main- 
taining and  supporting  trenches  during  and  after  excava- 
tion, for  the  removal  and  disposal  of  all  excavated  and 
other  materials,  for  all  pumping,  bailing  and  use  of  com- 
pressed air,  for  lighting,  for  backfilling,  and  for  all  such 
protection,  maintenance,  support,  reconstruction  and 
restoration  of  buildings,  parts  of  buildings,  railroad 
tracks  or  other  surface,  sub-surface  and  overhead  struc- 
tures of  whatever  nature,  and  their  appurtenances,  as  are 
not  specifically  provided  to  be  paid  for  at  or  in  other 
classified  unit  prices  of  the  Schedule. 


ITEMS  4-6— SHAFT  EXCAVATION. 

4-2.  The  land  shafts  will  consist,  in  part,  of  reinforced 
concrete  caissons  with  steel  bulkheads  and  roofs.  The 
concrete  walls  shall  be  placed  to  a  height  of  at  least  fifteen 
(15)  feet  above  the  position  of  the  working  chamber  roof 
before  compressed  air  is  applied. 

The  river  shafts  will  consist  of  steel  caissons  with 
double  steel  walls,  the  spaces  between  the  walls  to  be 
filled  with  concrete.  A  concrete  and  granite  protection 
will  be  placed  around  the  upper  portions  of  the  shafts. 
All  concrete  in  these  walls  and  all  protection  concrete 
and  masonry  shall  be  placed  above  mean  high  water. 


Land  shaft 
caissons. 


River  shaft 
caissons. 


90 


SPECIFICATIONS — SHAFT  EXCAVATION. 


Sinking 
caissons 


4-3.  Both  land  and  river  caissons  shall  be  sunk  by  the 
compressed  air  method  and  so  supported  at  all  times, 
as  to  insure  the  proper  control  of  each  caisson  and  to 
prevent  disturbance  to  adjacent  structures.  The  Con- 
tractor shall  submit  to  the  Engineer  for  approval  detailed 
plans  for  doing  this  work.  Every  precaution  shall  be 
taken  to  protect  and  control  the  caissons,  using  the  neces- 
sary jacks,  blocking,  wedging,  supports  or  other  meas- 
ures for  guiding  and  stopping  the  caissons  at  the  proper 
elevations,  so  that  when  in  their  final  positions,  the  cut- 
ting edge  of  each  caisson  shall  not  be  more  than  eight  (8) 
inches  from  the  alignment  shown  on  the  drawings  nor 
more  than  one  (1)  inch  out  of  level  in  twenty  (20)  feet 
measured  in  any  direction,  nor  more  than  three  (3)  inches 
from  the  theoretical  elevation. 


Caisson  inverts. 


The  river  shaft  caissons  shall  be  so  supported  from  the 
top  at  all  times  as  to  insure  their  being  kept  in  a  vertical 
position.  The  method  used  for  supporting  and  sinking 
the  river  caissons  shall  include  ample  provision  to  pre- 
vent tipping  and  abrasion  of  the  protection  concrete  and 

granite  facing. 

• 

4-4.  The  waterproofing  and  the  concrete  inverts  of  the 
shaft  caissons  shall  be  placed  as  shown  on  the  contract 
drawings  and  specified  in  Sections  27-23,  60-6  and  60-7. 
After  the  caissons  have  been  sunk  to  final  position;  and, 
in  the  case  of  the  river  shaft  caissons,  the  inverts  shall  be 
joined  to  the  supporting  piles  as  specified  in  Section  52-3. 


91 


SPECIFICATIONS — SHAFT  EXCAVATION. 


4-5.  After  the  completion  of  the  land  shafts,  shields 
shall  be  erected  in  the  two  shafts,  one  for  driving  the  tun- 
nel landward  and  one  for  driving  toward  the  river,  after 
which  the  roofs  shall  again  be  placed  and  the  construction 
of  the  tunnels  carried  far  enough  to  permit  the  building 
of  tunnel  bulkheads.  The  roofs  of  the  working  chambers 
shall  then  be  removed  and  the  other  shields  placed  in  the 
two  shafts.  The  roofs  of  the  working  chambers  shall 
again  be  put  in  position  and  the  tunnels  started  in  the 
opposite  direction. 

The  river  shaft  caissons  have  two  connections  for  the 
roofs  of  the  working  chambers,  the  lower  ones  to  be  used 
while  sinking  the  caissons  and  placing  the  water-tight 
floors,  and  the  upper  ones  to  be  used  while  the  shaft  bulk- 
heads in  the  sides  of  the  caissons  are  removed  under  com- 
pressed air  for  the  passage  of  the  tunnel  shields  through 
the  shafts.  After  the  shields  have  passed  through  the 
shafts  and  a  sufficient  length  of  tunnel  has  been  con- 
structed, tunnel  bulkheads  shall  be  erected.  Before  air 
pressure  is  removed  from  the  caissons,  a  cross  passage 
.shall  be  built  between  the  river  shafts.  After  the  locks  of 
die  tunnel  bulkheads  are  in  operation  and  the  cross  pas- 
sage between  the  river  shafts  is  completed,  the  roofs  of 
the  working  chambers  shall  be  removed  and  stored  so 
they  can  be  replaced,  if  necessary,  during  tunneling  oper- 
ations. 

In  both  land  and  river  shafts,  the  roofs  of  the  cham- 
bers, temporary  roof  bracing  and  bulkheads  closing  the 
shield  openings  in  the  sides  of  the  shafts,  will  not  form  a 


Sequence  of 
land  shaft 
operations. 


Sequence  of 
river  shaft 
operations. 


92 

SPECIFICATIONS — SHAFT  EXCAVATION. 

part  of  the  completed  work  and  will  be  considered  plant, 
which  will  become  the  property  of  the  Contractor  at  the 
completion  of  the  work. 

In  both  land  and  river  shafts,  no  specific  payment  will 
be  made  for  placing  and  removing  the  chamber  roofs, 
temporary  roof  bracing  or  the  bulkheads  closing  the  shield 
openings  in  the  sides  of  the  shafts,  but  payment  for  all 
such  work  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices 
stipulated  in  the  Schedule. 

The  sequence  of  operations  defined  in  this  Section  is  in- 
tended to  secure  as  far  as  practicable  the  safety  of  each 
operation  conducted  under  the  use  of  compressed  air. 
The  Contractor  may  adopt  some  other  sequence  of  opera- 
tions provided  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  equal 
or  greater  safety  may  be  secured  thereby. 

4-6.     Excavation  for  the  shaft  caissons  will  be  meas- 
Measurement 
and  payment,        ured  for  payment  as  provided  in  Section  1-7  except  that 

ms*  the  net  or  neat  lines  instead  of  being  projected  vertically 

will  be  projected  parallel  to  the  vertical  or  nearly  vertical 
axis  of  the  caisson.  Payment  excavation  is  to  be  limited 
to  the  position  of  the  caissons  required  under  Section  4-3. 
The  upper  limit  for  the  measurement  of  earth  excava- 
tion in  the  river  shafts  will  be  mean  high  water  (Elevation 
300). 

Payment  for  shaft  excavation  will  be  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item: 


93 


SPECIFICATIONS — SHAFT  EXCAVATION. 

4.  For  shaft  excavation  in  earth,  above  mean 
high  water; 

5.  For  shaft  excavation  in  earth,  below  mean 
high  water;  or 

6.  For  shaft  excavation  in  rock. 

Such  payment  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  excava- 
tion as  defined  in  the  last  paragraph  of  Section  1-13,  but 
no  partial  payment  will  be  made  for  shaft  excavation  in 
earth  for  the  river  shafts  until  the  entire  cutting  edge  of 
the  caisson  is  buried  in  material  sufficiently  firm  to  sup- 
port the  caisson  from  the  bottom. 

All  steelwork  of  the  shaft  caissons  will  be  paid  for 
as  provided  in  Section  70-50  at  the  price  stipulated  in 
Schedule  Item  71  or  73.  Payment  for  steelwork  in  con- 
nection with  the  shafts,  other  than  steelwork  specifically 
defined  as  part  of  the  shaft  caissons,  will  be  made  at  the 
appropriate  unit  price  stipulated  in  the  Schedule. 

Piles,  concrete  and  waterproofing  in  the  shafts  will  be 
measured  as  provided  in  Sections  27-27,  52-4  and  60-14 
and  paid  for  at  the  appropriate  unit  prices  stipulated  in 
the  Schedule. 

ITEMS  8-12— TUNNEL  EXCAVATION. 

8-1.     Shields  shall  be  used  in  excavating  the  tunnels,     shields 

except    the    cross    passage    connecting  the  river    shafts. 

The  design  shall  make  adequate  provision  for  the  safety 

of  the  workmen  and  for  the  application  of  safe  methods 

for  protecting  the  face  of  the  heading.     The  rear  over- 


94 


Starting  shields 
from  shafts. 


Supporting 

Pier  8, 

Erie  Railroad. 


SPECIFICATIONS — TUNNEL  EXCAVATION. 

hang  or  tail  shall  be  long  enough  to  extend  twelve  (12) 
inches  back  of  the  joint  between  the  last  two  (2)  rings 
erected  when  the  shield  is  in  position  to  erect  another 
ring.  The  shield  shall  be  built  to  a  true  circle  and  riveted 
as  far  as  practicable.  The  jacks  or  rams  shall  be  of 
sufficient  number  and  so  spaced  as  to  distribute  their 
reactions  safely  against  the  tunnel  lining  and  shall  be  of 
sufficient  power  to  move  the  shield  along  the  line  and 
grade  shown  on  the  drawings.  The  hydraulic  pumps  for 
operating  the  jacks  shall  be  located  on  the  surface.  The 
drawings  for  the  shields  shall  be  submitted  to  the  En- 
gineer for  his  approval  previous  to  the  construction 
of  the  shields,  but  such  approval  shall  not  relieve  the  Con- 
tractor from  responsibility  for  the  adequacy  and  safe 
operation  of  the  shields. 

8-2.  In  starting  and  driving  the  shields  through  the 
openings  provided  in  the  sides  of  the  shafts,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  provide  satisfactory  means  for  their  sup- 
port and  to  take  the  pressure  of  the  shield  jacks  and  dis- 
tribute it  against  the  sides  of  the  shafts  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  cause  no  injury  to  the  permanent  work.  As  soon  as 
practicable  after  the  shields  have  passed  through  these 
shaft  openings,  the  Contractor  shall  install  bulkheads  and 
locks  in  the  tunnels. 

In  tunneling  beneath  the  slip  between  Pier  No.  8  and 
Pier  No.  9  of  the  Erie  Railroad,  the  Contractor  will  be 
required  to  support  Pier  No.  8  in  a  manner  satisfactory 
to  the  Chief  Engineer  of  said  Railroad,  so  that  its  use  will 
be  unimpaired  during  the  period  of  tunnel  driving.  No 
specific  payment  will  be  made  for  this  work,  but  compen- 
sation therefor  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices 
stipulated  in  Schedule  for  excavation. 


SPECIFICATIONS  —  TUNNEL  EXCAVATION. 


In  removing  the  bulkheads  to  admit  the  shields  on 
the  west  side  of  the  river  shafts,  every  precaution  shall  be 
taken  by  the  Contractor  for  the  safety  of  the  work  and 
for  building  the  tunnel  on  the  required  line  and  grade. 
Before  the  shields  are  within  forty  (40)  feet  of  the  river 
shafts,  the  Contractor  shall  provide  at  his  expense 
means  for  checking  the  tunnel  line  and  grade  with  that 
of  the  shafts.  In  advancing  the  shields  through  the  shafts 
and  through  the  openings  on  the  east  side,  the  same  pre- 
cautions shall  be  observed  as  required  at  the  land  shafts 
and  as  stated  in  the  preceding  paragraph.  As  soon  as 
practicable  after  the  shields  have  passed  beyond  the  river 
shaft  caissons,  the  Contractor  shall  install  bulkheads  and 
locks  in  the  tunnels  east  of  the  shafts. 

8-3.  The  methods  used  for  advancing  the  shields  shall 
be  such  as  to  assure  its  control  at  all  times  without  bind- 
ing or  imposing  excessive  loads  on  the  tunnel  lining.  Such 
operations  shall  further  be  conducted  so  as  to  avoid  ex- 
cessive escape  of  air  or  inflow  of  materials  and  the  Con- 
tractor shall  employ  all  suitable  means  to  this  end,  such 
as  polings,  breast-boards,  clay  or  other  suitable  materials 
to  stop  excessive  air  leakage  at  any  point,  particularly 
at  the  face  of  the  heading  and  through  the  space  between 
the  tail  of  the  shield  and  the  tunnel  lining.  The  grouting 
of  the  annular  space  around  the  tunnel  lining  shall  be  kept 
as  close  as  practicable  to  the  shield.  Special  care  shall  be 
taken  in  all  shield  operations  in  the  vicinity  of  buildings, 
in  entering  or  leaving  the  shafts  or  passing  under  bulk- 
heads, piers  or  other  structures,  and,  as  herein  elsewhere 
provided,  the  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  any  in- 
jury thereto  resulting  in  any  way  from  his  operations. 


Shields  at 
river  shafts. 


Shield 
operations. 


96 


Shields  to  be 
driven  to  line 
and  grade. 


Data  for 
guiding  shields. 


Tunnel  lining 
maintained  in 
position. 


SPECIFICATIONS — TUNNEL  EXCAVATION. 

8-4.  Shields  must  be  driven  and  the  tunnel  built  ac- 
curately to  the  alignment  and  grade  shown  on  the  draw- 
ings. The  Contractor  shall  employ  such  methods  of  exca- 
vation, such  use  of  jacks  or  such  other  means  as  may  be 
necessary  to  secure  this  result.  Any  work  which,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Engineer,  is  not  so  built,  must  be  removed 
and  replaced  by  the  Contractor  and  he  shall  be  entitled 
to  no  extra  compensation  therefor. 

The  Engineer  will  furnish  the  Contractor  with  the  nec- 
essary data  for  the  guidance  of  the  shields  and  the  Con- 
tractor will  be  required  in  advancing  the  shields  to  take 
the  necessary  steps  to  overcome  any  tendency  toward  a 
variation  from  the  required  line  and  grade. 

Following  the  erection  of  the  tunnel  lining  behind  the 
shields  the  Contractor  shall  maintain  this  lining  in  its 
proper  position,  using  the  necessary  loading,  bracing  or 
such  other  means  as  may  be  necessary,  as  well  as  doing  the 
necessary  caulking  to  prevent  leakage. 


Concrete  invert 
in  rock. 


8-5.  Where  the  bottom  of  the  tunnel  is  in  rock,  except 
as  provided  in  Section  8-6,  a  concrete  cradle  of  the  width 
shown  on  the  contract  drawings  and  built  to  the  required 
line  and  grade  shall  be  placed  for  the  purpose  of  support- 
ing the  shield.  Steel  rails  or  plates  upon  which  to  slide 
the  shield  shall  be  imbedded  in  the  concrete. 


Excavation 
in  rock. 


8-6.  Excavation  in  rock  or  other  hard  material,  be- 
yond that  necessary  to  permit  the  passage  of  the  shield, 
must  be  avoided  as  far  as  practicable. 

In  passing  from  rock  to  earth  excavation  or  in  passing 
from  earth  excavation  to  rock  the  Contractor  shall  ex- 
cavate below  the  cutting  edge  of  the  shield  a  distance  of 


97 


SPECIFICATIONS — TUNNEL  EXCAVATION. 

nine  (9)  inches  and  pack  with  clay  or  other  approved 
material  wherever  the  rock  section  spans  a  width  less 
than  the  lower  quarter  of  the  shield. 

8-7.  In  all  excavations  made  without  the  use  of  a 
shield,  timber  shall  be  used  wherever  necessary  to  sup- 
port the  excavation  and  to  protect  the  work  and  the 
workmen.  The  size  and  spacing  of  timbers  and  the 
thickness  of  lagging  shall  be  as  the  nature  of  the  ground 
may  require.  The  bents  shall  be  kept  tightly  wedged 
and  securely  footed  at  all  times,  and  sufficient  packing 
shall  be  used  over  the  timbers  to  prevent  falls. 

At  the  west  end  of  the  contract,  the  Contractor  shall 
place  such  approved  bulkheads  as  may  be  necessary; 
no  separate  payment  will  be  made  for  these  bulkheads, 
but  payment  therefor  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the 
unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  excavation. 

8-8.  A  permanent  blanket  will  be  placed  over  the  tun- 
nels under  Contract  No.  3  as  described  in  Sections  21-1 
and  21-4. 


Tunnel 
timbering. 


Bulkheads  at 
west  end  of 
contract. 


Permanent 
blanket. 


8-9.  The  Contractor  shall  provide  and  maintain, 
during  the  period  that  the  shields  are  being  driven 
underneath,  a  temporary  blanket  in  the  bed  of  the  river, 
of  approved  clay  or  other  approved  material  of  sufficient 
width  and  thickness  to  counteract  the  unbalanced  air 
pressures.  The  Contractor  shall  remove,  upon  or  before 
the  completion  of  the  work  hereunder,  every  part  of  such 
blanket  beyond  the  pierhead  line  extending  above 
a  plane  fifty-five  (55)  feet  below  mean  high  water. 
Ridges  or  other  obstructions  due  to  the  Contractor's  oper- 
ations shall  be  removed  at  once  if  required  by  the  En- 
gineer. Inside  the  pierhead  line,  the  Contractor  shall  re- 
move the  temporary  blanket  to  such  an  extent  as  to 
leave  the  depth  of  water  as  great  as  existed  before  the 
blanket  was  deposited. 


Temporary 
blanket. 


98 


Soundings. 


Cars  and 
tracks. 


SPECIFICATIONS — SOUNDINGS,   TRANSPORTING    MATERIALS. 

The  Contractor  shall  strictly  comply  with  the  pro- 
visions of  the  permit  of  the  Secretary  of  War  dated  Janu- 
ary 24,  1920  (a  copy  of  which  is  printed  as  part  of  this 
contract  in  the  appendix  to  the  specifications)  regarding 
the  placing  of  such  temporary  blanket. 

No  specific  payment  will  be  made  for  the  work  referred 
to  in  this  Section,  but  payment  therefor  is  deemed  to  be 
included  in  the  unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for 
tunnel  excavation. 

8-10.  As  soon  as  the  shields  have  passed  beyond  the 
river  bulkhead  the  Contractor  shall  take  daily  sound- 
ings to  determine  the  position  and  thickness  of  the  cover- 
ing over  the  tunnels  and  shall  furnish  the  Engineer  with 
a  copy  of  the  records.  The  position  of  such  soundings 
will  be  located  by  the  Engineer. 

8-11.  Cars  for  transporting  materials  through  the 
tunnels  shall  be  of  substantial  design,  shall  be  tight  and 
shall  at  all  times  be  so  handled  as  to  assure  safety  of  op- 
eration. There  shall  be  at  least  two  (2)  tracks  for  mate- 
rial cars  between  each  heading  and  the  nearest  bulkhead 
in  operation.  Tunnel  service  tracks  shall  be  maintained 
at  good  grade  and  alignment  and  the  entire  track 
floor  from  one  side  of  the  tunnel  to  the  other  shall  be 
planked  in  an  approved  manner  between  each  shield  and 
the  nearest  bulkhead  in  operation.  From  this  bulkhead 
to  the  shaft  the  Contractor  shall  maintain  in  good  condi- 
tion, a  planked  walk  at  least  three  (3)  feet  wide  at  the 
level  of  the  track  floor.  The  system  of  haulage  shall  be 
mechanical  and  readily  controllable.  No  animals  shall  be 
used  for  haulage  in  the  tunnels  except  in  such  special 
cases  as  the  Engineer  may  permit. 


99 


SPECIFICATIONS — TUNNEL  EXCAVATION. 

8-12.  Cages  shall  be  used  in  the  shafts  for  hoisting 
men  and  materials  during  the  construction  of  the  tunnels 
and  full  precautions  shall  be  taken  to  insure  perfect 
safety.  These  precautions  shall  include  safety  catches 
of  best  design  with  bronze  or  bronze-bushed  bearings, 
landing  dogs  at  all  landings,  safety  dogs  on  all  tracks 
leading  to  the  cages,  and  effective  devices  for  the  preven- 
tion of  over-winding.  All  parts  of  the  hoisting  appara- 
tus, cables,  brakes,  guides  and  fastenings  shall  be  of  the 
most  substantial  design  and  shall  be  arranged  for  con- 
venient inspection.  The  efficiency  of  all  safety  devices 
shall  be  established  by  satisfactory  tests  before  the  cages 
are  put  into  service  and  at  least  once  every  three  (3) 
months  thereafter.  Cages  shall  be  provided  with  strong 
protective  roofs,  and  shall  be  suitably  covered  or  pro- 
tected with  wire  netting  at  the  sides.  The  cage  opening 
shall  be  protected  by  sliding  or  lifting  gates  or  by  a  trap 
door  cover,  worked  automatically.  At  the  bottom  of  the 
shaft  there  shall  be  provided  a  protected  walk  for  the 
passage  of  men  around  the  cage  way.  Effective  and  reli- 
able signalling  devices  of  an  approved  design  shall  be 
maintained  at  all  times  to  give  instant  communication 
from  the  foot  of  the  shaft  directly  to  the  hoist  room.  In 
each  shaft  there  shall  be  a  covered  stairway  at  least  two 
and  one-half  (2i/,)  feet  wide  leading  from  the  bottom  of 
the  shaft  to  the  surface. 


Cages  and 
shafts. 


8-13.  The  tunnel  lining  shall  be  erected  in  the  manner 
provided  in  Section  90-14  and  shall  be  made  water-tight 
in  the  manner  described  in  Sections  60-15,  60-16  and  60-17. 

8-14.  Voids  outside  the  tunnel  lining  shall  be  grouted 
as  specified  in  Sections  45-3  to  45-6,  inclusive. 


Erection  of 


Voids  to  be 
grouted.  . 


100 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
tunnel 
excavation. 


SPECIFICATIONS — TUNNEL  EXCAVATION. 

8-15.  Measurements  for  payment  for  any  tunnel  exca- 
vation will  be  governed  by  the  net  or  neat  lines,  as  or- 
dered and  indicated  on  the  drawings,  of  the  structure  for 
which  the  excavation  is  made,  and  such  lines  are 
deemed  to  be  the  ordered  net  lines  of  tunnel  excavation 
within  which  no  unexcavated  material  nor  other  mate- 
rial not  indicated  on  such  drawings  will  be  permitted  to 
remain.  Volumes  for  payment  will  be  estimated  as  of  the 
material  in  place  before  its  removal  within  the  payment 
lines  hereinafter  described  in  this  Section  and  as  indi- 
cated on  the  drawings. 

In  estimating  volumes  no  addition  will  be  made  for  ma- 
terial removed  outside  the  payment  lines  whether  due  to 
slips,  slides,  timbering  or  other  cause,  nor  will  any  addi- 
tion be  made  for  swelling  or  increase  in  volume  after 
removal;  and  no  deduction  will  be  made  for  material  left 
within  the  payment  lines,  provided  that  such  material 
will  not  interfere  with  placing  the  structure  or  moving 
the  shield  where  a  shield  is  used.  No  volume  will  be 
estimated  for  payment  more  than  once  within  the  same 
space. 

In  tunnel  excavation,  including  cross  passage  excava- 
tion, volumes  for  payment  will  Ibe  estimated  as  extending 
in  earth  to  a  line  four  (4)  inches  radially  outside  the  exte- 
rior surface  of  the  tunnel  lining,  and  in  ledge  rock  to  a  line 
nine  (9)  inches  radially  outside  the  exterior  surface  of 
said  lining,  as  ordered  and  indicated  on  the  drawings. 

In  estimating  volumes  according  to  the  classification 
of  tunnel  excavation  the  limits  between  excavation  wholly 
in  earth  or  wholly  in  rock  and  excavation  partly  in  earth 
and  partly  in  rock  shall  be  the  vertical  sections  at  points 
where  the  surface  of  ledge  rock  in  place  intersects  the 
payment  line  for  excavation  in  rock. 

Payment  for  tunnel  excavation  will  be  at  the  price 
stipulated  in  Schedule  Item: 


101 


SPECIFICATIONS— TUNNEL  EXCAVATION. 

8.  For  tunnel  excavation  wholly  in  earth; 

9.  For  tunnel   excavation  partly  in   earth   and 
partly  in  rock;  or 

10.  For  tunnel  excavation  wholly  in  rock; 

for  the  volume  of  excavation  measured  as  provided  above 
in  this  Section;  and  such  payment  shall  be  in  full  com- 
pensation for  all  excavation,  whether  within  or  without 
the  payment  lines,  and  all  expense  in  connection  there- 
with or  incidental  thereto,  it  being  understood  that  allow- 
ance is  included  in  such  stipulated  price  for  all  excava- 
tion in  excess  of  that  limited  by  the  payment  lines,  for 
all  lagging,  breasting,  bracing  and  timbering,  for  the 
removal  and  disposal  of  all  excavated  and  other  mate- 
rials, for  all  pumping,  bailing  and  use  of  compressed  air, 
for  lighting,  for  the  use  of  clay  in  and  about  the  tunnel, 
for  depositing  and  removing  clay  blankets  or  other  tun- 
nel covering  as  described  in  Sections  8-8  and  8-9,  for 
all  additional  grouting  as  described  in  Section  45-7,  for  all 
backfilling  and  surface  restoration  due  to  disturbance 
caused  by  tunneling  operations,  for  tearing  down,  remov- 
ing and  disposing  of  piers,  bulkheads  and  buildings,  and 
for  all  such  protection,  maintenance,  support,  reconstruc- 
tion and  restoration  of  piers,  bulkheads,  buildings  or  parts 
of  buildings  and  other  surface,  sub-surface  and  overhead 
structures  of  whatever  nature,  and  their  appurtenances, 
as  are  not  specifically  provided  to  be  paid  for  at  or  in 
other  unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule. 

8-16.  Concrete  in  shield  cradles  will  be  measured  as 
provided  in  Section  27-27,  and  paid  for  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item  28  (d). 

Tunnel  lining,  including  all  caulking  of  the  joints,  will 
be  measured  as  provided  in  Sections  88-11,  88-12  and 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
other  tunnel 
items. 


102 


SPECIFICATIONS — SHIELD  JUNCTIONS. 

and  90-16,  and  paid  for  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule 
Item  88  or  90. 

Bolts,  nuts  and  washers  connecting  the  segments  of  the 
tunnel  lining,  including  all  grommeting  of  the  bolts,  will 
be  measured  as  provided  in  Section  70-50,  and  paid  for 
at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  76(a). 

Grouting  behind  tunnel  lining  will  be  measured  as 
provided  in  Section  45-8,  and  paid  for  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item  47  or  48  for  grout  containing 
Portland  cement  or  in  Schedule  Item  49  or  50  for  grout 
containing  mixed  cement. 


Junction 
between  Con- 
tract No.  3 
and  Contract 
No.  4. 


Junction 
bulkheads. 


ITEMS  16-19— SHIELD  JUNCTIONS. 

16-1.  It  is  expected  that  the  shields  of  Contract  No.  3 
and  Contract  No.  4  will  meet  in  rock  or  in  part  earth  part 
rock  at  the  point  shown  on  the  contract  drawings,  sub- 
ject to  the  determination  by  the  Engineer,  as  provided  in 
Article  XXVIII.  As  soon  as  the  first  shield  in  either 
the  north  tunnel  or  in  the  south  tunnel,  under  either  con- 
tract, reaches  the  junction  point  between  the  two  con- 
tracts, as  the  Engineer  shall  determine,  the  contractor 
driving  such  shield  shall  erect  a  temporary  bulkhead  at 
the  face  of  the  shield  and  securely  pack  the  space  between 
the  tunnel  lining  and  the  tail  of  the  shield  to  prevent  loss 
of  air  and  inflow  of  materials.  The  temporary  bulkhead 
shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  withstand  pressure 
from  the  approaching  shield,  and  shall  contain  suitable 
provision  for  a  line  and  grade  check  before  shield  junc- 
tion. Such  contractor  shall  remove  from  his  shield  all 
hydraulic  or  other  special  equipment  which  he  wishes 
to  salvage,  but  shall  otherwise  leave  the  shield  intact, 
and  shall  erect  a  concrete  or  steel  junction  bulkhead 
provided  with  an  air  lock  at  least  six  (6)  feet  in  dia- 
meter, arranged  with  double  doors  at  each  end  so  that 
the  pressure  on  either  side  of  the  bulkhead  will  be  in- 


103 


SPECIFICATIONS — SHIELD  JUNCTIONS. 

dependent  of  the  pressure  on  the  other  side.  The  junc- 
tion bulkhead  will  be  located  about  fifteen  (15)  feet 
behind  the  shield. 

After  the  heading  is  properly  bulkheaded,  the  air 
pressure  may  be  reduced  or  removed  upon  the  approval 
of  the  Engineer.  This  contractor  must,  however,  main- 
tain a  compressed  air  line  to  the  shield  chamber  beyond 
the  junction  bulkhead  and,  upon  the  approach  of  the  other 
shield,  lie  must  raise  the  air  pressure  at  the  heading  to 
equal  that  of  the  approaching  shield,  and  shall  furnish 
compressed  air  and  lock  tenders  for  this  purpose  until 
the  two  headings  are  connected. 

16-2.  When  the  temporary  shield  bulkhead  referred 
to  above  is  built,  provision  shall  be  made  for  checking  line 
and  grade  before  the  shields  meet,  either  by  driving  a 
pipe  or  a  small  drift  about  forty  (40)  feet  ahead  of  the 
shield,  as  the  Engineer  may  require.  Payment  for  furn- 
ishing and  driving  the  pipe  will  be  made  in  the  manner 
provided  in  Schedule  Item  300;  payment  for  the  drift  will 
be  made  at  the  appropriate  unit  price  stipulated  in 
the  Schedule  for  tunnel  excavation.  The  volume  of  such 
excavation  allowed  on  one  contract  will  be  deducted 
from  the  adjoining  contract. 

16-3.  The  Contractor  driving  the  shield  last  to  reach  the 
junction  point  shall  assume  control  and  operation  of  the 
junction  bulkhead  immediately  after  the  headings  are 
connected,  shall  supply  air  for  the  shield  chamber,  dis- 
mantle and  dispose  of  the  shields  of  both  contracts,  com- 
plete the  junction  of  the  tunnel  lining,  place  the  concrete 
lining  and  complete  the  tunnel  structure  to  a  point  with- 
in fifteen  (15)  feet  of  the  junction  bulkhead,  and  he  shall 
assume  all  responsibility  for  the  work  at  the  shield  junc- 
tion, including  the  maintenance  of  the  junction  bulkhead, 


Line  and 
grade  check. 


Removal  of 
shield  and 
junction  of 
tunnel  lining. 


104 


Removal  of 
junction  bulk- 
heads and 
junction  of  con- 
crete lining. 


Payment  for 
work  at 
junction  of 
contracts. 


SPECIFICATIONS — SHIELD  JUNCTIONS. 

except  that  the  final  operation  and  disposal  of  this  bulk- 
head will  be  as  provided  for  in  the  following  Section. 

16-4.  The  contractor  last  to  remove  compressed  air 
from  either  tunnel  shall,  upon  the  removal  of  compressed 
air  from  the  corresponding  tunnel  on  the  adjacent  con- 
tract, assume  control  and  operation  of  the  junction  bulk- 
head, and  he  shall,  upon  the  removal  of  air  in  his  section 
of  the  tunnel,  take  down  the  junction  bulkhead,  the  lock 
and  equipment  of  which  becomes  his  property,  make  tight 
the  tunnel  lining  and  join  the  concrete  lining  to  the  con- 
crete lining  of  the  adjacent  contract;  such  junction  point 
of  the  concrete  lining  in  either  case  to  be  within  fifteen 
(15)  feet  of  the  junction  bulkhead. 

16-5.  Payment  for  all  work  or  materials  in  connection 
with  the  junction  of  the  two  contracts,  including  the 
placing  of  the  temporary  shield  bulkheads,  the  furnish- 
ing of  compressed  air,  the  maintenance  of  locks  and  lock- 
tenders,  and  all  risks  involved  in  connection  with  such 
junctions,  the  placing  and  making  water-tight  the  tunnel 
lining,  including  lining  erected  by  the  other  contractor, 
the  placing  of  concrete  lining  and  the  completion  of  the 
tunnel  structure,  and  all  other  work  in  connection  there- 
with or  incidental  thereto,  is  deemed  to  be  included  in 
the  appropriate  unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule, 
and  no  further  allowance  will  be  made  therefor,  except 
that: 

(1)  Payment  for  junction  bulkheads  will  be  made  at 
the  lump  sum  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  16,  which 
price  per  bulkhead  shall  include  the  furnishing  and  erec- 
tion of  the  junction  bulkhead  with  locks,  pipes,  valves 
and  connections  complete  and  all  expense  in  connection 
therewith  or  incidental  thereto. 

(2)  Payment  for  the  disposal  of  junction  bulkheads 


105 

SPECIFICATIONS — SHIELD  JUNCTIONS. 

will  be  made  at  the  lump  sum  price  stipulated  in  Schedule 
Item  17,  which  price  for  the  disposal  per  bulkhead  shall 
include  the  taking  down  of  the  bulkhead,  disposal  of  all 
material,  protection  to  the  tunnel  lining  and  all  expense 
in  connection  therewith  or  incidental  thereto. 

(3)  Payment  for   dismantling   and   disposing   of   the 
shields  will  be  made  at  the  lump  sum  price  stipulated  in 
Schedule  Item  18,  which  price  per  shield  shall  include 
the  taking  down  of  the  shield  structure  (except  the  skin 
plates),  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  inci- 
dental thereto. 

(4)  Provisions  for  line   and   grade   checks  with   the 
approaching  shield   will   be    estimated   for   payment   as 
elsewhere  herein  provided. 

SCHEDULE  ITEMS   NOT  LISTED  UNDER  CONTRACTOR'S 
PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

16-6.  Schedule  Items  16,  17  and  18  do  not  appear  in 
Form  "B"  of  the  proposal  and  in  case  Contract  No.  3  and 
Contract  No.  4  are  awarded  to  the  same  bidder  the  junc- 
tion bulkheads  and  other  provisions  solely  required  to 
separate  the  work  of  the  two  contracts  at  the  point  of 
shield  junction  will  be  omitted  and  the  above  mentioned 
items  will  not  appear  in  the  payment  schedule  of  the  con- 
tract under  Form  "B,"  but  the  cost  of  all  labor  and  mate- 
rials involved  in  shield  junction  and  in  connecting  up  of 
tunnel  lining  and  all  other  work  in  connection  therewith 
or  incidental  thereto  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit 
prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  tunnel  excavation. 


106 


SPECIFICATIONS — PERMANENT    BLANKET. 


Permanent 
blanket  over 
the  tunnels. 


Contractor  to 
maintain. 


Commissions 
to  maintain 
1,000  foot 
channel. 


ITEM  21— PERMANENT  BLANKET  OVER  THE  TUNNELS  AND 
MAINTENANCE  OF  1,000  FT.  CHANNEL. 

21-1.  Where  the  present  river  bed  is  below  a  plane 
fifty-five  (55)  feet  below  mean  high  water,  the  Contractor 
of  Contract  No.  3  will  deposit  a  permanent  blanket  over 
the  tunnels  as  shown  on  Contract  Drawing  No.  30  of  Con- 
tract No.  3,  extending  from  the  river  bed  up  to  the  eleva- 
tion mentioned  above.  The  entire  permanent  blanket  will 
be  placed  by  the  Contractor  of  Contract  No.  3,  although  a 
portion  of  this  blanket  may  extend  west  of  the  division 
line  between  Contract  No.  3  and  Contract  No.  4,  as  shown 
on  the  contract  drawings.  This  blanket  will  be  completed 
as  least  six  (6)  months  in  advance  of  tunneling  operations 
under  either  contract  at  this  part  of  the  river. 

21-4.  If  the  Contractor  herein  deposits  a  temporary 
blanket  over  the  permanent  blanket,  he  shall  remove  the 
temporary  blanket  at  the  completion  of  tunneling  oper- 
ations ,  and  if  in  so  doing  he  should  disturb  the  permanent 
blanket  either  east  or  west  of  the  division  line  between  the 
two  contracts,  he  shall  at  his  own  expense  restore  this 
blanket  to  its  former  condition  in  a  manner  approved  by 
the  Engineer. 

21-6.  Section  16  of  the  permit  granted  to  the  Commis- 
sions by  the  Secretary  of  War  provides  that  a  channel 
one  thousand  (1,000)  feet  wide  and  forty-five  (45)  feet 
deep  below  mean  high  water  [forty  (40)  feet  below  mean 
low  water]  shall  be  maintained  at  all  times  at  the  expense 
of  the  permittee.  Since  the  permit  was  issued,  the  United 
States  Government  has  dredged  a  channel  forty-five  (45) 
feet  deep  in  the  vicinity  of  the  proposed  tunnels,  and  in 
case  the  United  States  District  Engineer,  in  accordance 
with  the  permit  granted  to  the  Commissions,  should  re- 
quire any  extra  dredging  or  maintenance  of  the  channel, 


107 


SPECIFICATION  S — CEMENT. 

in  addition  to  the  Contractor's  work  of  removing  the  tem- 
porary blanket  and  other  obstructions  caused  by  his  oper- 
ations, as  elsewhere  herein  provided,  such  extra  dredging 
or  maintenance  of  the  channel  will  be  done  by  and  at  the 
expense  of  the  Commissions. 

ITEM  25— CEMENT. 

25-1.  All  cement  used  in  the  work,  except  where  mixed 
cement  is  required,  shall  be  true  Portland  cement,  by 
which  is  meant  the  product  obtained  by  finely  pulverizing 
clinker  produced  by  calcining  to  incipient  fusion  an  inti- 
mate and  properly  proportioned  mixture  of  argillaceous 
and  calcareous  materials,  with  no  additions  subsequent 
to  calcination  excepting  water  and  calcined  or  uncalcined 
gypsum. 

25-2.  Before  any  cement  is  furnished,  the  brand  shall 
receive  the  approval  of  the  Engineer.  Cement,  to  be 
acceptable,  shall  be  of  a  well-known  brand  which  has 
been  in  successful  use  for  large  engineering  works  in  the 
United  States  for  at  least  five  (5)  years  and  which  has 
an  established  reputation  for  uniform  character.  Pref- 
erence will  be  given  to  cements  which,  by  their  records, 
show  a  tendency  to  maintain  high  strength  of  mortar 
with  increased  age. 

25-3.  Cement  shall  be  subject  to  inspection  at  the 
place  of  manufacture  and  on  the  work  and  to  such  tests 
as  may  be  ordered  by  the  Engineer.  The  Engineer  and 
his  representatives  shall  have  access  at  all  times  and 
places  to  inspect  the  methods  of  manufacture,  storage 
and  protection  and  shall  have  liberty  to  inspect  the  daily 
laboratory  records  of  tests  and  analyses  at  the  cement 
works. 


Portland 
cement. 


Brand  to  be 
approved. 


Inspection. 


25-4.     Unless  otherwise  directed,  samples  will  be  taken     Tests. 


108 


SPECIFICATIONS — CEMENT. 

at  the  place  of  manufacture  by  a  representative  of  the 
Engineer  and  sent  to  the  Commissions'  laboratory, 
where  the  tests  will  be  made.  If  required,  tests  will  be 
made  on  the  individual  samples  without  intermixing. 
Methods  of  testing  by  the  Engineer  will,  in  general,  con- 
form to  the  methods  recommended  by  the  Committee  on 
Uniform  Tests  of  Cement  of  the  American  Society  of 
Civil  Engineers,  but  the  Engineer  shall  have  the  right  to 
apply  any  other  tests  which  he  may  desire  in  determining 
the  acceptability  of  the  cement.  Cement  kept  in  storage 
several  months  may  be  subjected  to  repeated  tests  if  re- 
quired by  the  Engineer. 

In  the  case  of  cement  used  in  concrete  for  the  protec- 
tive coating  on  the  outside  of  the  river  shaft  caissons  the 
Engineer  may  require  brands  of  cement  that  will  meet 
physical  and  chemical  requirements  other  than  those 
stated  below. 


Specific  gravity 
and  color. 


Chemical 
analyses. 


25-5.  Portland  cement  shall  have  a  specific  gravity  of 
not  less  than  3.10  nor  more  than  3.25  after  being  thor- 
oughly dried  at  a  temperature  of  212  degrees  F.  The 
color  shall  be  uniform,  bluish  gray,  free  from  yellow  or 
brown  particles. 

25-6.  Chemical  analyses  of  cement  made  from  time 
to  time  shall  show  a  reasonably  uniform  composition. 
Portland  cement  shall  contain  not  more  than  1.75  per 
centum  of  sulphuric  anhydride  (S03)  nor  more  than  4  per 
centum  of  magnesia  (MgO). 

25-7.  Portland  cement  shall  be  of  such  fineness  that 
it  shall  leave  a  residue,  by  weight,  of  not  more  than 
twenty-two  per  centum  (22%)  on  a  No.  200  sieve,  the 
wires  of  the  sieve  being  0.0024  inch  in  diameter. 

Time  of  setting.        25-8.     Portland  cement  shall  not  develop  initial  set  in 


Fineness. 


109 


SPECIFICATIONS—  CEMENT. 

less  than  forty-five  (45)  minutes  as  determined  by  the 
Vicat  needle  test,  unless  a  more  quickly  setting  cement 
is  specifically  required,  and  shall  develop  final  set  in  not 
less  than  one  (1)  hour  nor  more  than  ten  (10)  hours. 

25-9.  Tests  for  soundness,  unless  otherwise  required  Soundness. 
by  the  Engineer,  will  be  made  in  the  following  manner: 
Three  (3)  pats  of  neat  cement  of  normal  consistency 
about  three  (3)  inches  in  diameter,  one-half  inch  thick 
at  the  center  and  tapering  to  thin  edges,  shall  be  made 
on  clean  glass  plates  and  kept  in  moist  air  for  a  period 
of  twenty-four  (24)  hours.  The  pats  are  then  to  be 
treated  and  observed  as  follows  : 

(a)  A  pat  is  to  be  kept  in  air  at  normal  temperature, 
and  observed  at  intervals  for  at  least  twenty-eight  (28) 
days. 

(b)  A  pat  is  to  be  kept  in  water  maintained  as  near 
70°  F.,  as  practicable,  and  observed  at  intervals  for  at 
least  twenty-eight  (28)  days. 

(c)  A  pat  is  to  be  placed  in  water  at  normal  tem- 
perature, which   is  gradually    (in   about  half   an   hour) 
raised  to  boiling  temperature  and  maintained  there  for 
five  (5)  hours. 

The  pats,  to  pass  the  requirements  satisfactorily,  shall 
remain  firm  and  hard  and  show  no  signs  of  distortion, 
blotching,  checking,  cracking  or  disintegration. 


25-10.  Neat  Portland  cement  briquettes  shall  have 
at  the  end  of  one  (1)  day  in  moist  air  a  breaking 
rtrength,  per  square  inch  of  sectional  area,  of  not  less 
than  one  hundred  fifty  (150)  Ibs.,  at  the  end  of  seven  (7) 
dLYf.—  oi.  e  (1)  day  in  moist  air,  six  (6)  days  in  water— 


Tensile 


110 


Long-time 
tests. 


Natural 
cement. 


Mixed   cement. 


Storage    during 
tests. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CEMENT. 

of  not  less  than  five  hundred  (500)  1'bs.,  and  at  the  end 
of  twenty-eight  (28)  days — one  day  in  moist  air,  twenty- 
seven  (27)  days  in  water — of  not  less  than  six  hundred 
(600)  Ibs ,  but  in  any  case  shall  not  show  deterioration  in 
strength  over  the  seven  (7)  day  test. 

Mortar  briquettes,  composed  of  one  (1)  part  of  Port- 
land cement  and  three  (3)  parts  of  standard  Ottawa 
sand,  by  weight,  shall  have  at  the  end  of  seven  (7)  days 
—one  (1)  day  in  moist  air,  six  (6)  days  in  water — a 
breaking  strength,  per  square  inch  of  sectional  area,  of 
not  less  than  two  hundred  (200)  Ibs.;  and  at  the  end  of 
twenty-eight  (28)  days — one  (1)  day  in  moist  air, 
twenty-seven  (27)  days  in  water — of  not  less  than  three 
hundred  (300)  Ibs.  The  strength  at  twenty-eight  (28) 
days  shall  show  an  increase  of  not  less  than  fifty  (50) 
Ibs.  over  the  strength  at  seven  (7)  days. 

25-11.  Tests  will  be  made  from  time  to  time  extend- 
ing over  longer  periods  than  twenty-eight  (28)  days.  If 
such  tests  show  a  tendency  to  unsoundness  or  unusual 
reduction  in  strength  with  increased  age,  the  Engineer 
shall  have  the  right  to  prohibit  the  further  use  of  the 
brand  of  cement  showing  such  tendency  and  to  require 
that  another  brand  be  substituted  therefor. 

25-12.  Natural  cement  approved  by  the  Engineer  may, 
when  mixed  with  Portland  cement,  be  used  in  grouting 
immediately  behind  the  shields.  The  mixing  of  the  two 
cements  shall  be  of  such  proportions  as  the  Engineer  may 
require  and  shall  be  done  at  the  mill  where  the  cement 
is  manufactured.  Such  mixture  shall  hereinafter  he  re- 
ferred to  as  mixed  cement. 

All  cements,  both  Portland  and  natural,  shall  be  held 
in  storage  to  allow  ample  time  for  tests  to  be  made  be- 
fore the  cement  is  required  for  use. 


Ill 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

25-13.  Cement  shall  be  packed  and  delivered  in  can- 
vas sacks  or  other  strong,  well-made  packages,  plainly 
marked  with  the  manufacturer's  brand  and  sealed  in  an 
approved  manner.  The  weights  of  such  packages  shall 
be  uniform.  Packages  received  in  broken  or  damaged 
condition,  or  packages  which  are  under  weight,  may  be 
rejected,  or  accepted  only  as  fractional  packages. 

25-14.  The  Contractor  shall  at  all  times  keep  in  store 
on  the  work  or  at  some  point  convenient  thereto  an 
abundant  supply  of  cement,  so  as  to  guard  against  pos- 
sible shortage.  It  shall  be  stored  in  a  weather-tight 
building  with  a  tight  floor  a  proper  distance  above  the 
ground  and  with  sufficient  floor  space  to  admit  of  stor- 
ing each  lot  of  cement  of  not  more  than  two  hundred 
(200)  barrels,  or  its  equivalent,  separately,  so  as  to  facili- 
tate identification  of  each  individual  lot  in  case  of  neces- 
sity for  further  tests  or  rejection.  Bags  shall  be  piled 
uniformly  in  tiers,  with  a  uniform  number  of  tiers  in  a 
row,  so  that  they  can  be  readily  counted.  Cement  that 
has  become  partially  set  or  otherwise  damaged  shall  not 
be  used. 


Packing. 


Storage 
on  work. 


25-15.    For  all  purposes  for  which  cement  may  be  used,     Barrel  of 
three  hundred  seventy-six  (376)  pounds  net  will  be  con-     cement 
sidered  a  barrel  of  Portland  cement  and  two  hundred 
eighty- two  (282)  pounds  net  will  be  considered  a  barrel 
of  natural  cement. 


ITEMS  27-29— CONCRETE  MASONRY. 

27-1.     Concrete  shall  consist  of  a  mixture  of  cement,     Composition, 
fine  aggregate,  coarse  aggregate,  and  clean,  fresh  water. 

27-2.     Fine    aggregate    for    concrete    shall    consist    of     pine  aggregate. 
sand  having  clean,  hard,  strong;  durable,  uncoated  grains, 


112 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

free  from  soft  or  flaky  particles,  loam,  alkali,  organic 
matter  or  other  deleterious  substances.  It  shall  be  graded 
from  fine  to  coarse,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer, 
and  it  shall  contain  no  grains  which  will  not  pass  a  one- 
fourth  (i/4)  inch  screen,  nor  more  than  six  per  centum 
(6%)  by  weight  which  will  pass  a  one-hundred  (100) 
mesh  screen. 

The  sand  shall  be  of  such  quality  that  mortar  composed 
of  one  (1)  part  of  Portland  cement  and  three  (3)  parts  of 
sand  by  weight  will  have  a  tensile  and  compressive 
strength  equal  to  mortar  of  the  same  consistency  made 
from  one  (1)  part  of  the  same  cement  and  three  (3)  parts 
of  standard  Ottawa  sand. 


Coarse 
aggregate. 


Size  of  coarse 
aggregate. 


27-3.  Coarse  aggregate  for  concrete  shall  consist  of 
sound,  hard,  strong,  clean  gravel  or  sound,  hard,  strong, 
broken  trap  rock,  or  a  mixture  of  such  gravel  and  broken 
stone,  as  determined  by  the  Engineer.  If  a  mixture  of 
gravel  and  broken  stone  is  used,  the  Engineer  may  require 
that  the  gravel  and  broken  stone  be  stored  separately 
on  the  work  and  mixed  in  single  batches  as  needed. 

27-4.  The  gravel  or  broken  stone  or  the  mixture  of 
gravel  and  broken  stone  for  concrete  shall  be  graded 
from  fine  to  coarse  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer, 
and  that  which  is  all  of  one  size,  or  practically  so,  shall 
not  be  used.  It  shall  be  screened  or  washed  sufficiently 
to  remove  all  dust,  loam,  clay  or  other  deleterious  matter 
and  unless  otherwise  required,  it  shall  contain  no  pieces 
that  will  pass  through  a  hole  three-eighths  (%)  inch  in 
diameter  and  no  pieces  that  will  not  pass  through  a  hole 
one  (1)  inch  in  diameter.  Gravel  or  broken  stone,  graded 
as  above,  but  between  three-eighths  (%)  and  one  and 
three-fourths  (1%)  inches  in  diameter,  will  be  required 
for  concrete  in  certain  parts  of  the  work. 

Sand,   as   the  fine   aggregate,    and   gravel   or   broken 


113 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

stone,  as  the  coarse  aggregate,  shall  be  separately  stored 
and  separately  measured  in  the  charging  boxes  for  the 
mixer. 


27-5.  Concrete  shall  in  general  be  proportioned  of 
one  (1)  part  of  cement,  two  (2)  parts  of  sand,  and  four 
(4)  parts  of  stone,  but  the  Engineer  may,  if  in  his  judg- 
ment conditions  so  require,  decrease  the  volume  of  stone. 

Whenever  the  Engineer  requires  that  the  mixture  of 
concrete  be  changed  from  one  (1)  part  of  cement,  two 
(2)  parts  of  sand  and  four  (4)  parts  of  stone  to  a  mix- 
ture containing  a  less  proportion  of  stone,  payment  vol- 
ume for  the  concrete  so  placed  will  be  increased  in  pro- 
portion to  the  decrease  of  volume  resulting  from  the  dif- 
ferently proportioned  mixture  of  concrete  as  determined 
by  field  tests.  The  above  does  not  apply  to  mortar  batches 
where  all  stone  is  omitted,  referred  to  in  Sections  27-21. 

For  purposes  of  mixture,  three  hundred  seventy-six 
(376)  pounds  of  Portland  cement  shall  be  estimated  at 
three  and  five-tenths  (3.5)  cubic  feet  of  volume.  The 
proportional  parts  of  sand  and  stone  shall  be  by  volume, 
as  cast  into  the  measuring  box. 

The  proportion  of  water  shall  be  at  all  times  as  ap- 
proved by  the  Engineer,  and  generally  such  as  to  make 
the  concrete  of  plastic  consistency  so  that  it  can  be  prop- 
erly placed,  but  at  all  times  dry  enough  to  prevent  sepa- 
ration of  material  and  to  keep  water  or  grout  from  pool- 
ing on  the  surface  when  spaded  in  the  forms. 

27-6.  Concrete  shall  be  machine-mixed  whenever 
practicable.  A  rotary  machine  of  a  pattern  approved  by 


Proportions. 


Weight  and 
volume  of  a 
barrel  of 
cement. 


Consistency. 


Mixing  by 
machine. 


114 


SPECIFICATION  S — CON  CRETE. 

the  Engineer  and  mixing  only  one  batch  at  a  time  shall 
be  used. 


Time  of 
mixing. 


The  mixing  shall  be  thorough  and  uniform  and  shall 
be  continued  at  least  one  (1)  minute  after  all  materials 
are  in  the  mixer  but  the  protection  concrete  placed 
around  the  outside  of  the  river  shaft  caissons  shall  be 
mixed  at  least  two  (2)  minutes  after  all  materials  are  in 
the  mixer. 


Mixing  by 
hand. 


Mixing  ar- 
rangements to 
be  approved. 


Measuring. 


Receptacles   to 
be  tight 


27-7.  When  the  Engineer  considers  it  impracticable 
to  mix  concrete  by  machine,  it  may  be  mixed  by  hand, 
according  to  methods  approved  by  the  Engineer. 

27-8.  The  mixing  plants  and  their  locations  shall  be 
as  approved  by  the  Engineer.  Concrete  shall  be  mixed 
as  close  as  practicable  to  the  point  of  deposit,  but  mixing 
will  generally  not  be  permitted  on  the  street  surface. 

The  walls  of  the  land  shafts  are  to  be  built  in  mono- 
lithic lifts  encircling  the  entire  shaft  with  joints  as  nearly 
as  practicable  in  the  positions  shown  on  the  contract 
drawings.  In  general,  the  minimum  depth  of  one  lift  will 
be  ten  (10)  feet  and  sufficient  plant  must  be  provided  to 
mix  and  place  in  the  forms  at  least  sixty  (60)  cubic  yards 
of  concrete  per  hour. 

Measuring  boxes  shall  be  of  approved  form  and  di- 
mensions with  the  top  area  as  small  as  practicable.  A 
struck  measurement  will  be  required.  Suitable  means 
shall  be  provided  for  definitely  measuring  and  accurately 
controlling  the  volume  of  water  for  each  batch.  Measur- 
ing apparatus  for  both  aggregate  and  water  shall  be  as 
nearly  automatic  as  practicable.  Wheelbarrow  or  other 
approximate  measurements  will  in  no  case  be  permitted. 

27-9.  Cars,  buckets  and  other  receptacles  used  for 
transporting  concrete  shall  be  tight  and  shall  be  of  an 


115 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

approved  pattern.  The  method  of  transporting  con- 
crete from  the  mixer  to  the  forms  shall  be  approved  by 
the  Engineer. 

27-10.     Any  concrete   that  takes   its  initial  set  before     No  retemper- 
being  placed  in  the  work  shall  be  at  once  rejected  and     in&- 
removed.     No  retempering  will  be   allowed   under  any 
conditions. 


27-11.  Rock  surfaces  against  which  concrete  is  to  be 
placed  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned,  by  washing  with  a 
strong  stream  of  water  or  air,  or  both,  if  required,  be- 
fore forms  for  the  concrete  are  placed,  and  recleaned  if 
necessary  before  concreting  starts.  Earth  surfaces  shall 
be  wet  and  compacted  by  ramming  immediately  before 
concrete  is  deposited  upon  them. 


Preparing    rock 
and  earth 
surfaces. 


27-12.  Care  must  be  taken  that  no  water  shall  inter- 
fere with  the  proper  placing  of  concrete.  Water 
shall  be  prevented  from  entering  any  excavation 
at  a  point  where  concrete  is  being  placed  or  while  it 
is  setting;  or  whenever  this  is  not  practicable,  the  water 
shall  be  conducted  away  from  the  concrete  by  means  of 
sheet  metal  shields  or  pans  connected  with  drains  or 
weepers,  all  of  which  shall  be  grouted,  if  required  by  the 
Engineer,  after  the  concrete  is  set.  No  concrete  shall  be 
deposited  under  water  without  the  permission  of  the  En- 
gineer, and  then  only  in  strict  accordance  with  his  direc- 
tions. 

Before  the  concrete  lining  of  the  tunnel  is  placed,  the 
tunnel  lining  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  with  wire 
brushes  and  with  water  under  nozzle  pressure  or  by 
other  approved  means.  This  includes  the  removal  of  any 
grout  which  may  adhere  to  the  tunnel  lining,  and  any 
foreign  material  in  the  caulking  recess. 


Water  not  to 
interfere  with 
placing. 


Tunnel 
lining  to  be 
cleaned. 


116 


Depositing 
concrete. 


Reinforcement 
to  be  kept 
in  place. 


Forms. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

27-13.  Concrete  shall  be  placed  in  the  forms  as  soon 
as  possible  after  mixing,  in  such  quantities  and  in  such 
sequence  of  operations  as  will  insure  the  plastic  condition 
of  the  upper  portion  of  the  mass  throughout  the  entire 
concreting  of  the  form.  As  directed  by  the  Engineer,  the 
concrete  shall  be  thoroughly  compacted  throughout  the 
mass  by  spading  or  hammering  the  forms,  special  spading 
bars  or  tools  being  used  as  approved  by  the  Engineer.  Air 
hammering  of  the  forms  may  be  required  in  placing  the 
protection  concrete  on  the  outside  of  the  river  shaft  cais- 
sons. 

27-14.  Where  reinforcing  steel  or  wire  mesh  is  used, 
satisfactory  wiring  or  other  means  of  support  shall  be 
provided  to  maintain  it  in  the  exact  position  it  is  to  occupy 
in  the  completed  work  and  to  prevent  it  from  becoming 
dislodged  or  moved  in  any  manner  when  concrete  is  be- 
ing placed. 

27-15.  Suitable,  clean,  tight  forms,  substantially 
braced,  shall  be  provided  by  the  Contractor  to  support 
the  concrete  until  it  is  set.  If  wood  forms  are  used,  the 
lagging  shall  be  kept  carefully  planed  and  shall  have 
light  joints.  If  required  by  the  Engineer,  the  joints  shall 
be  either  tongued  and  grooved  or  lapped.  If  metal  forms 
are  used,  they  shall  be  sufficiently  strong  to  retain  their 
shape  without  the  use  of  wood  backing.  The  use  of  wood 
forms  covered  with  sheet  metal  will  not  be  permitted. 
Whenever  any  form  begins  to  lose  its  proper  shape  it 
shall  be  removed  immediately  from  the  work  and  re- 
placed with  a  new  one. 


117 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

27-16.  Forms  shall  be  set  in  the  required  position  and 
so  maintained  by  means  of  centering  or  other  supports 
sufficiently  firm  to  prevent  any  deflection.  All  joints  and 
bulkheads  shall  be  tight  against  leakage  of  mortar  or 
water  from  the  concrete.  The  surfaces  of  forms  used  re- 
peatedly shall  be  cleaned  of  all  cement  and  dirt  before 
concrete  is  placed.  Satisfactory  measures  shall  be  taken 
to  prevent  the  adhesion  of  mortar  to  the  forms.  If  tie 
rods  are  used  in  connection  with  the  forms  for 
the  land  shaft  caissons  (wire  ties  will  not  be 
permitted),  they  shall  be  left  in  the  concrete  and 
so  connected  at  the  ends  that  the  end  of  the  rod  is  left 
two  (2)  inches  back  from  the  face  of  the  concrete  and  the 
hole  thoroughly  packed  with  mortar.  No  extra  payment 
will  be  made  for  such  rods,  but  payment  is  deemed  to 
be  included  in  the  price  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for 
concrete.  Forms  for  placing  the  protection  concrete 
around  the  river  shafts  shall  be  supported  without  the 
use  of  lies  of  any  kind  through  the  concrete  itself.  Tunnel 
forms  shall  be  so  placed  and  supported  as  to  avoid  un- 
necessary obstructions  to  the  passage  of  men  and  materials 
through  the  work. 

27-17.  Every  precaution  shall  be  taken  to  place  or  as- 
semble the  forms  in  such  manner  that  when  the  forms 
are  removed,  after  the  concrete  has  been  placed,  the  sur- 
faces of  the  concrete  that  are  to  remain  exposed  shall 
be  smooth  and  even,  and  free  from  offsets  at  the  junction 
with  preceding  work. 


Setting  and 

supporting 

forms. 


Exposed 
surfaces  to 
be  smooth. 


27-18.  Concrete  surfaces  to  which  waterproofing  is  to 
be  applied  shall  be  made  smooth  at  the  time  of  placing 
and  shall  be  carefully  protected  from  injury  until  thor- 
oughly set. 


Surfaces 
smooth  for 
waterproofing. 


27-19.     Wherever  a.  section  of  concrete  is  left  unfin-     T  .  . 

Joints  with 

ished,  leaving  a  surface  which  will  be  hard  set  before     new  work. 


118 


Joints  cleaned. 


SPECIFICATION  S — CONCRETE. 

additional  concrete  can  be  joined  to  it,  such  dovetails, 
grooves  or  other  bonds  shall  be  provided  as  may  be 
necessary  to  insure  a  good  bond  with  the  new  work; 
and  if  deemed  necessary  by  the  Engineer,  the  j'oints 
shall  be  reinforced  with  steel  bars  or  dowels  to  be  furn- 
ished by  the  Contractor  without  additional  payment. 

In  the  horizontal  joints  of  the  land  shaft  walls  and 
around  the  steel  bulkheads,  water  stops,  consisting  of 
a  steel  plate  covered  with  protective  waterproof  coating, 
shall  be  provided  and  placed,  as  shown  on  Contract  Draw- 
ing No.  17.  Payment  for  such  stops  will  be  made  at  the 
price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  71. 

27-20.  In  joints  between  old  and  new  work  the  old 
surfaces  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  by  air  blast  or  water 
under  nozzle  pressure,  or  both,  or  chiseled  to  remove 
laitance,  as  required  by  the  Engineer,  and  such  surfaces 
shall  be  wet  and  a  neat  cement  wash  applied,  if  required, 
immediately  before  placing  the  concrete.  The  payment 
for  such  work  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  the  Schedule  for  concrete. 


Mortar. 


27-21.  In  starting  the  work  of  concreting  or  during 
the  progress  of  the  work,  when  in  the  judgment  of  the 
Engineer  there  is  need  of  mortar  batches  (without  stone) 
in  order  to  avoid  stone  pockets  in  the  finished  work,  such 
batches  proportioned  with  cement  and  sand,  as  directed, 
shall  be  furnished  by  the  Contractor,  payment  for  which 
will  be  made  per  barrel  of  cement  used.  The  volume  of 
mortar  so  placed  will  be  deducted  from  the  payment  vol- 
ume of  concrete.  In  estimating  the  volume  of  mOrtar  so 
deducted  the  following  equivalents  will  be  used:  1  to  1 
mortar  will  be  computed  as  displacing  0.20  cubic  yard 
of  concrete  per  barrel  of  cement  used;  1  to  2  mortar  will  be 
computed  as  displacing  0.30  cubic  yard  of  concrete  per 
barrel  of  cement  used.  This  does  not  apply  to  mortar 


119 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

coatings  placed  on  the  surface  of  concrete  to  obtain  a 
smooth  finished  surface  or  any  other  use  of  mortar  other 
than  that  specifically  stated  in  this  Section. 

27-22.  The  forms  shall  be  removed  as  soon  after  the 
concrete  has  been  placed  as  in  the  judgment  of  the  En- 
gineer may  be  done  with  safety  to  the  work.  Directions 
as  to  the  time  of  the  removal  of  forms  shall  be  strictly 
followed  and  this  work  shall  be  done  with  care  so  as  to 
avoid  injury  to  the  concrete.  Immediately  upon  the  re- 
moval of  the  forms  the  surfaces  of  the  concrete  shall  be 
carefully  examined  and  any  irregularities  of  the  surface 
shall  be  corrected  as  directed  by  the  Engineer.  Portions 
of  the  concrete  around  voids  shall  be  cut  out  to  the  full- 
ness of  such  defects  and  the  space  refilled  with  concrete 
or  mortar  in  such  proportions  and  in  such  manner  as  the 
Engineer  may  direct,  at  the  Contractor's  expense.  Plas- 
tering will  not  be  permitted. 

27-23.  The  surface  of  the  concrete  that  will  remain  ex- 
posed in  the  tunnel  roadway,  air  ducts  and  shafts  shall  be 
a  finished  surface  of  smooth  and  even  character.  As  soon 
as  the  forms  are  removed,  any  irregularities  in  the  sur- 
face shall  be  rubbed  and  re-rubbed  in  a  manner  approved 
by  the  Engineer,  so  as  to  obtain  a  uniformly  smooth  and 
even  finish.  All  forms  must  be  so  placed  as  to  avoid 
offsets  at  the  junctions  of  sections  poured  at  different 
times.  If  steel  forms  are  used,  the  plates  shall  be  so 
set  as  to  produce  a  smooth  even  surface  free  from  ridges 
or  fins.  Any  finished  surface,  whether  obtained  by  the 
use  of  steel  forms  or  otherwise,  shall  be  left  equal  to 
the  smoothest  sidewalk  finish  and  shall  be  screeded, 
rubbed  or  floated,  if  necessary,  until  such  a  surface  is 
obtained.  Wherever  special  finish  is  to  be  applied  on 
ihis  contract  or  under  other  contracts,  as  shown  on  the 


Removal  of 
forms. 


Tunnel  concrete 
and  surface 
finish. 


120 


Concrete 
inverts  of 
caissons. 


Concrete  roofs 
of  land  shafts. 


Protection  con- 
crete outside 
river  shaft 
caissons. 


Concrete 
cradle. 


Precautions 
in  freezing 
weather. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

contract  drawings,  the  concrete  shall  be  given  a  rough 
surface  obtained  by  roughening  or  scoring  the  concrete 
in  an  approved  manner  to  provide  a  proper  bond  for 
such  finish.  All  corners  in  exposed  situations,  sidewalks, 
inverts  and  olher  surfaces  likely  to  become  injured 
shall  be  kept  suitably  covered  and  protected. 

The  concrete  in  the  arched  inverts  of  the  shaft 
caissons  shall  be  placed  as  far  as  practicable  as  a  mono- 
lithic mass.  If,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Engineer,  it  is  im- 
possible to  place  the  entire  invert  in  one  pouring,  the  sec- 
tions and  bulkheads  shall  be  so  arranged  as  not  to  impair 
the  strength  of  the  concrete  arch. 

The  concrete  roofs  of  the  land  shaft  caissons  will  be 
included  in  caisson  concrete  placed  in  normal  air  and 
will  be  estimated  for  payment  under  Schedule  Item  27  (b). 

Protection  concrete  around  the  upper  part  of  the  river 
shaft  caissons  shall  be  placed  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
insure  its  being  water-tight.  The  concrete  shall  be  placed 
in  a  continuous  ring  around  the  caissons  and  special  care 
shall  be  taken  to  make  the  horizontal  joints  between  dif- 
ferent sections  water-tight.  The  concrete  backing  of  the 
granite  facing  shall  be  placed  as  provided  for  in  Sections 
35-3  and  35-6.  In  addition  to  the  provisions  otherwise 
herein  provided,  special  provisions  shall  be  made  to  pre- 
vent injury  to  the  concrete,  or  granite  facing  in  the  process 
of  sinking. 

Concrete  for  cradle  to  carry  the  shields,  as  provided 
in  Section  8-5,  shall  be  placed  throughout  the  rock  sec- 
tion. Payment  for  this  item  shall  include  furnishing  and 
placing  steel  rails  or  plates  embedded  in  the  concrete 
upon  which  to  slide  the  shields. 

27-24.  During  freezing  weather,  the  Contractor  shall 
take  all  necessary  precautions  to  prevent  injury  to  con- 
crete by  frost.  The  Contractor  shall  heat  with  suitable 
apparatus  the  sand,  stone  and  water  before  placing  them 


121 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

in  the  mixer  and  all  materials  shall  enter  the  mixer  free 
from  frost  and  ice.  Concrete  shall  not  be  placed  on  or  next 
to  frozen  surfaces.  If  metal  forms  are  used  satisfactory 
means  shall  be  employed  to  keep  concrete  placed  agaimst 
them  from  becoming  frozen.  During  freezing  weather 
concrete  shall  be  protected,  as  soon  as  placed,  by  a  suitable 
covering  of  hay,  canvas  or  tarpaulin,  or  in  such  other 
manner  as  may  be  required  to  insure  it  against  freezing; 
and  concrete  shall  not  be  placed  in  exposed  places  where 
the  Engineer  considers  it  impracticable  to  give  such  pro- 
tection. 


27-25.  During  hot  weather,  concrete  shall  be  kept 
moist  by  sprinkling  and  properly  covered  until  it  be- 
comes thoroughly  set  and  hardened. 

27-26.  It  is  intended  that  the  concrete  shall  be  water- 
tight; and  the  Contractor  will  be  required  to  exercise 
every  care  in  mixing,  placing,  spading  and  all  other 
operations  connected  with  this  work,  so  as  to  provide  a 
permanent  water-tight  (structure.  If  leaks  appear  on 
the  surface  of  the  concrete  at  any  time  after  it  is  set  the 
Contractor  shall,  as  directed  by  the  Engineer,  either  re- 
move the  concrete  through  which  the  leakage  takes  place, 
stop  the  leak,  repair  the  waterproofing  and  refill  the  hole 
with  sound  concrete  or  take  such  other  steps  as  the  En- 
gineer may  consider  practicable  to  secure  water-tightness. 

In  placing  the  concrete  lining  in  the  arch  which  forms 
the  roof  of  the  upper  air  duct  of  the  tunnel,  the  Con- 
tractor shall,  if  required  by  the  Engineer,  place  approved 
grout  and  vent  pipes  in  each  segment  and  key,  and  shall 
fill  the  voids  between  the  tunnel  lining  and  the  concrete 
with  Portland  cement  grout.  No  specific  payment  will 
be  made  for  placing  these  pipes  and  grouting  but  pay- 
ment therefor  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices 
stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  concrete. 


Precautions  in 
hot  weather. 


Concrete  to  be 
water-tight. 


Concrete  to 
be  grouted. 


122 


Concrete  in 
compressed  air. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
concrete. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CONCRETE. 

No  concrete  shall  be  placed  in  compressed  air  when 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer  it  is  practicable  to  avoid  so 
doing. 

27-27.  Concrete  will  be  measured  in  place  in  the  work 
to  the  net  lines  of  the  sections  ordered  and  indicated  on 
the  drawings;  and  no  additional  allowance  by  way  of 
measurement  will  be  made,  nor  other  method  of  measur- 
ing used,  except  that  concrete  extended  to  the  limits  of 
excavation  in  ledge  rock  where  such  excavations  are 
made  from  the  surface  will  be  measured  as  extending  to 
the  payment  lines  described  for  such  excavations  in  ledge 
rock  in  Section  1-7,  and  except  that  concrete  in  shield 
cradles  in  rock  excavation  as  described  in  Section  8-5, 
will  be  estimated  as  of  the  volume  actually  placed  and 
such  volume  may  be  determined  by  the  Engineer  from 
proportions  of  the  ingredients  and  the  quantity  of  the 
concrete  used  and  except  where  the  payment  volume  of 
concrete  is  increased  due  to  a  richer  mixture  as  provided 
in  Section  27-5  and  except  where  the  payment  volume  of 
concrete  is  decreased  due  to  mortar  batches  being  used 
as  provided  in  Section  27-21.  No  deduction  will  be  made 
for  space  occupied  by  unexcavated  materials  or  timber- 
ing left  within  the  payment  lines  and  outside  the  net  lines 
of  the  sections  ordered  and  indicated  on  the  drawings; 
and  no  concrete  outside  of  such  net  lines,  except  as  above 
in  this  Section  provided,  will  be  included  in  the  measure- 
ment for  payment.  In  measuring  the  volume  of  concrete, 
the  space  occupied  by  all  embedded  material  such  as 
ducts,  pipes,  steel  and  iron,  will  be  deducted  from  the 
concrete,  but  the  space  occupied  by  reinforcing  rods  and 
bars,  wire  mesh,  pipes  less  than  two  (2)  inches  in  outside 
diameter,  and  tie  rods,  with  their  nuts,  sleeve  nuts,  turn- 
buckles,  clevises,  bolts  and  pins  (but  not  their  structural 
steel  anchorages)  will  not  be  deducted. 

Payment  for  concrete  will  be  at  the  price  stipulated  in 
Schedule  Item  27  for  all  concrete  not  placed  in  com- 


123 


SPECIFICATIONS GRANITE  FACING. 

pressed  air,  or  in  Schedule  Item  28  for  concrete  placed 
in  compressed  air,  for  the  volume  of  concrete  measured 
as  hereinbefore  provided;  and  such  payment  shall  be  in 
full  compensation  for  all  concrete,  whether  within  or 
without  the  payment  lines,  and  for  all  expense  in  con- 
nection therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  it  being  under- 
stood that  allowance  is  included  in  such  stipulated  price 
for  all  concrete  in  excess  of  that  limited  by  the  payment 
lines,  for  all  ingredients,  forms,  scaffolding,  centering, 
shields  or  pans  with  drains  or  weepers,  troweling,  screed- 
ing,  rubbing,  floating,  securing  water-tightness,  except  by 
grouting,  cleaning  the  tunnel  lining  as  provided  in  Sec- 
tion 27-12,  and  all  other  things  required  in  and  for  mixing, 
placing  and  finishing  the  concrete. 

Payment  for  mortar  batches  will  be  at  the  price  stip- 
ulated in  Schedule  Item  29,  which  price  shall  be  in  full 
compensation  for  furnishing,  mixing  and  placing  such 
batches,  and  for  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or 
incidental  thereto. 

ITEM  35— GRANITE  FACING  ON  THE  OUTSIDE  OF  THE 
RIVER  SHAFT  CAISSONS. 

35-1.  All  granite  shall  be  medium  grained,  show  an 
even  distribution  of  constituent  minerals,  have  a  uni- 
form appearance  and  quality,  a  dense  granular  texture, 
and  be  practically  free  from  mica,  without  seams,  scales  or 
other  discolorations  showing  disintegration.  It  shall  be  a 
true  granite;  gneiss  rock  will  not  be  permitted.  All  gran- 
ite furnished  shall  be  sufficiently  hard  to  withstand  a 
crushing  stress  of  20,000  Ibs.  per  square  inch  when  made 
in  four  (4)  inch  cubes. 


Granite. 


35-2.  Before  placing  an  order  for  granite,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  furnish  the  Engineer  with  samples  and  test 
cubes  for  his  approval,  and  after  such  approval,  all  granite 


124 


Cutting  and 
placing. 


Mortar. 


Laying. 


SPECIFICATIONS — GRANITE  FACING. 

must  comply  with  these  samples  and  with  the  plans  and 
specifications. 

35-3.  Granite  for  facing  shall  be  of  the  dimensions 
shown  on  the  contract  drawings  and  shall  be  cut  arid 
placed  as  follows:  all  stone  shall  be  dressed  for  laying 
in  natural  bed,  and  such  beds  shall  be  well  dressed,  paral- 
lel and  true  to  the  proper  line.  The  beds,  joints  and  tops 
of  the  stone  must  be  cut  square  with  each  other,  fine 
pointed  and  dressed  true  and  out  of  wind,  before  being 
placed  on  the  work  so  as  to  form  joints  not  less  than 
one-quarter  (^4)  inch  nor  more  than  one-half  (y2)  inch 
in  thickness,  and  joints  shall  be  full  to  the  square  for  a 
depth  of  at  least  four  (4)  inches. 

The  headers  shall  have  their  beds  beyond  the  line  of 
the  stretchers  cut  with  a  slope  so  that  when  concrete 
is  poured  back  of  the  wall  no  air  pockets  will  be  left 
underneath.  All  headers  back  of  the  line  of  the  stretchers 
shall  be  wedge  shaped  in  plan,  the  wider  end  at  the  rear. 

The  exposed  surface  of  each  stone  shall  be  rock  faced 
and  the  edges  pitched  to  true  lines,  the  face  to  have  no 
projections  over  one  (1)  inch  beyond  the  pitch  lines. 

35-4.  Mortar  for  laying  granite  facing  shall  consist  of 
Portland  cement  and  sand  or  other  fine  aggregate  in  a 
proportion  of  1  to  1.  The  sand  and  cement  shall  be 
mixed  dry  and  in  small  batches  to  which  water  shall  be 
added  and  the  whole  remixed  until  the  mass  is  thoroughly 
homogeneous.  It  shall  not  be  retempered  after  it  has 
begun  to  set. 

35-5.  The  facing  shall  be  Ashlar  masonry  with  alter- 
nate headers  and  stretchers  as  shown  on  Contract  Draw- 
ing No.  29. 


125 


SPECIFICATIONS — GRANITE  FACING. 

All  stone  shall  be  settled  in  place  in  a  full  bed  of  mortal . 
No  stone  shall  be  dropped  into  position  but  shall  be  placed 
without  jarring  the  stone  already  laid.  No  heavy 
hammering  shall  be  allowed  on  the  wall  after  the 
course  is  laid.  If  any  stone  becomes  loose  after  the  mor- 
tar is  set  it  shall  be  relaid  with  fresh  mortar.  Each  stone 
shall  be  cleaned  and  dampened  before  laying.  No  work 
shall  be  done  in  freezing  weather  unless  with  the  permis- 
sion of  the  Engineer  and  in  accordance  with  his  direc- 
tions. Courses  shall  be  laid  to  exact  lines  and  levels  so 
as  to  give  required  bond  and  thickness  of  mortar  in  beds 
and  joints. 

35-6.  The  concrete  backing,  as  specified  in  Section 
27-23  will  be  poured  after  the  placing  of  the  granite 
facing  as  determined  by  the  Engineer.  Every  precaution 
shall  be  taken  to  make  the  joints  between  the  granite 
facing  and  the  concrete  backing  water-tight. 

35-7.  Mortar  in  beds  and  joints  of  exposed  faces  shall 
be  removed  to  a  depth  of  not  less  than  one  (1)  inch  be- 
fore it  has  set.  The  joints  shall  later  be  filled  with  mortar, 
pounded  with  caulking  tools  and  finished  in  a  neat  man- 
ner. 


Concrete 
backing. 


Pointing. 


35-8.  Measurements  for  payment  for  granite  facing  will 
be  of  the  actual  volume  of  granite  in  place  on  the  work  to 
the  net  lines  of  the  sections  ordered  and  indicated  on  the 
drawings.  In  measuring  the  volume  of  granite  all  im- 
bedded material  and  mortar  will  be  included. 

Payment  for  granite  facing  will  be  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item  35  for  the  volume  measured  as 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
granite  facing. 


126 


SPECIFICATIONS — GRANITE  CURBING. 

hereinbefore  provided,  which  price  shall  be  in  full  com- 
pensation for  the  furnishing  and  placing  of  all  granite 
complete,  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or 
incidental  thereto,  including  all  cutting,  dressing,  mortar 
and  the  furnishing  of  all  scaffolding  and  forms. 

Payment  for  concrete  backing  will  be  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  27  (c). 

ITEM  36— GRANITE  CURBING. 


Granite 
curbing. 


36-1.  All  granite  for  curbing  and  slabs  shall  be 
furnished  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Sections 
35-1  and  35-2. 


Cutting  of 
curbing  and 
slabs. 


36-2.  All  curbstones  and  slabs  shall  be  faced  to  a  line 
one  (1)  inch  below  the  surface  of  the  pavement  and  cut 
on  a  bevel  of  one-quarter  (1/j)  inch  in  eight  (8)  inches. 
All  tops  shall  be  cut  on  a  slope  of  one-quarter  (i/4)  inch 
in  twelve  (12)  inches.  The  bottom  of  the  slabs  shall  be 
cut  to  a  slope  of  one-half  (V2)  inch  in  five  (5)  inches, 
and  both  the  top  and  the  face  of  all  stones  shall  be  dressed 
to  a  surface  equal  to  four  cut  work;  the  arris  formed  by 
the  top  and  face  shall  be  rounded  oft'  to  a  one-half  (%) 
inch  radius.  The  stones  shall  be  out  of  wind  and  have 
no  depressions  greater  than  one-quarter  0/4)  inch  mea- 
sured from  a  line  or  straight  edge  of  the  same  length 
as  the  stone  where  dressed;  the  remainder  of  the  face 
shall  be  free  from  projections  of  not  more  than  one-half 
(!/£)  inch.  The  back  of  the  curbing  shall  be  faced  one 
(1)  inch  down  from  the  top  and  shall  be  parallel  to  the 
front  and  have  no  projections  greater  than  one-half  (y2) 
inch,  except  that  the  back  of  all  curbing  along  the  gutter 


127 


SPECIFICATIONS— GRANITE  CURBING. 

drain  shall  be  dressed  to  a  surface  equal  to  four  cut  work. 
The  bottom  of  the  curb  shall  be  rough  squared. 

The  ends  of  the  stones  for  their  full  width  shall  be 
close-jointed  four  (4)  inches  down  from  the  top  and 
from  this  point  to  a  point  twelve  (12)  inches  from  the 
top  they  shall  be  close-jointed  one  (1)  inch  in  from  the 
face.  They  shall  be  square  to  top  and  face  with  no 
depressions  greater  than  three-eighths  (%)  inch;  the  re- 
mainder of  the  end  shall  be  cut  so  that  there  shall  be  a 
fairly  close  joint. 

The  curbing  and  slabs  shall  be  set  with  close  joints 
and  to  line  and  grade  as  given  by  the  Engineer,  so  that 
the  front  edge  at  the  top  shall  present  a  fair  and  un- 
broken line  and  the  face  a  plain  surface  with  a  batter 
of  one-quarter  (1/4)  inch  in  eight  (8)  inches.  The  foun- 
dation and  backing  for  the  curb  shall  be  concrete  as  spe- 
cified in  Sections  27-1  to  27-27,  inclusive,  and  as  shown 
on  Contract  Drawing  No.  4. 

No  curbstone  of  a  length  less  than  four  and  one-half 
(4!/2)  feet  will  be  accepted.  All  stone  shall  be  cut  to 
the  dimensions  indicated  on  the  contract  drawings.  Gran- 
ite slabs  over  the  inlet  openings  shall  be  cut  and  placed 
as  shown  on  these  drawings. 

36-3.  Measurements  for  payment  for  granite  curbing 
and  slabs  will  be  of  the  actual  number  of  lineal  feet  placed 
in  the  work  without  any  allowance  for  laps  or  dowels, 
or  deductions  for  gutter  inlet  openings,  and  payment  will 
be  made  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  36, 
which  price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  furnish- 
ing and  laying  all  granite  curbing  and  slabs  complete, 
and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  incidental 
thereto,  including  the  dressing,  cutting  and  fitting  of  the 
same. 


End  joints. 


Setting  of 
curbing  and 
slabs. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
granite   curbing 
and  slabs. 


128 


SPECIFIC  ATIONS^GROUT. 

Concrete  in  foundations  and  backing  will  be  measured 
as  provided  in  Section  27-27,  and  paid  for  at  the  price 
stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  27  (d). 

Anchor  bolts  will  be  measured  as  provided  in  Section 
70-50,  and  paid  for  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule 
Item  70. 


Where  used. 


Composition. 


Proportions. 


Sand. 


Methods  of 
grouting. 


ITEM  45— GROUT. 

45-1.  Grouting  will  be  done  to  fill  voids  behind  con- 
crete lining  or  tunnel  lining,  to  fill  voids  outside  the 
caissons  when  in  final  position  and  for  other  purposes  as 
required  by  the  Engineer.  Grout  shall  be  com- 
posed either  of  a  1  to  1  mixture,  by  volume,  of  cement 
and  sand,  mixed  with  clean,  fresh  water,  or  of  a  1  to  0 
mixture  (neat  cement  grout),  as  required  by  the  Engineer. 
For  purposes  of  defining  the  mixture  and  for  payment 
three  hundred  seventy-six  (376)  pounds  of  Portland  ce- 
ment or  two  hundred  eighty-two  (282)  pounds  of  natural 
cement  shall  be  estimated  at  three  and  five-tenths  (3.5) 
cubic  feet  of  volume  and  will  be  considered  a  barrel.  The 
proportional  volume  of  sand  shall  be  as  cast  into  the 
measuring  box. 

45-2.  Sand  for  grout  shall  be  of  the  quality  specified 
for  concrete,  but  of  such  fineness  that  it  will  all  pass  a 
sieve  having  sixty-four  (64)  openings  per  square  inch. 
For  special  purposes  finer  sand  may  be  required. 

45-3.  Voids  outside  the  tunnel  lining  shall  be 
wholly  or  partially  filled  with  grout  as  here- 
inafter more  particularly  specified.  Grouting  shall 
be  commenced  at  the  bottom  of  a  ring  or  section  and  shall 
proceed  uniformly  upward  unless  some  other  order  of 
grouting  is  directed.  Each  plug  shall  be  removed  and  the 


129 


SPECIFICATIONS — GROUT. 

grout  mixing  machine  connected  to  the  grouting  hole  by 
means  of  a  hose  and  a  nipple  cut  to  the  same  thread  as 
the  screw  plug.  The  machine  used  shall  be  of  a  type  which 
will  mix  the  grout  continuously  until  discharged  from  the 
mixer  and  permit  the  application  of  a  pressure  of  sixty 
(60)  pounds  per  square  inch  in  excess  of  the  external 
water  pressure.  Care  shall  be  taken  not  to  continue  the 
excess  air  pressure  after  the  grout  is  discharged  from 
the  mixer.  When  the  grouting  through  any  hole  is  com- 
pleted, the  threads  of  both  hole  and  plug  shall  be  cleaned, 
the  plug  replaced  in  the  hole  and  screwed  tight. 

45-4.  Where  the  tunnel  lining  is  erected  in  rock,  the 
voids  outside  the  lining  shall  be  filled  with  grout  contain- 
ing mixed  cement  and  sand,  except  where  Portland  ce- 
ment is  ordered.  Grout  forced  through  the  lower  holes 
of  the  lining  must  show  at  the  upper  holes  before  con- 
nection is  made  to  the  latter  for  grouting.  The  Con- 
tractor shall  place  such  pipes  in  the  upper  holes  or 
elsewhere  as  the  Engineer  may  require  to  determine  the 
extent  or  progress  of  the  grouting,  and  to  serve  as  vents. 

45-5.  Grout  ejected  through  the  tunnel  lining  in  earth 
shall  contain  mixed  cement  except  where  Portland  cement 
is  ordered.  Where  the  excavation  is  wholly  or  partly  in 
rock,  or  in  hard  pan  or  other  material  firm  enough  to 
keep  its  form  after  the  shield  passes  until  grouted, 
enough  'grout  shall  be  used  to  fill  the  voids  between 
the  tunnel  lining  and  the  undisturbed  material,  but  only 
the  volume  of  grout  used  to  fill  the  space  limited  by 
the  excavation  payment  line  will  be  paid  for.  Where  the 
excavation  is  in  sand  or  other  moving  material,  actual 
voids  around  the  lower  three-fourths  (%)  of  the  tunnel 
shall  be  filled  with  grout,  but  the  upper  one-fourth  (14 ) 
shall  not  be  grouted,  except  as  provided  in  Sections  45-6 


Grouting 
in  rock. 


Grouting  in 
earth  through 
tunnel  lining. 


Grouting 
adjacent  to 
buildings. 


Additional 
grouting  at 
contractor's 
expense. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
grouting. 


SPECIFICATIONS — GROUT. 

and  45-7.  In  all  the  cases  described  in  this  Section  and  in 
Section  45-6,  the  grouting  shall  follow  erection  of  lining 
as  closely  as  the  Engineer  deems  practicable,  and  effective 
means  must  be  employed  to  confine  the  grout  in  sections 
and  to  prevent  its  return  into  the  shield. 

45-6.  Where  the  tunnel  is  adjacent  to  buildings,  or 
other  structures  on  the  landward  side  of  the  river  bulk- 
head, all  voids  around  and  above  the  tunnel  lining 
shall  be  filled  with  grout. 

45-7.  The  Contractor  will  be  permitted  to  eject  addi- 
tional grout  through  the  tunnel  lining  or  in  the  face  of 
the  heading  or  elsewhere  as  he  may  deem  advantageous 
to  himself  in  the  prosecution  of  his  work;  but  no  specific 
payment  will  be  made  therefor,  and  compensation  for 
such  grouting  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  unit  prices 
stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  tunnel  excavation. 

45-8.  Grouting  will  be  estimated  for  payment  on  the 
basis  of  the  number  of  barrels  of  cement  actually  used  in 
grout  and  placed  in  the  work  according  to  the  directions  of 
the  Engineer.  Grouting  in  the  tunnel  will  be  estimated  for 
payment  on  the  basis  of  the  number  of  barrels  of  cement 
actually  used  in  grout  ejected  through  the  tunnel  lining  as 
required  and  as  limited  in  Sections  45-4,  45-5,  and  45-6. 
If,  through  inefficient  packing  between  the  tail  of  the 
shield  and  the  tunnel  lining,  grout  is  permitted  to  flow 
into  the  shield  or  tunnel,  or  if  it  is  permitted  to  flow 
around  the  shield  or  otherwise  wasted,  the  amount  thus 
wfasted,  as  determined  by  the  Engineer,  will  not  be  esti- 
mated for  payment.  Grouting  done  within  the  upper  one- 
fourth  (i/i)  of  the  circumference  of  the  tunnel,  where  the 
excavation  is  in  sand  or  other  moving  material,  except 


131 

SPECIFICATIONS — PILING  AND  TIMBERING. 

near  buildings  as  required  in  Section  45^6,  and  grouting 
done  by  the  Contractor  for  his  own  advantage  as  de- 
scribed in  Section  45-7,  will  riot  be  estimated  for  pay- 
ment. 

Payment  for  grouting,  measured  as  provided  above  in 
this  Section,  will  be  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule 
Item  45  or  47  for  1  to  1  Portland  cement  grout  and  Item 
46  or  48  for  1  to  0  Portland  cement  grout  (neat  grout), 
or  Schedule  Item  49  for  1  to  1  mixed  cement  grout  and 
Item  50  for  1  to  0  mixed  cement  grout  (neat  grout). 
These  prices  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  grout- 
ing complete,  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or 
incidental  thereto,  including  drilling  holes,  furnishing  and 
placing  pipes,  supplying  sand  and  other  materials  and 
making  grouting  connections,  grouting  and  replacing  grout 
plugs. 

Payment  for  mixed  cement  grout  will  include  payment 
for  Portland  cement  and  payment  for  natural  cement  as 
provided  in  the  Schedule,  the  mixture  to  be  proportioned 
as  defined  in  Section  25-12. 

ITEMS  52-59— PILING  AND  TIMBERING. 
RIVER  SHAFT  PILES. 

52-1.  Reinforced  concrete  piles,  as  shown  on  Contract  Reinforced 
Drawing  No.  29,  shall  be  driven  to  support  the  river  shaft 
caissons.  Concrete  piles  twenty-four  (24)  inches  in  di- 
ameter with  a  steel  shell  three-eighths  (%)  inch  in  thick- 
ness with  reinforcing  rods  and  hoops  similar  to  those 
shown  on  the  drawing  mentioned  above  may  be  required. 

52-2.  Prior  to  driving  the  piles,  the  Contractor  shall 
submit  to  the  Engineer,  for  his  approval,  detailed  plans 


132 


SPECIFICATIONS — PILING  AND  TIMBERING. 

of  the  methods  he  proposes  to  use  for  this  work.  The 
piles  shall  be  driven  to  firm  bearing  and  when  in  final 
position  shall  support  the  entire  load  of  the  shafts.  Con- 
nection shall  be  made  to  the  caisson  inverts  or  walls  of 
the  shafts,  as  shown  on  Contract  Drawing  No.  29. 

52-3.  In  driving  and  concreting  such  piles,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  use  every  precaution  to  keep  the  piles  in 
a  vertical  position,  to  prevent  all  leakage  through  the 
joints  of  the  steel  shell,  to  maintain  the  reinforcing  in 
proper  position,  to  mix  and  place  the  concrete  without 
interference  from  water  and  with  proper  construction 
joints,  and  to  protect  the  reinforced  concrete  and  the  pile 
casing  from  damage.  The  Contractor  shall  use  every 
precaution  to  see  that  there  is  no  danger  of  flooding  the 
caissons  or  loosening  the  ground  underneath  or  along- 
side thereof. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
reinforced 
concrete  piles. 


52-4.  Measurement  for  payment  for  furnishing  and 
driving  reinforced  concrete  piles  to  support  the  river  shaft 
caissons  in  final  position  will  be  of  the  actual  length 
driven  from  the  point  of  the  pile  to  the  top  of  the  pile 
in  its  final  position,  as  shown  on  the  contract  drawings. 

Payment  for  furnishing  and  driving  reinforced  concrete 
piles  will  be  made  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule 
Item  54,  which  price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for 
furnishing  and  placing  the  piles  complete  and  all  expense 
in  connection  therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  including 
the  use  of  all  machinery  or  other  appliances  necessary 
to  drive  such  piles,  tools,  compressed  air  and  the  removal 
and  disposal  of  material. 

No  payment  will  be  made  for  piles  not  properly  driven 
or  not  being  in  the  proper  place,  as  indicated  on  the  con- 
tract drawings. 


133 


SPECIFICATIONS — PILING  AND  TIMBERING. 
PILES  TO  SUPPORT  TUOSfNEL. 

52-5.  Piles  shall  be  driven  through  the  bottom  of  the 
tunnel  lining  if  required  by  the  Engineer. 

52-6.  Piles  driven  through  the  tunnel  lining  will  be 
paid  for  as  provided  in  Schedule  Item  300,  except  that 
special  machinery  not  otherwise  'used  on  the  Works  will 
be  paid  for  on  a  rental  basis  as  determined  by  the  En- 
gineer, and  if  piles  be  driven  in  the  tunnel  under  com- 
pressed air  a  reasonable  allowance,  to  be  determined  by 
the  Engineer,  will  be  made  to  the  Contractor  for  the 
power  required  to  supply  the  compressed  air  to  the  tun- 
nel whenever  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  tunnel  under 
pressure  solely  on  account  of  driving  such  piles. 


Piles  to 
support  tunnel. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
piles  to  support 
tunnel. 


SHAFT    PLATFORM. 


L. 


52-7.     At  the  completion  of  the  river  shaft  work  the     Shaft  piatform 
Contractor  shall   remove    the   shaft  platform,   including     to  be  removed. 
the  supporting  piles  and  dispose  of  such  material,  ex- 
cept such  parts  as  the  Engineer  may  require  to  be  left. 
That  part  of  the  platform  left  in  place   shall  have   all 
bracing  securely  fastened  and  the  flooring  left  in  a  satis- 
factory condition. 


52-8.  Measurement  for  payment  for  the  platform  left 
in  place  will  be  of  the  floor  area  and  will  include  only 
such  parts  of  the  platform  erected  by  the  Contractor  as 
the  Engineer  may  require  to  be  left. 

Payment  for  the  platform  measured  as  above  provided 
will  be  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  57,  which 
price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  this  platform  com- 
plete and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  inci- 
dental thereto,  including  all  repairs  necessary  to  put  it 
in  a  serviceable  condition. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
platform  left 
in  place. 


134 


SPECIFICATIONS — PILING  AND  TIMBERING. 


LAND    SHAFT   BULKHEADS. 


Openings  in 
walls,  land 
shaft  caisson. 


Timber. 


Joints,  timber 
bulkheads. 


Lagging  to  be 
fastened. 


52-9.  Openings  in  the  walls  of  the  land  shaft  caissons 
for  future  connection  with  air  ducts  are  to  be  closed  with 
timber  bulkheads,  details  of  which  are  shown  on  the  con- 
tract drawings. 

52-10.  Timber  in  such  bulkheads  shall  be  hard  yellow 
pine  or  other  acceptable  timber  and  shall  be  sound  and 
free  from  knots,  checks  or  other  defects  that  might  im- 
pair its  strength  or  water-tightness. 

52-11.  All  joints  in  such  timber  bulkheads  shall  be 
caulked  with  oakum  dipped  in  hot  asphalt  and  made 
water-tight,  after  the  bulkhead  is  concreted  into  place. 

52-12.  The  lagging  shall  be  fastened  to  the  cleats  by 
lag  screws  of  such  size  and  spacing  as  the  Engineer  may 
direct.  The  ends  and  sides  of  the  bulkheads  shall  be 
coated  with  asphalt  mastic  before  being  imbedded  in  the 
concrete. 


Cement 
mortar. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
timber  bulk- 
heads. 


52-13.  The  inside  surfaces  of  the  bulkheads  shall  be 
coated  with  a  cement  mortar  placed  on  wire  mesh  fast- 
ened to  the  bulkheads,  after  the  caissons  are  sunk  to 
place.  Immediately  before  plastering,  any  leaks  which 
have  developed  shall  be  stopped  by  caulking. 

52-14.  Measurement  for  payment  for  timber  bulkheads 
will  be  of  the  actual  quantity  of  timber  placed,  without 
allowance  for  waste,  but  no  deductions  will  be  made  on 
account  of  tenons,  mortises  or  oblique  cuts. 


135 


SPECIFICATION  S — WATERPROOFING. 

Payment  for  timber  bulkheads  will  be  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item  59,  which  price  shall  be  in  full 
compensation  for  furnishing  and  placing  the  timber  bulk- 
heads complete,  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith 
or  incidental  thereto,  including  the  asphalt  coating,  caulk- 
ing, re-caulking,  furnishing  and  placing  wire  mesh  and 
plastering. 


ITEMS  60-66— WATERPROOFING. 

60-1.  Waterproofing  consisting  of  one  or  more  plies 
of  waterproofing  fabric  laid  with  asphalt,  will  be  re- 
quired to  be  applied  to  parts  of  the  structure  where  de- 
pendence is  not  placed  on  the  concrete  or  on  the  tunnel 
lining  or  other  parts  of  the  structure  to  act  as  water- 
proofing. The  number  of  plies  of  fabric  shall  be  as  indi- 
cated on  the  drawings'  or  as  directed  by  the  Engineer. 
All  waterproofing  so  laid  shall  be  made  absolutely  water- 
tight. 

60-2.  Waterproofing  fabric  shall  be  a  good  grade  of 
woven  cotton  treated  before  being  brought  on  the  work 
with  asphalt  meeting  the  requirements  hereinafter  speci- 
fied. The  fabric  in  its  raw  or  untreated  state  shall  contain 
no  oils  of  any  kind.  It  shall  weigh  not  less  than  4  oz.  nor 
more  than  six  (6)  oz.  per  square  yard  and  its  thread  count 
shall  not  be  more  than  thirty-two  (32)  by  thirty-two  (32) 
per  square  inch.  The  fabric  after  treatment  shall  weigh 
not  less  than  three  (3)  times  ihe  weight  of  the  untreated 
fabric,  shall  have  a  stretch  of  at  least  ten  per  centum 
(10%),  in  either  direction,  and  the  tensile  strength  in 
either  direction  shall  be  not  less  than  fifty  (50)  pounds 
when  tested  by  Strip  Method  No.  1,  adopted  1920  by  the 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

The  fabric  and  all  materials  used  in  its  treatment  shall 
be  of  a  kind  and  quality  approved  by  the  Engineer.  By 


Where  used. 


Woven  cotton 
fabric. 


136 

SPECIFICATIONS — WATERPROOFING. 

the  term  "ply"  is  meant  a  layer  of  such  treated  fabric 
together  with  its  coating  of  asphalt  placed  on  each  side 
at  the  time  of  laying. 

Asphalt.  60-3.  Asphalt  shall  be  fluxed  natural  asphalt  or  as- 

phalt prepared  from  the  careful  distillation  of  asphaltic 
petroleum.  It  shall  be  delivered  on  the  work  in 
barrels  or  other  suitable  containers  plainly  marked  with 
the  manufacturer's  name  and  indicating  the  kind,  grade 
and  quality  of  the  material. 

Fluxes  used  with  a  natural  asphalt  shall  be  of  such 
character  that  they  will  combine  with  the  natural  asphalt 
to  form  an  acceptable  and  approved  asphaltic  cement. 

The  asphalt  shall  be  free  from  coal  tar  pitch  or  any 
of  its  products.  It  shall  have  a  melting  point  between 
150°  and  175°  F.  as  determined  by  the  Ball-in-Ring 
method  and  shall  not  flash  below  400°  F.,  when  tested  in 
a  New  York  State  Closed  Oil  Tester. 

The  consistency  at  different  temperatures  (including 
35°  F.),  as  determined  by  the  penetration  of  a  No.  2  cam- 
bric needle  weighted  and  applied  in  accordance  with  the 
methods  adopted  by  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  and  the  ductility,  as  determined  by  the  Dow 
method,  shall  meet  the  approval  of  the  Engineer. 

The  asphalt  shall  contain  not  less  than  ninety-five  per 
centum  (95%)  of  bitumen  soluble  in  cold  carbon  disul- 
phide,  and  not  less  than  ninety-eight  and  one-half  per 
centum  (98%%)  of  such  bitumen  shall  be  soluble  in 
cold  carbon  tetrachloride.  The  remaining  ingredients 
shall  be  non-injurious. 

The  specific  gravity  of  the  asphalt  shall  be  not  less 
than  1.0  at  77°  F.,  and  the  asphalt  shall  not  volatilize 
more  than  two  per  centum  (2%)  when  heated  for  five  (5) 
hours  at  325°  F.,  after  which  the  penetration  at  77°  F.  shall 
be  not  less  than  one-half  (%)  of  the  original  penetration. 

If     required     by     the     Engineer     the     asphalt     must 


137 


SPECIFICATIONS — WATERPROOFING. 

withstand  a  test  of  immersion  for  seventy-two  (72) 
hours  or  longer,  in  a  twenty-five  per  centum  (25%)  solu- 
tion of  sulphuric  acid  without  deterioration. 

The  requirements  for  asphalt  shall  apply  alike  to  that 
used  in  saturating  the  fabric  and  that  used  in  cementing 
the  layers  of  fabric  together  on  the  work. 

60-4.  Bricks  used  for  waterproofing  protection  shall 
be  of  the  best  quality  common  bricks  burned  hard 
throughout,  regular  and  uniform  in  shape  and  size  and 
of  compact  texture.  In  laying,  the  bricks  shall  be  com- 
pletely imbedded  in  1  to  1  cement  mortar  under  the  bot- 
tom and  on  the  sides  and  ends  at  one  operation,  care  being 
taken  to  have  every  joint  full  of  mortar. 

60-5.  Waterproofing  material  on  the  outside  of  the 
river  shaft  caissons  and  on  the  steel  water  stops  in  the 
land  shaft  caissons  will  be  furnished  as  provided  in  Sec- 
tion 60-14.  The  steelwork  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned 
and  a  layer  of  waterproofing  material,  at  least  one-six- 
teenth (1/16)  inch  in  thickness,  shall  be  applied.  If  nec- 
essary to  secure  adhesion,  the  steel  of  the  caissons  or  the 
steel  of  the  water  stops  shall  be  heated. 

60-6.  The  earth  or  rock  in  the  bottom  of  the  chamber 
of  the  shaft  caissons  shall  be  covered  with  a  layer  of 
concrete  six  (6)  inches  in  thickness,  as  shown  on  the 
drawings,  with  a  coating  of  mortar  containing  equal  parts, 
by  volume,  of  cement  and  sand,  troweled  smooth.  This 
mortar  coating  will  be  paid  for  as  concrete,  under  Sched- 
ule Item  28.  Upon  this  coating,  after  it  is  dry,  shall  be 
spread  a  layer  of  asphalt  having  a  uniform  thickness  of 
not  less  than  one-sixteenth  (1/16)  inch,  so  as  to  form  a 
complete  covering  without  blow-holes.  This  asphalt  shall 
have  been  previously  heated  to  a  temperature  not  exceed- 


Brick. 


Protective 

waterproof 

coating. 


Waterproofing, 
caisson  inverts. 


138 


Waterproofing 
to  be  applied  to 
dry  surface. 


SPECIFICATIONS — WATERPROOFING. 

ing  325°  F.  Upon  this  layer  of  asphalt,  while  it  is  still 
melted,  there  shall  be  pressed  into  complete  contact  with  it 
a  layer  of  waterproofing  fabric,  consisting  of  sheets  over- 
lapping not  less  than  four  (4)  inches  on  the  long  edges 
and  not  less  than  twelve  (12)  inches  at  ends,  with  the 
laps  laid  in  hot  melted  asphalt.  Upon  this  layer  of  fabric 
there  shall  be  spread  a  layer  of  asphalt  as  above  specified, 
another  layer  of  fabric  added  as  above  with  laps  to  stag- 
ger with  the  laps  of  the  previous  layer  of  fabric;  and 
the  process  shall  be  continued  until  four  (4)  or  six  (6) 
layers  of  fabric,  as  determined  by  the  Engineer,  have 
been  laid,  finishing  with  a  layer  of  asphalt.  Upon  the 
waterproofing  there  shall  be  laid  one  course  of  brick,  on 
the  flat,  in  a  bed  of  mortar  one-half  (%)  inch  thick,  con- 
taining equal  volumes  of  cement  and  sand  and  the  joints 
of  the  bricks  shall  be  completely  filled  with  mortar  of  the 
same  composition.  Care  shall  be  taken  to  secure  the  best 
obtainable  seal  between  the  waterproofing  and  the  metal 
work  of  the  caisson.  Blow-pipes  shall  be  so  arranged  as 
to  remove  fumes  from  any  compressed  air  chamber  at 
the  point  where  the  waterproofing  is  being  applied. 

60-7.  In  waterproofing  in  normal  air  the  water  shall 
be  controlled  so  that  work  can  be  done  in  the  dry.  In 
waterproofing  in  compressed  air  sufficient  air  pressure 
shall  be  maintained  to  prevent  the  percolation  of  water 
into  the  chamber. 


Joints  with 
new  work. 


60-9.  Where  new  waterproofing  is  joined  to  old,  the 
surface  of  the  old  waterproofing  at  the  junction  shall 
be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  dried,  shall  be  heated  to  soften 
the  asphalt  and  shall  be  given  a  lap  of  at  least  eighteen 
(18)  inches  with  the  new  waterproofing. 


139 


SPECIFICATIONS — WATERPROOFING. 

00-10.  Waterproofing  shall  be  protected  from  injury 
after  it  is  laid  and  during  the  placing  of  the  masonry  or 
protective  covering  against  it.  Any  waterproofing  dam- 
aged or  found  to  leak  shall  be  repaired  or  cut  out  and  re- 
placed at  the  sole  expense  of  the  Contractor.  Exposed 
ends  of  waterproofing,  if  required,  shall  be  temporarily 
protected  with  a  covering  of  mortar  or  concrete  without 
additional  payment  therefor. 

60-11.  Air  pressure  balancing  the  hydrostatic  head  at 
the  elevation  of  the  waterproofing,  or  as  required  by  the 
Engineer,  shall  be  maintained  in  the  land  shaft  caissons 
for  a  period  of  at  least  ten  (10)  days  and  in  the  river 
shaft  caissons  for  a  period  of  at  least  fourteen  (14)  days 
after  the  completion  of  the  concrete  invert  above  the 
waterproofing.  After  the  expiration  of  the  ten  (10)  or  the 
fourteen  (14)  day  period,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  air  pres- 
sure shall  be  gradually  removed.  If  leakage  appears,  the 
Contractor  shall  make  such  repairs  as  will  insure  a  per- 
manent water-tight  structure. 

60-12.  In  addition  to  the  precautions  against  fire  in 
compressed  air  as  otherwise  herein  provided  the  utmost 
precautions  shall  be  taken  against  fire  in  the  caissons 
during  the  time  that  the  asphalt  waterproofing  is  exposed. 
No  workman  shall  be  allowed  to  use  lighted  candles  or  to 
carry  matches  into  the  compressed  air  chambers  where 
waterproofing  is  exposed.  Such  quantities  of  sand  as 
required  by  the  Engineer  shall  be  kept  in  the  working 
chamber  for  use  in  case  of  fire. 

60-13.  None  but  competent  men,  especially  skilled  in 
work  of  this  kind,  shall  be  employed  to  lay  the  water- 
proofing. 


Protection. 


Removing  air 
from  caissons. 


Fire  precau- 
tions. 


Skilled  labor  to 
be  employed. 


140 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
waterproofing. 


In  normal  air. 


In  compressed 
air. 


Protective 
waterproof 
coating  on 
steel. 


SPECIFICATIONS — WATERPROOFING. 

60-14.  Measurements  for  payment  for  ply  water- 
proofing will  be  made  only  of  the  actual  net  area  covered 
by  the  number  of  plies  ordered,  no  account  being  taken 
of  laps,  it  being  understood  that  all  excess  materials, 
labor  and  other  expense  resulting  from  the  requirements 
for  laps  have  been  estimated  and  provided  for  by  the 
Contractor  in  the  unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule 
for  waterproofing. 

Payment  for  ply  waterproofing  not  laid  in  compressed 
air,  without  protective  layer  of  brick,  will  be  at  the  price 
stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  60,  which  price  shall  be  in 
full  compensation  for  furnishing  and  laying  the  water- 
proofing complete,  and  all  expense  in  connection  there- 
with or  incidental  thereto. 

Payment  for  ply  waterproofing  laid  in  compressed 
air,  including  protective  layer  of  brick,  will  be  at  the 
price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  64,  which  price  shall 
be  in  full  compensation  for  furnishing  and  laying  the 
waterproofing  complete,  and  all  expense  in  connection 
therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  including  filling  the 
grooves  around  the  edge  of  the  caissons,  and  around  the 
piles  with  asphalt,  and  testing. 

Payment  for  applying  the  protective  waterproof  coat- 
ing on  steel  water-stops  in  the  land  shaft  caissons  and 
on  the  outside  steel  of  the  river  shaft  caissons  will  be 
at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  66  (a),  which 
price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  placing  the  water- 
proofing complete  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith 
or  incidental  thereto,  including  heating  and  applying  the 
materials,  cleaning  the  steelwork  and  heating  the  latter, 
if  required.  The  material  to  be  applied  will  be  furnished 
as  provided  in  Schedule  Item  300. 


141 


Tunnel  lining 
to  be  made 
water-tight. 


Caulking. 


SPECIFICATIONS — WATERPROOFING. 

60-15.  As  soon  as  practicable  after  the  tunnel 
lining  is  erected  it  shall  be  made  absolutely  water- 
tight by  caulking  all  recesses  provided  in  the  joints. 
When  required  by  the  Engineer,  the  air  pressure  shall 
be  lowered  or  removed  to  test  the  effectiveness  of  the 
caulking  and  grommeting. 

60-16.  Joints  shall  be  made  water-tight  by  a  continu- 
ous caulking  of  metallic  lead  in  the  caulking  recesses. 
The  lead  must  be  as  nearly  as  practicable  of  the  same 
width  as  the  width  of  the  recess.  Before  the  seg- 
ments are  erected,  the  rebates  to  form  the  caulk- 
ing recess  shall  be  scraped  clean.  Before  caulking,  the  re- 
cesses must  be  thoroughly  cleaned  by  means  of  an  air 
jet  or  water  jet  under  high  pressure  and,  if  required,  by 
scraping.  If  leakage  is  found  after  caulking,  the  joint 
shall  be  recaulked  until  all  leakage  is  stopped,  the  lead 
being  removed  and  renewed  if  required.  Before  the  con- 
crete lining  is  placed  and  at  such  time  as  the  Engineer 
permits,  the  caulking  recesses,  or  the  remaining  portions 
thereof  where  lead  caulking  is  used,  shall  be  rammed  full 
and  pointed  with  Portland  cement  mortar  mixed  in  the 
proportion  of  one  (1)  part  cement  to  one  (1)  part  sand. 
This  mortar  is  considered  a  part  of  the  caulking.  Pay- 
ment for  caulking  is  included  in  the  unit  prices  stipulated 
in  Schedule  Items  88  and  90  for  tunnel  lining. 


60-17.     Leakage   around   bolts   shall   be  prevented   by     Grommeting. 
applying    grommets    under    the    washers    at    the    head 


142 


SPECIFICATIONS — STEEL  AND   WROUGHT  IRON. 

and  nut  of  each  bolt,  at  the  time  the  segment 
is  being  erected.  These  grommets  shall  be  made 
of  hemp  well  worked  up  with  a  paste  of  red  lead,  or  a 
mixture  of  red  lead  and  white  lead,  and  boiled  linseed  oil. 
Grommets  of  other  material  approved  by  the  En- 
gineer may  be  used.  If  leakage  is  found  after  grom- 
meting,  the  bolts  around  which  leakage  occurs  shall  be 
removed  and  the  grommeting  renewed  until  the  leakage 
is  stopped.  Immediately  before  the  concrete  lining  in 
the  tunnel  is  placed,  the  bolts  will  be  given  a  final  inspec- 
tion and  shall  be  re-grommeted  until  made  absolutely 
water-tight.  Payment  for  grommeting  is  included  in  the 
unit  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  76  (a),  for  tunnel 
bolts. 


According  to 
drawings. 


Workmanship. 


Facilities   for 
inspection. 


ITEMS  70-85— STEEL  AND  WROUGHT  IRON. 

70-i.  All  steel  and  iron  work  shall  be  fabricated  in 
all  respects  according  to  general  and  detailed  drawings 
furnished  or  approved  by  the  Engineer.  The  Contractor 
shall  be  responsible  for  all  errors  which  can  be  discov- 
ered by  checking  or  examining  the  drawings. 

70-2.  The  workmanship  shall  be  equal  to  the  best 
practice  in  modern  bridge  works.  All  parts  exposed  to 
view  shall  be  neatly  finished. 

70-3.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish,  free  of  charge, 
all  facilities  for  a  thorough  inspection  of  material  and 
workmanship,  including  suitably  equipped  offices  at  the 
mills  and  at  the  shops,  prepared  specimens  for  testing, 
the  use  of  a  reliable  testing  machine  and  necessary  as- 
sistance for  testing,  certified  chemical  analyses  of  ma- 
terial, copies  in  triplicate  of  all  mill  orders,  complete 


143 


SPECIFICATIONS — STEEL  AND  WROUGHT  IRON. 

copies  in  triplicate  of  all  shipping  invoices  with  each 
shipment  showing  the  scale  weight  of  each  individual 
piece,  and  full  access  at  all  times  for  the  Engineer  and 
Inspectors  to  any  part  of  the  plant  or  plants  where  any 
portion  of  the  material  is  made  or  worked. 

70-4.  No  material  shall  be  rolled  nor  work  done  with- 
out due  notice  to  the  Engineer  so  that  he  may  arrange 
for  inspection. 

70-5.  Material  which,  subsequent  to  tests  at  the  mills 
and  its  acceptance  there,  develops  weak  spots,  brittle- 
ness,  cracks  or  other  imperfections  or  is  found  to  have 
injurious  defects  will  be  rejected  at  the  shop  and  shall 
be  replaced  by  the  Contractor  at  his  own  cost. 


70-6.     The  acceptance  of  any  material  or  workmanship 
by  an  Inspector  or  his  failure  to  notify  the  Contractor     acceptance. 
of  defects  in  the  same  shall  not  prevent  its  subsequent 
rejection  if  found  defective. 


Notice  for 
inspection. 


Rejection 
at  shop. 


70-7.  All  parts  shall  be  carefully  loaded  and  pro- 
tected from  injury  during  transportation  by  such  means 
as  will  be  satisfactory  to  the  Inspector.  After  delivery 
of  materials  at  the  work  the  Contractor  will  be  required 
to  store  the  same  on  skids  at  least  twelve  (12)  inches 
above  the  ground  and  to  keep  the  same  in  good  con- 
dition. Any  piece  showing  injurious  effects  of  rough 
handling  at  any  stage  may  be  rejected. 

70-8.  All  steel  and  iron  shall  be  protected  from  the 
weather  before  erection  and  shall  be  cleaned  of  all  dirt, 
rust  and  scale  before  being  painted,  waterproofed  or  en- 
cased in  concrete. 


Protection. 


Protection 
from   weather. 

Cleaned 
before  using. 


144 


Open-hearth 
process. 

Chemical 
composition. 


Chemical 
determinations. 


Material  to 
be  sound. 


Variation  in 
weight. 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED  STEEL. 
ITEMS  70-76— ROLLED  STEEL. 
70-9.     Steel  shall  be  made  by  the  open-hearth  process. 

70-10.  The  chemical  composition  of  the  finished  ma- 
terial shall  conform  to  the  following  limits.  Steel  for 
plates,  bars  and  shapes  shall  not  contain  more  than  4/100 
of  1  per  centum  of  phosphorus,  5/100  of  1  per  centum  of 
sulphur,  6/10  of  1  per  centum  of  manganese,  or  1/10  of 
1  per  centum  of  silicon.  Steel  for  rivets  shall  conform 
to  the  same  limits,  except  that  it  shall  not  contain  more 
than  4/100  of  1  per  centum  of  sulphur. 

70-11.  Chemical  determinations  of  the  percentages 
of  carbon,  phosphorus,  sulphur  and  manganese  shall  be 
made  by  the  manufacturer  from  a  test  ingot,  so  taken 
during  the  casting  of  each  melt  of  steel  as  fairly  to  repre- 
sent the  melt.  Two  (2)  copies  of  such  analyses  shall  be 
furnished  to  the  Engineer  or  his  Inspector. 

70-12.  By  cropping  ingots  sufficient  discard  shall  be 
made  to  insure  sound  material  free  from  piping  or  ex- 
cessive segregation.  The  material  shall  be  finished 
straight  and  smooth  and  shall  be  free  from  all  seams, 
flaws,  cracks,  defective  edges  or  other  defects.  Any 
imperfection  which  may  develop  during  the  progress  of 
the  work  will  be  sufficient  cause  for  rejection. 

70-13.  A  variation  in  weigjit  or  cross  section  of  any 
piece  of  steel  of  more  than  two  and  one-half  per  centum 
(21/2%)  from  that  specified  shall  be  sufficient  cause  for 
rejection,  except  in  case  of  sheared  plates  exceeding  one 
hundred  (100)  inches  in  width,  where  the  variation  may 
be  five  per  centum  (5%).  In  calculating  weights  of  steel 
the  weight  of  one  (1)  cubic  foot  will  be  taken  at  four 
hundred  ninety  (490)  pounds. 


145 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED  STEEL. 

70-14.  Every  finished  piece  of  steel  shall  have  the 
melt  number  and  the  name  of  the  manufacturer  stamped 
or  rolled  upon  it.  Bars  for  reinforcing  concrete,  rivet  and 
lattice  steel  and  other  small  parts  may  be  bundled,  with 
above  marks  on  an  attached  metal  tag. 

70-15.  Steel  for  plates,  reinforcing  rods,  bars 
and  shapes  shall  have  an  ultimate  tensile  strength 
of  from  56,000  to  64,000  pounds  per  square  inch, 
and  steel  for  rivets  shall  have  an  ultimate  ten- 
sile strength  of  from  46,000  to  54,000  pounds  per 
square  inch.  All  steel  shall  have  a  yield  point  at 
not  less  than  fifty-five  per  centum  (55%)  of  the  ultimate 
tensile  strength;  a  minimum  percentage  of  elongation  in 
eight  (8)  inches  represented  by  the  quotient  of  1,500,000 
divided  by  the  ultimate  tensile  strength;  shall  exhibit  a 
silky  fracture;  and  shall  be  capable  of  being  bent  flat  on 
itself  when  cold  without  sign  of  fracture. 

Angles  three-quarter  (%)  inch  or  less  in  thickness  shall 
open  flat,  and  angles  one-half  (i/,)  inch  or  less  in  thick- 
ness shall  bend  shut,  cold,  under  blows  of  a  hammer, 
without  sign  of  fracture.  This  test  shall  be  made  only 
when  required  by  the  Inspector. 


Melt  number. 


Tensile  and 

bending 

requirements. 


Bending  test 
for  angles. 


70-16.  At  least  one  tensile  and  one  bending  test  shall 
be  made  on  specimens  cut  from  the  finished  material  of 
each  melt.  In  case  steel  differing  three-eighths  (%)  inch 
or  more  in  thickness  is  rolled  from  one  melt,  tests  shall 
be  made  from  the  thickest  and  from  the  thinnest  mate- 
rial rolled.  Rolled  steel  shall  be  tested  in  the  condition 
in  which  it  comes  from  the  rolls. 


Number  of 
tests. 


70-17.  Sample  pieces  for  tensile  and  bending  tests  of 
plates,  reinforcing  rods,  bars  and  shapes  shall  be  cut  from 
such  portions  of  the  finished  product  of  each  melt  as  the 


Test  pieces. 


146 


SPECIFICATIONS  —  ROLLED  STEEL. 

Inspector  may  designate  and  shall  be  stamped  by  him; 
they  shall  have  both  faces  rolled  and  both  edges  milled 
to  the  usual  form  of  a  standard  test  specimen  —  one  and 
one-half  (l1/^)  inches  wide  on  a  gauged  length  of  nine  (9) 
inches,  or  with  both  edges  parallel.  The  area  of  the  mini- 
mum section  shall  be  not  less  than  one-half  (%)  square 
inch. 


Rivet  rods. 
Yield  points. 


Rivet  steel 

nicking  tests. 


Retests. 


Wire  mesh. 


Reinforcing 
rods  to  be 
deformed. 


70-18.     Rivet  rods  shall  be  tested  as  rolled. 

70-20.  The  yield  point  shall  be  that  strain  beyond 
which  the  elongation  ceases  to  be  proportional  to  the 
weight  imposed  and  may  be  indicated  by  drop  of  beam. 
The  speed  of  testing  shall  be  governed  by  the  Inspector. 

70-21.  Rivet  steel,  when  nicked  and  bent  around  a 
bar  of  the  same  diameter  as  the  rivet  rod,  shall  give  a 
gradual  break  and  a  fine,  silky,  uniform  fracture. 

70-22.  If  the  specimens  tested  as  herein  specified  do 
not  fulfill  the  requirements  of  these  specifications,  dupli- 
cate tests  may  be  made  at  the  discretion  of  the  Inspector, 
who  will  select  and  stamp  the  duplicate  test  pieces.  If 
these  retests  meet  all  requirements,  the  melt  shall  be 
accepted. 

70-23.  Wire  mesh  or  a  similar  reinforcing  material  of 
a  quality,  type  and  weight  to  be  approved  by  the  Engineer 
shall  be  furnished  and  placed,  as  may  be  required. 

Rods  and  bars  to  be  used  for  reinforcing  concrete  shall 
be  deformed  as  approved  by  the  Engineer;  plain  bars 
shall  not  be  used. 


Bent  rods.  70-24.     Rent  rods  shall  be  bent  uniformly  to  a  template 

in  a  machine  or  press  approved  by  the  Engineer.     They 


Upset  for 
threads. 


Annealing. 


147 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED   STEEL. 

may  be  bent  either  at  the  shop  or  on  the  work.    In  special 
cases  bending  hot  and  annealing  may  be  required. 

70-25.  Rods  and  bars  which  are  to  be  upset  to  receive 
a  thread  will  be  so  shown  on  the  contract  drawings. 

70-26.  Steel,  except  in  minor  details,  which  has  been 
partially  heated,  shall  be  properly  annealed.  Welds  in 
steel  will  be  allowed  only  under  conditions  approved  by 
the  Engineer. 

70-27.  All  material  shall  be  straightened  in  the  shop 
before  being  worked  in  any  way  and  again  straightened, 
after  punching  and  before  assembling,  if  required  by  the 
Engineer  or  his  Inspector. 


70-28.     Shearing  and  chipping  shall  be  neatly  and  ac- 

J  Shearing  and 

curately  done.    Sheared  edges  of  plates  exceeding  five-     chipping. 
eighths  (%)  inch  in  thickness  in  main  members  shall  be 
planed  at  least  one-eighth  (%)  inch. 

70-29.     Lattice   bars  shall   have   neatly   rounded   ends     T   <*• 

J  Lattice  bars. 

concentric  with  rivet  holes. 


Straightening. 


70-30.  Nuts  and  heads  of  bolts  exposed  to  view  and  Bojt  heads  and 
of  bolts  in  tunnel  lining,  in  the  tie-rod  connections,  door  nuts  hexagonal. 
posts  and  lintels  shall  be  hexagonal. 


70-31.  All  material  up  to  a  thickness  of  five-eighths 
(%)  inch  may  be  punched  without  reaming.  Material 
over  five-eighths  (%)  inch  and  not  exceeding  seven- 
eighths  (%)  inch  in  thickness  shall  be  sub-punched  and 
reamed  or  drilled  from  the  solid.  Material  over  seven- 
eighths  (%)  inch  in  thickness  shall  be  drilled  from  the 
solid. 


Punching, 
reaming  and 
drilling. 


Holes  accur- 
ately spaced. 


Sub-punching 
and  reaming. 


148 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED  STEEL. 

70-32.  All  holes  shall  be  accurately  spaced  and 
punched.  The  diameter  of  the  punch  shall  not  be  more 
than  one-sixteenth  (1/16)  inch  greater  than  the  diameter 
of  the  rivet.  The  diameter  of  the  die  shall  be  as  small  as 
may  be  required  to  punch  a  clean  hole. 

70-33.  When  sub-punching  and  reaming  are  required, 
the  punch  used  shall  have  a  diameter  not  less  than  three- 
sixteenths  (3/16)  inch  smaller  than  the  rivet.  Holes  shall 
then  be  reamed  to  a  diameter  not  more  than  one-sixteenth 
(1/16)  inch  larger  than  the  normal  diameter  of  the  rivet. 
All  reaming  shall  be  done  with  twist  drills  after  the  ma- 
terial is  assembled  and  firmly  bolted  together.  The  use 
of  lubricants  in  reaming  will  not  be  allowed.  No  inter- 
change of  reamed  parts  will  be  permitted  unless  a  ream- 
ing template  is  used. 

70-34.  All  holes  for  field  rivets  designed  to  carry  full 
allowable  stresses,  except  where  there  are  less  than  six 
(6)  rivets  in  a  group,  shall  be  sub-punched  and  accurately 
drilled  to  an  iron  template  fitted  with  bushings,  or  reamed 
and  match  marked  while  the  connecting  parts  are  tem- 
porarily assembled  in  the  shop.  All  such  holes  shall  be 
so  indicated  on  the  shop  drawings. 

Reaming  of  holes  for  field  rivets  in  the  temporary  roof 
plates  of  the  caisson  may  be  omitted  if,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Engineer,  such  holes  can  be  so  punched  as  to  in- 
sure the  erection  of  the  plates  without  drifting. 


Burrs  removed.         70-35.     All  burrs  on  rivet  holes  shall  be  removed. 


Templates. 


Size  of  rivets.  70-36.     The  size  of  rivets  called  for  on  the  drawings 

shall  be  understood  to  mean  the  actual  size  of  the  cold 
rivet  before  heating. 


149 


SPECIFICATIONS ROLLED  STEEL. 


70-37.     Holes    of   built-up    members    when    assembled     Reaming  after 


assembling. 


Assembling. 


Riveting. 


must  come  truly  opposite  so  that  the  rivets  can  be  in- 
serted without  the  use  of  drift  pins.  If  any  hole  must 
be  enlarged  to  admit  the  rivet  it  shall  be  reamed.  Poor 
matching  of  holes  will  be  cause  for  rejection. 

70-38.  Riveted  members  shall  have  all  parts  well 
pinned  up  and  firmly  drawn  together  with  bolts  well  in 
advance  of  riveting.  Surfaces  to  be  in  contact  or  in- 
accessible after  assembling  shall  be  painted. 

70-39.  Rivets  when  driven  shall  completely  fill  the 
holes  and  shall  be  machine  driven  wherever  possible. 
They  shall  have  full  concentric  heads  or  they  shall  be 
countersunk  when  so  required.  Rivet  heads  shall  not 
be  flattened  to  less  than  one-half  (y2)  the  diameter  of 
the  rivet  on  the  line  of  the  shank,  unless  countersunk. 
Loose,  burnt  or  otherwise  defective  rivets  shall  be  cut 
out  and  replaced.  In  cutting  out  defective  rivets,  great 
care  shall  be  taken  not  to  injure  the  adjacent  material 
and  if  necessary  such  rivets  shall  be  drilled  out. 

70-40.  Distances  from  centers  of  rivets  to  edges  of 
sheared  plates  shall  not  be  less  than  1^4"  for  %"  rivets 
and  1%"  for  %"  rivets;  distances  from  centers  of  rivets 
to  rolled  edges  shall  not  be  less  than  1%"  for  %"  rivets 
and  11A"  for  %"  rivets.  The  minimum  pitch  for  %" 
rivets  shall  be  21/2//  and  for  %"  rivets  2%".  When  ma- 
terial is  sub-punched  and  reamed  the  pitch  for  %"  rivets 
may  be  made  21/4"  and  for  %"  rivets  2%". 

In  the  river  shaft  caissons  rivet  spacing  in  caulked  work 
shall  not  exceed  four  (4)  inches. 


70-41.     Generally  the  use  of  bolts  in  place  of  rivets     Use  of  bolts  in 
.  place  of  rivets. 

will  not  be  permitted,  but  when  bolts  are  so  permitted  to 


Rivet    spacing. 


150 


Finished 
members  to  be 
true. 


Planing  and 
facing. 


Caulking 
caissons. 


River  shaft 
caisson  shield 
bulkheads  to 
be  assembled 
in  the  shop. 


Girder   details. 


Web  plates. 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED   STEEL. 

be  used  the  holes  shall  be  reamed  parallel  and  the  bolts 
turned  to  a  driving  fit  with  the  threads  entirely  outside 
of  the  holes.  Where  bolts  are  used  in  place  of  rivets, 
washers  not  less  than  one-quarter  (%)  inch  thick  shall  be 
used  under  the  nuts.  Bolts  must  be  thickly  coated  with 
red  lead  paint  before  insertion  so  as  to  seal  the  hole 
against  moisture. 

70-42,  Finished  members  shall  be  true  and  free  from 
twists,  bends  or  open  joints. 

70-43.  All  abutting  surfaces  shall  be  accurately  planed 
or  faced  wherever  so  'noted  on  the  drawings,  or  as  re- 
quired by  the  Engineer. 

The  exterior  and  interior  walls  of  the  shaft  caissons, 
both  sides  of  the  central  cross  wall  and  the  dividing 
walls,  the  bulkhead  openings,  the  roof  of  the  working 
chamber  and  all  other  places  required  by  the  Engineer 
shall  be  caulked  to  insure  a  water-tight  structure.  Round 
edges  shall  be  machined  or  chipped  for  caulking. 

Each  shield  bulkhead  of  the  river  shaft  caissons  to- 
gether with  its  circular  drum  girder  and  girder  connec- 
tions and  all  skin  plates  and  trusses  connecting  to  the 
same  shall  be  assembled  and  fitted  in  the  shop  before 
shipment. 

70-44.  Stiffeners  of  plate  girders  shall  be  faced  on 
the  ends  and  brought  to  a  true  contact  bearing  with 
the  flange  angles.  Web  splice  plates  and  fillers  under 
stiffeners  shall  be  cut  to  fit  within  one-eighth  (%)  inch 
of  flange  angles. 

70-45.  Web  plates  must  not  project  beyond  the  flange 
angles  nor  be  more  than  one-quarter  (Y^)  inch  back  of 
face  of  angles. 


151 


High  tensile 
steel  bolts. 


Chemical 
composition. 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED   STEEL. 

70-46.  High  tensile  steel  bolts  for  the  joints  of  the  tun- 
nel lining  and  where  otherwise  required,  shall  be  forged 
from  the  solid  without  welding,  upset  under  the  heads, 
and  the  threaded  ends  shall  project  at  least  one-eighth 
O/H)  inch  outside  the  nuts  when  the  latter  are  screwed 
up  in  place  in  the  Tunnel.  Heads  of  bolts  shall  be  hexa- 
gonal and  correctly  formed,  of  the  dimensions  shown  on 
the  drawings,  square  with  the  shank,  smooth  and  free 
from  fins.  Screw  threads  shall  be  U.  S.  Standard,  full, 
even,  smooth,  properly  filleted  and  may  be  either  rolled 
or  pressed. 

Steel  for  tunnel  bolts  shall  contain  not  more  than  four 
hundredths  of  one  per  centum  (0.04%)  of  phosphorus 
nor  more  than  four  hundredths  of  one  per  centum  (0.04%) 
of  sulphur.  An  analysis  of  each  melt  of  steel  shall  be 
made  by  the  manufacturer  to  determine  the  percentages 
of  carbon,  manganese,  phosphorus,  sulphur  or  any  other 
element  affecting  the  physical  properties  of  the  metal. 
This  analysis  shall  be  made  from  drillings  taken  at  least 
one-eighth  (Vs)  inch  beneath  the  surface  of  a  test  ingot 
obtained  during  the  pouring  of  the  melt. 

High  tensile  steel  bolts  shall  have  an  ultimate  tensile  Tensile  tests 
strength  of  not  less  than  110,000  pounds  per  square  inch, 
a  yield  point  of  not  less  than  85,000  pounds  per  square 
inch,  an  elongation  in  two  (2)  inches  of  not  less  than  six- 
teen per  centum  (16%)  and  a  reduction  in  area  of  not 
less  than  fifty  per  centum  (50%). 

Tests  of  the  tensile  properties  of  tunnel  bolts  shall  be 
made  by  breaking  full  sized  bolts  from  each  heat  treated 
lot,  as  required  by  the  Engineer.  If  a  bolt  fails  to  meet 
the  tensile  requirements,  additional  bolts  as  required  by 
the  Engineer  shall  be  tested  and  the  entire  lot  of  bolts 
from  which  the  test  bolts  are  selected  will  be  rejected 
if  the  tests  are  not  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer.  These 


152 


Bend  test. 


Report  of  tests. 


Washers. 


Nuts. 


Permanent 
steel  tie-rods. 


Special  steel 
structures. 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED  STEEL. 

tests  shall  be  made  by  the  Contractor  without  expense  to 
the  Commissions. 

Full  sized  bolts  shall  bend  cold  through  180°  around 
a  pin,  the  diameter  of  which  is  equal  to  the  diameter  of 
the  bolt,  without  crack  or  flaw. 

Reports  of  chemical  and  physical  tests  shall  be  de- 
livered to  the  Engineer  or  his  representative. 

Each  bolt  shall  have  a  close  fitting  wrought-iron  or 
steel  washer  under  the  head  and  nut. 

Nuts  shall  be  hexagonal  in  form  and  correctly  shaped 
to  fit  the  bolts.  They  shall  be  capable  of  developing  the 
full  strength  of  the  finished  bolt  up  to  the  point  of  rup- 
ture. They  may  be  either  hot  pressed  or  cold  punched, 
but,  in  either  case,  the  base  of  the  nut  must  be  given  a 
smooth  finished  surface  and  be  normal  to  the  axis  of  the 
bolt  so  as  to  bear  uniformly  on  the  washer.  Threads  on 
nuts  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  specified  for  bolt 
threads. 

70-47.  Permanent  steel  tie-rods  of  the  design  shown 
on  the  drawings  or  any  alternative  design  submitted  by 
the  Contractor  and  approved  by  the  Engineer,  with  their 
bolts,  pins,  sleeve  nuts,  turnbuckles  and  clevises  shall 
be  placed  in  the  tunnel  lining,  where  required,  before 
the  removal  of  compressed  air.  The  steel  in  these  tie- 
rods  and  their  connections,  with  the  exception  of  the 
structural  steel  anchorages,  shall  conform  to  the  specifica- 
tions for  high  tensile  steel  bolts. 

Special  steel  structures  shall  consist  of  anchorages  for 
connecting. the  permanent  tie-rods  to  the  tunnel  lining, 
special  rolled  beams  for  the  tunnel  roadway  and  the  con- 
necting rings  for  joining  the  tunnel  lining  with  the  cais- 
sons. In  addition  to  the  special  rolled  beams  placed  by 
the  Contractor  in  the  tunnel  roadway,  he  shall  furnish 
other  beams  of  this  section  for  the  roadway  across  the 


153 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED  STEEL. 

shafts  as  shown   on   Contract   Drawing  No.   31.     These 
beams  shall  be  stored  in  the  tunnels  near  the  shafts. 

70-48.  Copper  steel  shall  be  used  as  shown  on  the  con- 
tract drawings  or  as  ordered  by  the  Engineer.  It  shall 
contain  not  less  than  twenty-five  hundredths  of  one  per 
centum  (0.25%)  of  copper  and  not  more  than  six  hun- 
dredths of  one  per  centum  (0.06%)  of  sulphur  and  shall 
further  conform  to  the  physical  properties  specified  in 
Section  70-15. 


Copper  steel. 


70-49.     Nuts,  bolts,  rivets   and   other  similar  material     Steel  bolts,  etc., 
shall  be  boxed  or  otherwise  securely  packed  for  ship-     weighed. 
ment.     The   net  weight  shall   be  plainly  marked   upon 
every  piece  or  package. 


70-50.  Steelwork  will  be  estimated  for  payment  on 
the  basis  of  the  quantity  actually  placed  in  accordance 
with  the  drawings  or  orders  to  form  a  part  of  the  com- 
pleted work.  Removable  portions  not  forming  a  part  of 
the  completed  work,  such  as  air  locks,  roofs  of  the  work- 
ing chambers,  roof  bracing,  bulkheads  closing  the  shield 
openings  of  the  shaft  caissons  and  material  and  man 
shafts,  will  not  be  included  in  the  weight  for  payment,  it 
being  understood  that  all  such  portions  are  considered 
plant.  In  case  of  steel  rods  or  bars  for  reinforcing  con- 
crete no  payment  will  be  made  for  fastenings  and 
only  such  laps  as  are  placed  according  to  the  direc- 
tions of  the  Engineer  will  be  estimated  for  payment. 
Weight  for  payment  will  be  the  invoice  weight  of  all 
steel  entering  into  each  structure,  except  such  payment 
weight  shall  not  exceed  the  theoretical  weight  of  the 
structure  as  computed  from  the  drawings  by  more  than 
two  and  one-half  per  centum  (2%%).  Payment  for  steel- 
work so  estimated  will  be  at  the  price  stipulated  in 
Schedule  Item: 


Measurement 
and  pa  /ment, 
rolled  steel- 
work. 


SPECIFICATIONS — ROLLED  STEEL. 

70.  For  built-up  steelwork,  anchor  bolts,  bolts 
other  than  high  tensile  steel  bolts,  malleable  iron, 
and  such  wrought  iron,  steel  castings  and  forgings 
as  are  not  specifically  provided  to  be  paid  for  at  or 
in    other    classified    unit    prices,    including    steel- 
work in  the  splicing  chambers  and  manholes,  to- 
gether with   their   locks   and   fastenings;   but   not 
including   steelwork   oif   the   shaft   caissons,   steel 
beams  and  shapes,  steel  rods  and  bars,  special  steel 
structures,  high  tensile  steel  or  copper  steel; 

71.  For  steel  forming  part  of  the  completed  work 
of   the   shaft   caissons,   including   all   steel   beams 
in  the  roofs  of  the  land  shaft  caissons,  but  not  in- 
cluding steel  rods  and  bars; 

72.  For  steel  beams  and  shapes,  including  all 
single    beams,    channels,    angles    or    other    single 
shapes,  whether  milled  or  otherwise,  with  or  with- 
out connections  or  other  details,  but  not  including 
steelwork    of    the    shaft    caissons    or    the    special 
rolled  floor  beams  for  the  tunnel  roadway; 

73.  For  steel  rods  and  bars  for  reinforcing  con- 
crete; 

74.  For  wire  mesh; 

75.  For  special  steel  structures; 

76.  For  high  tensile  steel;  or 

77.  For  copper  steel; 

which  price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  furnishing 


155 


SPECIFICATIONS WROUGHT-IRON   AND   STEEL  PIPE. 

and  erecting  or  placing  the  steel  complete  and  all  expense 
in  connection  therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  including 
fitting,  riveting,  bolting,  caulking,  cleaning  where  re- 
quired; and  including,  in  the  case  of  Schedule  Item  71, 
all  expense  of  furnishing,  placing  and  removing  portions 
not  forming  part  of  the  completed  work;  and  in  the  case 
of  Schedule  Item  76(a),  all  expense  of  furnishing,  plac- 
ing, re-tightening  and  renewing  bolts,  nuts  and  washers, 
and  renewing  grommets  to  make  the  tunnel  water-tight. 

ITEMS  83-85— WROUGHT  IRON. 

83-1.  All  wrought  iron  shall  be  double  rolled,  tough, 
fibrous  and  uniform  in  character.  It  shall  be  thoroughly 
welded  in  rolling  and  free  from  surface  defects. 

83-2.  The  methods  specified  for  testing  rolled  steel 
shall  apply  generally  to  wrought  iron.  Standard  test 
specimens  shall  show  an  ultimate  tensile  strength  of  at 
least  fifty  thousand  (50,000)  pounds  per  square  inch, 
and  an  elongation  of  at  least  eighteen  per  centum  (18%) 
in  eight  (8)  inches,  with  fracture  wholly  fibrous.  Speci- 
mens shall  bend  cold,  with  the  fibre,  through  one  hundred 
and  thirty-five  degrees  (135°),  without  sign  of  fracture, 
with  inner  radius  not  to  exceed  the  thickness  of  the  piece 
tested.  When  nicked  and  bent  the  fracture  shall  show 
at  least  ninety  per  centum  (90%)  fibrous. 


Character 
and  finish. 


Tests. 


WROUGHT-IRON  AND  STEEL  PIPE, 


83-3.  Standard  wrought-iron  and  steel  pipe  and  mis- 
cellaneous wrought-iron  fittings  shall  be  furnished  and 
iplaced  as  shown  on  the  contract  drawings  or  as  required 
by  the  Engineer. 


Placing  and 
testing  pipe. 


156 


Payment  for 
miscellaneous 
wrought-iron 
fittings. 


SPECIFICATIONS — GALVANIZED   METAL:   TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

All  pipe  shall  be  securely  fastened  to  the  tunnel  lining  or 
otherwise  supported  in  an  approved  manner,  and  all  joints 
shall  be  made  with  standard  couplings  sufficiently  tight  to 
withstand  a  pressure  of  at  least  two  hundred  (200)  pounds 
per  square  inch.  At  the  time  of  placing,  the  pipe  shall  be 
tested  to  the  pressure  mentioned  above  in  such  lengths 
as  may  be  required  by  the  Engineer.  After  the  system  is 
partially  or  wholly  completed  it  shall  be  thoroughly 
flushed  out  and  all  hydrants  opened  and  closed  under 
pressure  so  as  to  thoroughly  test  the  completed  portion 
of  the  system.  Prior  to  final  acceptance  all  lines  shall 
again  be  tested  to  the  pressure  required  above. 

83-4.  Ladders,  hand  bars  and  miscellaneous  wrought- 
iron  fittings  not  otherwise  provided  for  (but  not  includ- 
ing pipe  or  pipe  fittings)  will  be  paid  for  at  the  price  stip- 
ulated in  Schedule  Item  83,  which  price  shall  be  in  full 
compensation  for  furnishing  and  placing  such  fittings 
complete  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  inci- 
dental thereto. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
wrought-iron 
and  steel  pipe. 


83-5.  Standard  wrought-iron  and  steel  pipe  in  the  Tun- 
nel will  be  measured  for  payment  at  their  actual  length 
as  laid,  and  payment  therefor  will  be  at  the  appropriate 
price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  84,  which  price  shall 
be  in  full  compensation  for  furnishing  and  placing  the 
pipe  complete  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith 
or  incidental  thereto,  including  couplings,  wyes,  tees, 
valves  (but  not  furnishing  valves),  expansion  bolts, 
hanger  bolts,  wall  brackets  and  all  other  specials  re- 
quired. 


Physical  re- 
quirements. 


ITEMS  85-86— GALVANIZED  METAL. 

85-1.     Galvanized  metal  shall  be  evenly  and  thoroughly 
galvanized,  of  a  bright  appearance,  free  from  pits,  blisters 


157 


SPECIFICATIONS — GALVANIZED    METAL:    TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

and  other  defects.  All  sheet  metal  shall  be  commercially 
flat,  and  no  rerolling  of  the  plate  after  leaving  the  galvan- 
izing bath  will  be  permitted  except  for  the  purpose  of 
straightening.  If  the  metal  is  bent  to  an  angle  of  ninety 
degrees  (90°)  or  scraped  with  a  knife,  the  coating  must 
not  break  off. 


85-2.  The  increase  in  weight  due  to  galvanizing  shall 
not  exceed  2%  oz.  nor  shall  it  be  less  than  2  oz.  per  square 
foot  of  surface  coated. 

85-3.  All  conduits  for  electric  wires,  unless  otherwise 
specified,  shall  be  rigid  type,  made  of  galvanized  iron  or 
steel  and  shall  be  built  in  or  on  the  walls  or  roof  or  other 
parts  of  the  tunnels.  The  Contractor  will  not  be  required 
to  furnish  or  place  wiring. 

85-4.  Electric  conduits  shall  be  delivered  on  the  work 
in  bundles  of  standard  length  pipe,  each  length  marked 
with  the  trade  mark  of  the  manufacturer.  They  shall 
bend  cold  ninety  (90)  degrees  about  a  radius  equal  to  ten 
(10)  diameters  without  flaw  or  fracture.  Samples  of  con- 
duits and  boxes  shall  be  submitted  for  approval  before 
proceeding  with  the  work. 

85-5.  Most  conduits  will  be  imbedded  in  concrete  or 
masonry,  but  portions  of  the  runs  may  be  left  exposed. 
All  conduits  shall  be  carefully  cleaned  both  before  and 
after  placing,  all  ends  shall  be  reamed  free  from  burrs, 
and  inside  surfaces  shall  be  free  from  all  imperfections 
which  might  injure  the  cable. 

85-6.  Conduits  built  into  concrete  or  other  parts  of 
the  structure  shall  be  properly  supported  and  protected 
so  as  to  prevent  their  injury  by  subsequent  operations. 


Amount  of 
coating. 


Tunnel 
conduits. 


Quality. 


Placing  and 
cleaning. 


Support  and 
protection. 


158 


Toints. 


Bends  and 
offsets. 


Conduits  to 
terminate  in 
outlet  boxes. 


Pull  and 
outlet  boxes. 


Air  flues. 


SPECIFICATIONS — GALVANIZED   METAL:    TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

Conduits  not  built  into  the  structure  shall  be  supported  by 
approved  pipe  straps  located  not  more  than  eight  (8)  feet 
apart,  or  in  any  other  manner  designated  by  the  Engin- 
eer, and  shall  be  kept  boxed  or  otherwise  suitably  pro- 
tected from  injury. 

85-7.  All  joints  shall  be  made  with  standard  couplings 
well  treated  with  red  lead.  All  free  ends  shall  be  threaded 
and  capped  and  all  connections  shall  be  water-tight. 

85-8.  Bends  and  offsets  may  be  made  on  the  work  if 
proper  tools  are  used,  but  in  no  case  shall  deformed,  split 
or  crushed  conduits  be  used.  All  bends  shall  be  of  as 
large  a  radius  as  possible.  Not  more  than  two  (2)  right- 
angle  bends  shall  be  made  between  any  two  (2)  outlet 
boxes  unless  permitted  by  the  Engineer. 

85-9.  Conduits  imbedded  in  concrete  or  masonry  shall 
be  brought  outside  such  concrete  or  masonry  at  the  ends 
of  the  runs  and  shall  terminate  in  outlet  boxes  or  in 
threaded  ends  properly  protected,  and  located  as  shown 
on  the  contract  drawings  or  as  required  by  the  Engineer. 

85-10.  Pull  and  outlet  boxes  and  plug  receptacles  shall 
be  weatherproof  (marine  type)  with  galvanized  cast-iron 
bodies  and  covers  provided  with  gas'kets.  The  covers 
shall  be  fastened  to  the  bodies  with  galvanized  screws. 

85-11.  Air  flues  shall  be  made  of  No.  20  gauge  galvan- 
ized sheet  metal,  reinforced  with  1"  x  V  x  */%"  plain  steel 
angles  and  malleable  iron  inserts,  with  copper  steel  set 
screws,  as  shown  on  the  contract  drawings.  The  air  flues 
shall  be  so  fastened  and  protected  as  to  avoid  being  in- 


159 


SPECIFICATIONS — GALVANIZED   METAL:    TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

jured  or  dented  while  concrete  is  being  placed  around 
them. 


85-12.  Tunnel  conduits  will  be  measured  for  payment 
at  their  actual  length  in  place  in  the  work,  without  de- 
ductions for  space  occupied  by  pull,  outlet  or  junction 
boxes,  and  payment  therefor  will  be  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item  85,  which  price  shall  be  in  full 
compensation  for  furnishing  and  placing  such  conduits 
complete  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or 
incidental  thereto,  including  bending,  cleaning,  attach- 
ments, connections  and  boxing. 

85-13.  Outlet  boxes  with  or  without  plug  receptacles, 
and  pull  boxes  in  place  and  connected,  will  be  estimated 
for  payment  at  the  number  of  each  so  placed  in 
accordance  with  the  drawings  or  orders,  and  pay- 
ment therefor  will  be  at  the  price  stipulated  in 
Schedule  Item  86  (a)  for  outlet  boxes  with  or  without  plug 
receptacles  and  in  Schedule  Items  86(b)  and  86(c), 
for  pull  boxes,  which  prices  shall  be  in  full  compensation 
for  furnishing  and  placing  such  boxes  or  boxes  and  re- 
ceptacles complete  and  all  expense  in  connection  there- 
with or  incidental  thereto,  including  attachments  and  con- 
nections. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
tunnel 
conduits. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
pull  and  out- 
let boxes. 


85-14.  Galvanized  sheet  metal  air  flues  will  be  esti- 
mated for  payment  at  the  number  placed  in  accordance 
with  the  drawings  or  orders,  and  payment  therefor  will 
be  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  80 (d),  which 
price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  furnishing  and 
placing  the  air  flues  complete  and  all  expense  in  con- 
nection therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  including  the  cor- 
ner and  frame  angles,  the  malleable  iron  inserts  and  the 
copper  steel  set  screws. 


Payment, 
air  flues. 


160 


Payment, 
miscellaneous 
galvanized  -iron 
fixtures. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAST  STEEL. 

85-15.  Miscellaneous  galvanized  iron  fixtures,  includ- 
ing galvanized  steel  guards  (curb  guards),  will  be 
estimated  for  payment  on  the  basis  of  the  quantity  ac- 
tually placed  in  accordance  with  the  drawings  or  orders. 
Weight  for  payment  will  be  the  actual  weight  in  place. 
Payment  for  miscellaneous  galvanized  iron  fixtures  will 
be  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  86(e),  which 
price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  furnishing  and 
placing  the  fixtures  complete  and  all  expense  in  con- 
nection therewith  or  incidental  thereto. 


ITEM  8&-CAST  STEEL. 


Open-hearth 
process. 


88-1.     Steel  for  castings  shall  be  made  by  the  open- 
hearth  process,  the  electric  furnace  process,  or  both. 


Chemical 
properties. 


True  and 
sound. 


Annealing. 


88-2.  Cast  steel  shall  contain  not  more  than  5/100  of 
1  per  centum  of  phosphorus,  5/100  of  1  per  centum  of 
sulphur,  8/10  of  1  per  centum  of  manganese  or  35/100 
of  1  per  centum  of  silicon. 

88-3.  Steel  castings  shall  be  true  to  pattern  and  free 
from  injurious  blow  holes  and  other  imperfections. 

88-4.     All  steel  castings  shall  be  annealed. 


Tensile  and 

bending 

requirements. 


88-5.  Cast  steel  shall  have  an  ultimate  tensile  strength 
of  not  less  than  65,000  pounds  per  square  inch,  a  yield 
point  at  not  less  than  35,000  pounds  per  square  inch, 
an  elongation  in  two  (2)  inches  of  not  less  than  twenty 
per  centum  (20%),  a  silky  or  fine  granular  fracture  and 
shall  be  capable  of  being  bent  120  degrees  around  a  bar 
of  diameter  three  times  the  thickness  of  the  specimen 
without  fracture. 


161 


Test  pieces. 


Number  of 
tests. 


Requirements, 
general. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAST  STEEL. 

88-6.  For  steel  castings,  the  tension  test  pieces  shall  be 
turned  to  a  uniform  minimum  section  of  one-half  (%) 
inch  diameter,  for  a  length  of  at  least  two  and  one-half 
(2^)  inches.  Specimens  for  bending  shall  be  one  (1) 
inch  by  one-half  (y2)  inch  in  section. 

88-7.  For  steel  castings,  the  number  of  tests  will  depend 
on  the  character  and  importance  of  the  castings.  Spe- 
cimens shall  be  cut  cold  from  coupons  molded  and  cast 
on  some  portion  of  one  or  more  castings  from  each  melt. 
The  coupon  shall  be  annealed  with  the  castings  before 
being  cut  off. 

88-8.  The  requirements  lor  cast  steel  as  to  making  chemi- 
cal determinations  to  be  furnished  by  the  Contractor  and 
the  manner  of  determining  the  yield  point  and  the  elon- 
gation shall  be  the  same  as  for  rolled  steel,  and  the  re- 
quirements as  to  the  general  character  of  workmanship, 
except  as  herein  specified,  shall  be  the  same  as  for  cast- 
iron. 


88-9.  The  cast-steel  tunnel  lining  shall  be  finished,  Cast-steel 
coated,  machined,  tested,  inspected,  weighed,  marked, 
erected  and  in  every  other  way  conform  to  the  require- 
ments (where  not  otherwise  specifically  stated)  specified 
for  cast-iron  lining,  including  taper  rings,  as  described 
in  Sections  90-3  to  90-14,  inclusive.  In  addition,  cast-steel 
pile  segments  shall  be  furnished,  together  with  the  neces- 
sary gaskets,  packing  and  closing  pieces,  for  the  purpose 
of  driving  piles  under  the  cast-steel  lining,  if  required. 

88-10.     The  actual  finished  weight  of  any  steel  casting     Variation 
shall  differ  by  not  more  than  four  per  centum  (4%)  from     in  weisht- 
the  Engineer's  calculated  weight.     The  aggregate  weight 
estimated  for  payment,  however,  shall  not  exceed  the  cal- 


162 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
cast-steel 
tunnel  lining. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
cast-steel 
pile  segments. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAST   IRON. 

ciliated  weight  by  more  than  two  per  centum  (2%).  In 
calculating  weights,  the  weight  of  one  (1)  cubic  foot  of 
cast-steel  will  be  taken  at  four  hundred  ninety  (490) 
pounds. 

88-11.  Measurement  and  payment  for  cast-steel  tunnel 
lining  (except  pile  segments)  will  be  made  in  the  manner 
specified  for  cast-iron  tunnel  lining  in  Section  90-16,  ex- 
cept that  weight  for  payment  will  be  subject  to  the  limi- 
tations of  Section  88-10  and  payment  will  be  made  at  the 
price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  88(a). 

88-12.  Measurement  and  payment  for  cast-steel  tunnel 
lining  pile  segments  will  be  made  in  the  manner  specified 
for  cast-iron  tunnel  lining  in  Section  90-16,  except  that 
weight  for  payment  will  be  subject  to  the  limitations  of 
Section  88-10,  and  payment  will  be  made  at  the  price  stip- 
ulated in  Schedule  Item  88  (b),  which  price  shall  include 
furnishing  and  placing  gaskets,  packing  and  closing 
pieces. 


ITEMS  90-95— CAST  IRON. 


CAST-IRON    TUNNEL    LINING. 


Chemical 
properties. 


90-1.  Cast  iron,  except  as  specified  in  Section  91-1  for 
pipes,  shall  be  tough  gray  iron  made  from  iron  remelted 
in  a  cupola  or  air  furnace  and  shall  contain  not  more  than 
six-tenths  of  one  per  centum  (0.6%)  of  phosphorus  and 
not  more  than  twelve-hundredths  of  one  per  centum 
(0.12%)  of  sulphur.  First-class  machinery  scrap  ap- 
proved by  the  Engineer  to  the  amount  of  thirty  per 
centum  (30%)  of  the  total  melt  may  be  used,  but  no  mill 
cinder,  white  or  burnt  iron,  or  any  other  scrap  iron, 
will  be  permitted  in  the  composition. 


163 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAST   IRON. 

90-2.  The  strength  of  the  iron  entering  into  castings 
shall  be  determined  by  means  of  the  "Arbitration  Bar." 
This  bar  is  to  be  one  and  one-quarter  (l1^)  inches  in 
diameter  and  fifteen  (15)  inches  long,  cast  vertically  under 
the  same  circumstances  as  those  which  attended  the  cast- 
ing of  the  full-sized  piece.  This  bar  shall  sustain  at  the 
center,  when  resting  upon  two  dull  knife  edges  twelve 
(12)  inches  apart,  a  load  of  three  thousand  (3,000)  pounds 
with  a  deflection  of  at  least  one-tenth  (1/10)  inch 
before  rupture. 

Two  (2)  sets  of  two  (2)  bars  shall  be  cast  from  each 
heat,  one  set  from  the  first  and  the  other  set  from  the 
last  iron  entering  into  the  castings.  Each  set  of  two  (2) 
bars  shall  be  made  in  a  single  mold. 

90-3.  Castings  shall  be  made  with  a  sinking  head  suffi- 
ciently high  to  insure  sound  metal  throughout.  They  must 
have  clean,  smooth  surfaces  and  must  be  free  from  blow 
holes,  cold  shuts,  flaws,  fins  and  surface  imperfections. 
Castings  having  blow  holes  plugged  or  puttied  will  be 
rejected.  Castings  shall  conform  accurately  to  the  form 
and  dimensions  shown  on  the  drawings,  and  sufficient 
allowance  must  be  made  for  machining.  Each  casting 
shall  have  its  distinguishing  letter  or  number  cast  in  it 
as  indicated  on  the  drawings.  All  castings  shall  be  neatly 
chiseled,  and  wire-brushed,  dressed,  sand  blasted  or  clean- 
ed by  other  approved  methods  before  leaving  the  foundry. 
Each  casting  shall  be  weighed  and  the  weight  distinctly 
marked  on  it  in  white  paint. 

90-4.  Green  sand  molds  are  to  be  used  in  casting  tun- 
nel segments  and  such  methods  of  moulding  shall  be 
employed  as  will  produce  a  casting  having  the  greatest 
resistance  to  corrosion.  The  segments  shall  be  poured 
from  iron  immediately  drawn  from  the  furnace,  and  in 
quantities  sufficient  to  fill  all  parts  of  the  mold  quickly. 
Sufficient  risers  shall  be  supplied  to  insure  sound  castings. 


Bending  test- 


Soundness 
and  finish. 


Tunnel 
segments. 


164 


Tests. 


Cored  holes. 


Protective 
covering. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAST   IRON. 

Segments  shall  be  broken  at  the  foundry  from  time  to 
time,  as  the  Engineer  may  require.  If  the  segments  are 
sound  and  of  a  strength  corresponding  with  that  required 
for  the  test  bar,  the  Commissions  will  pay  the  net  cost 
of  furnishing  and  breaking  unmaehined  castings,  less 
their  value  as  scrap.  If  such  segments  are  found  de- 
fective, the  expense  of  breaking  shall  be  borne  by  the 
Contractor  and  such  steps  shall  be  taken  by  the  foundry 
as  may  be  necessary  to  remedy  the  defects. 

90-5.  Bolt  holes  in  segments  of  the  cast-iron  tunnel 
lining  may  be  either  cored  or  drilled.  They  shall  be  cir- 
cular, of  one-fourth  (i/i)  inch  larger  diameter  than  the 
diameter  of  the  bolt  used,  shall  be  correctly  spaced  and 
shall  be  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  joint.  They 
shall  be  filleted  on  the  face  opposite  the  joint  as  shown 
on  the  drawings.  The  holes  in  segment  stiffeners  shall 
be  as  shown  on  the  contract  drawings. 

90-6.  Coal  tar  pitch  or  other  approved  coating  shall 
be  applied  to  the  segments  at  the  foundry.  The  pitch 
shall  be  distilled  free  from  naptha,  and  shall  be  deodor- 
ized in  a  mixture  of  five  per  centum  (5%)  of  linseed  oil 
and  must  not  be  hard  or  brittle  when  cold.  It  is  to  be 
heated  carefully  in  a  suitable  vessel  to  a  temperature  of 
three  hundred  degrees  (300°)  F.  and  maintained  at  this 
temperature  during  the  process  of  application.  It  shall 
be  replenished  frequently  as  it  deteriorates  or  thickens. 
The  coating  in  any  case  shall  be  of  such  composition  as 
will  best  protect  the  iron  and  of  such  a  consistency  that 
it  will  not  be  unduly  soft  in  warm  weather  or  chip  or  flake 
in  cold  weather.  Each  segment  shall  have  the  coating  ap- 
plied in  an  approved  manner  on  the  outside,  or  back, 
while  the  segment  is  at  a  temperature  above  one  hundred 
seventy-five  degrees  (175°)  F. 


165 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAST   IRON. 

90-7.  All  tunnel  segments  shall  have  the  outside 
of  the  flanges  machined  to  correct  form  and  di- 
mensions. After  a  segment  has  been  machined,  it 
shall  be  tested  by  applying  substantial  steel  tem- 
plates to  all  machined  faces,  the  templates  hav- 
ing the  exact  form  required  for  the  faces  and  having 
plugs  attached  of  the  exact  diameter  of  the  bolts  outside 
the  threads  and  of  sufficient  length  to  pass  entirely 
through  the  cored  holes.  The  plugs  must  enter  the  bolt 
holes  freely  and  the  joints  must  correspond  exactly  with 
the  template.  The  templates  shall  be  furnished  by  the 
Contractor  and  shall  be  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer. 

90-8.  Taper  rings  shall  be  used  to  correct  any  devia- 
tions in  the  tunnel  lining  from  the  line  and  grade  shown 
on  the  drawings,  also  to  prevent  binding  between  the 
shield  and  the  tunnel  lining. 

Taper  rings  shall  have  their  longitudinal  joints  ma- 
chined first  and  shall  then  be  machined  on  the  circum- 
ferential joints  while  the  segments  forming  a  complete 
ring  are  firmly  bolted  together.  While  the  ring  is  thus 
assembled,  it  shall  be  given  a  number  and  this  number 
shall  be  plainly  painted  on  each  segment  with  white  paint. 
The  figures  designating  its  place  in  the  ring  shall  be  cast 
in  each  end  of  each  segment.  Taper  rings  shall  have  their 
variation  in  width  cast  in  the  web.  The  segments  of  each 
taper  ring  shall  be  shipped  together.  A  sufficient  number 
of  complete  taper  rings  shall  always  be  on  hand  at  the 
work  ready  for  immediate  use. 

90-9.  Each  tunnel  segment  shall  have  a  rebate  extend- 
ing along  the  edge  of  the  flanges  to  form  a  caulking  re- 
cess after  the  segments  are  erected.  The  rebate  shall 
be  formed  in  molding,  shall  be  one  and  one-quarter  (1*4) 
inches  wide,  and  may  vary  in  depth,  from  the  plane  of 
the  machined  face  of  the  flange,  between  one-eighth  O/s) 
inch  and  three-sixteenths  (3/16)  inch. 


Joints  to  be 
machined. 


Taper  rings. 


Caulking 
recess. 


166 


Tunnel  seg- 
ments to  be 
interchangeable. 


Grouting  holes. 


Machined 
surfaces  to 
be  coated. 


.Lugs  for 
erection. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAST   IRON. 

90-10.  In  each  type  of  tunnel  ring,  except  taper  rings, 
all  similar  segments  shall  be  of  such  uniformity  in 
dimensions  that  they  will  be  interchangeable  with  each 
other  and  with  similar  segments  of  other  rings  of  the 
same  type.  The  spacing  of  bolt  holes  must  be  so  accu- 
rate that  any  two  (2)  rings  can  be  bolted  together  in  any 
relative  position.  These  requirements  shall  be  tested 
whenever  required  by  the  Engineer  by  assembling  and 
bolting  up  the  segments  for  at  least  three  (3)  rings  in  a 
horizontal  position,  under  which  conditions  the  faces  of 
the  rings  thus  bolted  up  shall  be  true  plane  surfaces. 
The  outer  edge  of  the  face  of  any  ring  shall  vary  no- 
where more  than  three-fourths  (%)  inch  from  a  true 
circle,  nor  shall  the  circumference  vary  more  than  three- 
fourths  (%)  inch  from  that  shown  on  the  drawings. 

90-11.  Each  tunnel  segment  shall  be  tapped  with  a 
hole  near  the  center  for  a  grouting  connection.  The  hole 
shall  be  threaded  with  a  standard  pipe  thread  and  closed 
by  a  screw  plug.  When  the  plug  is  screwed  tight,  the 
hole  must  be  entirely  filled  with  the  plug. 

90-12.  Machined  surfaces  shall  be  coated  before  leav- 
ing the  shop  with  a  mixture  of  white  lead  and  tallow. 

90-13.  If  the  Contractor  considers  it  desirable  for  the 
purpose  of  facilitating  erection  or  handling,  he  may  have 
the  tunnel  segment  cast  with  a  lug  or  bracket  of  a  form 
and  in  a  location  to  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
Engineer,  but  no  payment  will  be  made  for  such  lugs 
or  brackets,  and  their  weight,  as  computed  by  the  En- 
gineer, will  be  deducted  from  the  weight  of  the  casting 
in  estimating  the  weight  for  payment. 


167 

SPECIFICATIONS — CAST   IRON. 

90-14.  In  erecting  the  cast-iron  lining  special  pre-  Erection  of 
caution  shall  be  taken  to  preserve  the  circular  form  of 
the  tunnel  and  to  preserve  the  plane  of  the  face  of  the 
ring.  The  machine  surfaces  of  the  segments  shall  be 
cleaned  before  being  taken  into  the  tunnel  and  when  in 
contact  shall  be  perfectly  free  from  sand,  cement  or 
other  material  preventing  a  uniform  bearing.  Grom- 
mets,  as  specified  in  Section  60-17,  shall  be  placed  under 
the  washers  at  the  head  and  nut  of  each  bolt  at  the  time 
the  segment  is  being  bolted.  Each  segment  shall  be  bolted, 
immediately  upon  being  placed,  with  a  sufficient  num- 
ber of  bolts  to  hold  it  closely  and  firmly  in  contact  with 
adjacent  segments  before  the  succeeding  segment  is 
placed.  The  segments  in  the  invert  (the  number  of  seg- 
ments to  be  determined  by  the  Engineer)  shall  be  fully 
bolted  and  all  bolts  made  tight  before  the  remainder 
of  the  ring  is  erected.  Each  ring  shall  be  fully  bolted, 
all  bolts  made  tight  and  all  the  bolts  of  the  two 
(2)  preceding  rings  re-tightened  before  the  erection  of 
the  next  ring  is  begun.  A  method  of  tightening  will  be 
required  by  which  bolts  can  be  placed  under  a  unit  stress 
of  twenty-five  thousand  (25,000)  pounds  per  square  inch 
and  a  bolt  will  not  be  considered  tight  until  placed  under 
this  stress.  As  soon  as  a  ring  is  erected,  temporary  tie- 
rods,  if  required,  of  sufficient  strength  to  prevent  dis- 
tortion of  the  tunnel  lining,  provided  with  turnbuckles, 
shall  be  attached  to  the  flanges  by  means  of  clevises 
and  shall  be  kept  tightly  drawn  up  to  prevent  distortion 
of  the  ring.  These  tie-rods  are  to  be  placed  on  any 
diameter  according  to  the  directions  of  the  Engineer  and 
shall  not  be  removed  until  all  tendency  to  distortion  dis- 
appears, and  should  such  tendency  reappear  at  any  time, 
they  shall  be  replaced  immediately.  The  segments  in 
the  successive  rings  shall  break  joints  as  fully  as  pos- 
sible. Before  any  ring  is  erected,  the  last  ring  erected 


168 


Variation 
in  weight. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
cast-iron  tunnel 
lining. 


SPECIFICATIONS — CAST  IRON. 

will  be  carefully  examined  and  any  broken  or  cracked 
segments  shall  be  replaced  by  sound  ones.  Any  segments 
subsequently  found  broken  or  defective  shall  be  removed 
and  replaced,  if  required  by  the  Engineer,  or  he  may,  at 
his  option,  in  lieu  of  such  replacement  require  that  the 
segment  be  repaired  in  place  or  otherwise  strengthened 
and  reinforced  to  his  satisfaction. 

90-15.  The  actual  finished  weight  of  any  casting,  ex- 
cept as  otherwise  specified  for  pipes  in  Section  91-18, 
shall  differ  by  not  more  than  two  and  one-half  per  centum 
(2%%)  from  the  Engineer's  calculated  weight.  The 
aggregate  weight  estimated  for  payment,  however,  shall 
not  exceed  the  calculated  weight  by  more  than  one  per 
centum  (1%).  In  calculating  weights,  the  weight  of  one 
(1)  cubic  foot  of  cast-iron  will  be  taken  at  four  hundred 
fifty  (450)  pounds. 

90-16.  Cast-iron  tunnel  lining,  including  the  lining  in 
the  cross  passage  and  all  special  and  taper  rings,  will  be 
estimated  for  payment  on  the  basis  of  the  quantity  ac- 
tually placed  in  accordance  with  the  drawings  or  orders. 
Weight  for  payment  will  be  the  invoice  weight  of  all  cast- 
iron  so  placed,  subject  to  the  limitations  specified  in  Sec- 
tion 90-15,  including  the  weight  of  grouting  plugs,  but  not 
including  the  weight  of  lugs  or  brackets  attached  for  the 
purpose  of  facilitating  erecting  and  handling  or  the  weight 
of  materials  used  in  caulking  or  recaulking  joints.  The 
weight  of  castings  broken  and  removed  will  not 
be  estimated  for  payment.  Broken  or  defective  cast- 
ings left  in  place  in  the  lining,  but  repaired,  strengthened 
or  reinforced,  will  be  included  for  payment;  but  no  allow- 
ance will  be  made  for  any  expense  incurred  in  such  re- 
pair, strengthening  or  reinforcing. 

Payment  for  cast-iron  tunnel  lining  will  be  at  the  price 


169 


SPECIFICATION  S — PIPE. 

stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  90,  which  price  shall  be 
in  full  compensation  for  furnishing  and  erecting  the  cast- 
iron  lining,  including  the  caulking,  complete  and  all  ex- 
pense in  connection  therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  in- 
cluding repairing,  strengthening  and  reinforcing,  where 
required,  all  recaulking,  filling  and  pointing  the  joints;  but 
not  including  tunnel  bolts  provided  for  in  Schedule  Item 
76. 

CAST-IRON   PIPE   AND   SPECIAL   CASTINGS. 


New  pipe. 


Cast  iron 
for  pipes. 


91-1.  New  cast-iron  pipe,  except  gas  pipe  and  special 
pipe  used  in  sub-surface  changes,  shall  conform  to  the 
specifications  of  this  Item. 

For  gas  pipes  and  special  pipes,  the  weights  and  all 
other  requirements  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  stand- 
ard specifications  and  requirements  of  the  owners  of  such 
pipes,  but  weight  for  payment  will  be  estimated  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  this  Item. 

Cast-iron  pipes  and  special  castings  shall  be  made  of 
pig  iron  remelted  in  a  cupola  or  air-furnace,  without  any 
admixture  of  mill  cinder,  white  or  burnt  iron,  or  other  in- 
ferior metal.  The  iron  shall  be  of  such  character  as  to 
make  a  pipe  strong,  tough  and  of  even  grain,  entirely  free 
from  uncombined  carbon  when  seen  under  the  micro- 
scope, and  such  as  will  bear  satisfactorily  drilling  and 
cutting,  and  shall  have  a  tensile  strength  of  at  least  six- 
teen thousand  (16,000)  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Other  requirements  not  specifically  mentioned  under 
this  Item  are  to  be  as  specified  in  Item  90  for  cast-iron 
tunnel  lining. 


91-2.     The  pipes  shall  be  designated  by  their  interior     Designated 
j.  by  interior 

diameters.  diameter. 


170 


To  be 
cylinders. 


Straight  pipe. 


Length  of 
straight  pipe. 


Hubs  and 
spigots. 


Sockets  and 
spigots  to 
be  straight 
and  even. 


Bands,  lugs, 
etc. 


General  re- 
quirements. 


SPECIFICATIONS — PIPE. 

91-3.  The  pipes  shall  be  circular  cylinders  with  the 
inner  and  outer  surfaces  concentric  and  of  the  full  in- 
terior diameter  required. 

91-4.  All  straight  pipe  shall  be  straight  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  axis  of  the  cylinder. 

91-5.  The  straight  pipe  shall  be  twelve  (12)  feet  long 
exclusive  of  hub,  except  where  the  use  of  shorter  pipe  is 
directed.  Other  pipe  shall  be  of  such  lengths  as  may  be 
directed. 

91-6.  The  hub  or  socket  and  the  spigot  ends  of  pipe 
used  in  sub-surface  structures  shall  be  shaped  in  exact 
conformity ,  with  the  standards  of  the  City  Department 
having  jurisdiction  over  the  same,  and  will  be  tested  by 
circular  gauges.  Tunnel  service  pipe  shall  conform  to 
the  same  standards. 

91-7.  The  seat  or  shoulder  of  the  socket  and  the  end 
of  the  spigot  shall  be  straight  and  even  and  at  right 
angles  to  the  axis  of  the  pipe,  so  as  to  make  a  smooth, 
tight  joint.  Special  care  will  be  required  in  making  the 
sockets  and  spigots  conform  to  the  drawings.  No  pipe 
will  be  received  if  its  eccentricity  at  either  the  socket  or 
the  spigot  end  exceeds  one-tighth  (%)  inch  or  if  its  dimen- 
sions differ  by  more  than  one-eighth  (Vs)  inch  from  those 
required. 

91-8.  Bands,  lugs,  buttons  or  ribs  of  such  forms  and 
dimensions  as  the  Engineer  may  direct  shall,  if  required, 
be  cast  on  the  pipes. 

91-9.  The  thickness  and  weights  of  all  sub-surface  pipe, 
methods  of  laying  and  testing  and  all  other  requirements 
for  such  pipe  shall  conform  strictly  to  the  standard  re- 


171 


SPECIFICATIONS — PIPE. 


quirements  of  the   City  Department  having  jurisdiction 
over  the  same. 


91-10.     The   weights   of   straight   sub-surface   pipe,   in     Weights  of 

pounds  per  length  of  twelve  (12)  feet,  shall  be  as  follows:     straight  sub- 
surface pipe. 


4-inch 265 

6- 

8- 
10- 
12- 
16- 
20- 


416* 

30- 

542 

36- 

766* 

42- 

1018 

48- 

1458 

60- 

1979 

24-inch 2965 

4460 

5920 

special 

9886 

special 


*In  case  of  the  six  (6)  and  ten  (10)  inch  pipes  used  in 
the  tunnels,  the  weights  of  straight  pipe  in  pounds  per 
length  of  twelve  (12)  feet  shall  be  as  follows: 

6-inch 430 

10-inch 850 

91-11.  The  character  of  metal  for  castings  and 
the  finish  of  castings  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  re- 
requirements  specified  in  Sections  90-2  and  90-3  for  cast- 
iron  tunnel  lining,  and  in  accordance  with  the  require- 
ments specified  in  this  Item. 

91-12.  All  straight  pipes  shall  be  cast  vertically,  and 
all  pipes  twelve  (12)  inches  or  more  in  diameter  shall  be 
cast  with  the  hub  end  down. 

91-13.  All  castings  shall  be  made  in  such  moulding- 
sand  or  loam  as  will  leave  the  surface  clean  and  smooth. 


Weights  of 
tunnel  pipe. 


Character  and 
finish  of 
castings. 


Straight  pipe 
cast  vertically. 


Surface  finish. 


91-14.      All    castings    shall    have    the    year    in    which 

.,  Distinguishing 

they  are  cast,  the  running  number  of  the  castings  of  the 


172 


SPECIFICATIONS — PIPE. 

same  size  and  form,  the  letters  H.  R.  V.  T.,  the  initials  or 
name  of  the  Contractor  and  of  the  foundry  where  cast, 
cast  on  the  outer  side  in  raised  letters  not  less  than  two 
(2)  inches  in  length  and  one-eighth  (%)  inch  in 
relief,  in  such  manner  as  the  Engineer  may  designate; 
and  in  addition  all  castings  must  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  City  Department  having  jurisdiction  over  the 
same. 


Cleaning. 


Thickness  to 
be  calipered. 


Variation  in 
thickness. 


Variation  in 
weight. 


91-15.  The  castings  shall  be  perfectly  cleaned  and  no 
lumps  shall  be  left  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  barrels  or 
sockets  or  on  the  outer  surface  of  the  spigot  end.  The 
castings  shall  be  subject  to  hammer  inspection. 
Wire  brushes  shall  be  used  to  remove  material  adhering 
to  the  castings  as  well  as  softer  brushes  to  remove  the 
loose  dust.  No  acid  or  other  liquid  shall  be  used  in  clean- 
ing the  castings. 

91-16.  The  thickness  of  the  metal  of  the  pipes  and 
special  castings  will  be  tested  by  calipers  after  the  cast- 
ings have  been  freed  from  sand  and  cleaned. 

91-17.  No  pipe  will  be  received  when  the  thickness  of 
metal  is  less  by  more  than  one-twelfth  (1/12)  inch  than 
the  thickness  required  by  the  standards. 

91-18.  Any  straight  pipe,  the  weight  of  which  is  de- 
ficient by  more  than  the  following  stated  percentage  of 
the  standard  weight,  will  be  rejected: 

For  pipe  16  inches  or  less  in  diameter,  5%. 
For  pipe  over  16  inches  in  diameter,  4%. 

Excess  weight  in  any  one  pipe  not  exceeding  the  above 


173 

SPECIFIC  ATIONS — PIPE. 

stated  percentages  will  be  estimated  for  payment  when 
payment  for  pipe  is  made  by  weight.  The  total  weight 
to  be  estimated  for  payment,  however,  shall  not  exceed, 
for  each  size  of  pipe  received,  the  sum  of  the  standard 
weights  of  the  same  number  of  pieces  of  the  given  size  by 
more  than  two  per  centum  (2%). 

(The  term  "standard  weight"  as  above  used  in  connec- 
tion with  straight  pipe  shall  be  taken  to  mean  the  stand- 
ard weight  corresponding  to  the  actual  laying  length  of 
the  pipe  as  furnished.) 

Any  special  castings,  the  weight  of  which  is  deficient  by 
more  than  the  following  stated  percentages  of  the  stand- 
ard weight,  will  be  rejected: 

For  special  castings  12  inches  or  less  in  diameter, 

%. 

For  special  castings  over  12  inches  in  diameter, 


70  > 


Excess  weight  in  any  one  special  casting,  not  exceeding 
the  following  stated  percentages,  will  be  estimated  for 
payment  when  payment  for  pipe  is  made  by  weight: 

For  special  castings  12  inches  or  less  in  diameter, 
8%. 

For  special  castings  over  12  inches  in  diameter, 


The  total  weight  to  be  estimated  for  payment,  however, 
shall  not  exceed,  for  the  special  castings  received,  the  sum 
of  the  standard  weights  of  the  same  number  of  special 
castings  by  more  than  five  per  centum 


91-19.     After  being  cleaned  and  while  still  hot,   at  a     Protective 
temperature  of  about  three  hundred  degrees   (300°)   F.,     coatm&- 


174 


Hydraulic  test. 


Weighing  and 
marking. 


Specials. 


SPECIFICATIONS — PIPE. 

cast-iron  pipe  and  other  castings  not  specifically  required 
to  be  painted  shall  be  dipped  in  a  bath  of  coal  tar  pitch 
as  specified  in  Section  90-6,  or  other  approved  coating 
previously  heated  to  the  same  temperature.  If  it  should 
be  impracticable  to  dip  the  castings  before  cooling,  they 
shall  be  completely  coated  inside  and  outside,  immedi- 
ately after  cleaning,  with  linseed  oil  to  prevent  rusting 
until  dipped.  When  dipped  the  castings  shall  remain  in 
the  bath  until  they  have  attained  a  temperature  of  three 
hundred  degrees  (300°)  F.  No  castings  shall  be  dipped 
after  rust  has  set  in.  After  being  dipped,  the  castings 
shall  be  removed  slowly  from  the  bath  and  laid  on  skids 
to  drip  and  cool  before  machining. 

91-20.  After  being  dipped,  all  pipe  shall  be  subjected, 
at  the  foundry,  at  the  Contractor's  expense,  to  an 
internal  hydraulic  pressure  of  not  less  than  three  hun- 
dred (300)  pounds  per  square  inch.  Any  piece  which 
shows  any  defects  by  leaking,  sweating  or  otherwise,  will 
be  rejected. 

91-21.  Each  casting  shall  be  weighed  and  the  weight 
distinctly  marked  on  it  in  white  paint.  The  Contractor 
shall  provide  free  of  charge  at  the  foundry  where  the 
pipes  are  to  be  cast  the  use  of  properly  sealed  scales  and 
weights  for  weighing  the  castings  under  the  supervision 
of  the  Inspector. 

91-22.  Stop  cocks,  boxes,  branches,  curved  pipe  and 
other  specials  required  for  new  water  pipes  shall  be 
furnished  and  set  where  necessary  according  to  the 
standards  of  the  City  Department  having  jurisdiction  over 
the  same,  or  in  the  tunnel  as  required  by  the  Engineer. 


175 


SPECIFICATION  S — PIPE. 

91-23.  Each  pipe  shall  be  properly  supported  on  blocks 
and  wedged  lo  the  required  elevation  as  directed  by  the 
Engineer. 

91-24.  The  spigot  end  of  the  pipe  shall  be  inserted 
into  the  hub  to  within  from  one-fourth  (14)  to  one-eighth 
(a/s)  inch  of  the  full  depth  of  the  hub,  and  the  space 
around  the  pipe  shall  be  equalized  so  as  to  give  as  nearly 
as  possible  an  equal  space  for  the  packing.  The  space 
between  the  pipe  and  hub  shall  be  packed  with  clean, 
sound  jute,  hemp  or  sisal  packing  yarn,  free  from  tar,  far 
enough  to  leave  the  proper  space  for  lead.  The  remain- 
ing space  shall  then  be  filled  by  running  it  full  of  lead, 
leaving  a  bead  outside  of  the  face  of  the  hub  large  enough 
to  allow  for  thorough  caulking.  After  the  joint  shall 
have  been  run  with  lead,  it  shall  be  caulked  by  means  of 
proper  tools  so  as  to  make  a  water-tight  joint. 

91-25.  The  lead  to  be  used  for  caulking  shall  be  of 
the  best  quality  of  pure  soft  lead  and  shall  be  in  every 
respect  suitable  for  the  purpose. 

91-26.  Weight  for  payment  will  be  the  invoice  weight 
of  all  pipe  and  special  castings  entering  into  the  struc- 
ture, subject  to  the  limitations  of  Section  91-18  as  to  ex- 
cess weight. 

91-27.  Payment  for  furnishing  new  cast-iron  pipe  re- 
quired for  sub-surface  structures,  and  having  either  bell 
and  spigot  or  universal  joints,  including  both  straight 
pipe  and  special  castings,  will  be  at  the  price  stipulated 
in  Schedule  Item  91  or  92. 


Supporting 
pipes. 


Joints. 


Lead. 


Payment 
weight. 


Payment 
for  pipe. 


91-28.     Payment  for  furnishing  and  placing  new  cast- 


Payment  for 
gratings  and 

iron   manhole   and   catch  basin   fixtures,   eratines,   drain     miscellaneous 

castings. 
covers  and  castings  not  otherwise  provided  for,  but  not 


176 


Gate  valves 
and  hydrants. 


Cast-iron 
tunnel  service 
pipe. 


Payment   for 
cast-iron  tunnel 
service  pipe. 


SPECIFICATION  S — PIPE. 

including  pipe  or  pipe  fittings,  will  be  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item  95 (a),  which  price  shall  be  in  full 
compensation  for  furnishing  and  placing  the  castings 
complete,  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or 
incidental  thereto,  including  rubber  gaskets. 

91-29.  Payment  for  furnishing  new  valves  or  hydrants, 
not  otherwise  herein  provided  for,  will  be  made  as  pro- 
vided in  Schedule  Item  300. 

ITEM  100-TUNNEL  SERVICE  PIPE. 

100-1.  Cast-iron  water,  discharge  and  other  tun- 
nel service  pipe  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  for 
cast-iron  pipe  as  specified  in  Sections  91-1  to  91-29,  in- 
clusive. It  shall  be  laid  to  the  line  and  grade  furnished 
by  the  Engineer,  shall  be  caulked  with  lead  as  specified 
in  Sections  91-24  and  91-25  and  shall  be  tested  under 
hydrostatic  pressure  to  two  hundred  (200)  pounds 
per  square  inch  in  accordance  with  the  methods  pre- 
scribed in  Section  83-3.  If  the  pipe  is  encased  in  con- 
crete, the  hydrostatic  test  shall  be  applied  before  the  con- 
crete is  placed. 

100-2.  Cast-iron  water,  discharge  and  other  tun- 
nel and  shaft  service  pipe,  including  bell  and  spigot 
elbows  and  tees,  flanged,  faced  and  drilled  elbows  and 
tees,  and  all  other  specials  will  be  measured  for  payment 
at  the  actual  length  as  laid,  without  deductions  for  space 
occupied  by  valves,  and  payment  therefor  will  be  at  the 
appropriate  price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  100,  which 
price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for  furnishing  and 
placing  the  pipe  lines  complete  and  all  expense  in  con- 
nection therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  including  wyes, 
tees  and  other  specials,  capping  of  dead  ends,  setting 


177 


Payment  for 
valves  and 
traps. 


Number  of 
coats. 


SPECIFICATIONS — PAINTING. 

valves  and  traps  (but  not  furnishing  valves  and  traps), 
caulking,  testing  and  making  connections  with  the  water 
main,  sewer  or  other  pipe. 

100-3.  Payment  for  furnishing  connections,  nip- 
ples, valves  and  traps  will  be  made  as  provided  in  Sched- 
ule Item  300. 

ITEM  105— PAINTING. 

105-1.  All  metal  work,  excepting  as  otherwise  herein 
provided,  shall  be  painted  with  three  (3)  coats  of  paint, 
as  follows:  shop  coat,  second  coat  and  finishing  coat. 

The  finishing  coat  will  be  gray  paint  if  adjacent  to 
concrete,  otherwise  black  paint. 


105-2.  Paint  shall  be  subject  to  inspection  at  the  place  Inspection. 
of  manufacture  and  to  such  tests  as  may  be  ordered  by 
the  Engineer.  The  Inspector  shall  have  access,  at  all 
times,  to  all  places  to  inspect  the  methods  of  manufacture, 
and  shall  have  liberty  to  inspect  the  daily  laboratory 
records  and  analyses  of  all  such  paints  as  are  subject 
to  his  inspection. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  all  facilities  required  for 
the  proper  inspection  of  the  paint  and  its  manufacture. 
All  containers  will  be  scaled  by  the  Inspector  at  the  time 
of  inspection. 


105-3.     All  proportions  mentioned  in  this  specification 
are  by  weight,  except  when  otherwise  noted. 

105-4.    The  paint  formulae  are  as  follows : 

PAINT  FORMULAE. 

Second  Finishing  Coat 
Shop  Coat       Coat       Gray     Black 

Pigment      500  Ibs.        49%       60%       26% 

Vehicle     16V2  gal.      51  %      40%       74% 


Proportions 
by  weight. 


Paint  formulae. 


178 


Weights. 


Mixing. 


SPECIFICATIONS — PAINTING. 

VEHICLE  FORMULAE. 

Raw  Linseed  Oil 2/3  by  volume  90%       92% 

Boiled  Linseed  Oil   . .  1/3  by  volume 

Drier  10%         8% 

PIGMENT  FORMULAE. 


Red  Lead  100% 

Red  Iron  Oxide 

Lampblack 

Magnesium  Silicate   . .          

Silica     

Sublimed  White  Lead         

White  Zinc 


30% 

42% 


10% 
13% 


25% 

50% 
10% 
15% 


60% 
30% 


The  standard  weight  of  second  coat  shall  be  12  pounds 
10  ounces  per  gallon.  The  standard  weight  of  finishing 
coat  (gray)  shall  be  14  pounds  6  ounces  per  gallon.  The 
standard  weight  of  finishing  coat  (black)  shall  be  9 
pounds  5  ounces  per  gallon. 

105-5.  The  shop  coat  of  paint  shall  be  mixed,  as 
needed,  in  such  quantities  as  can  be  used  before  it  thick- 
ens in  the  container.  Any  paint  which  settles  and  thick- 
ens before  use  shall  be  rejected  and  a  new  paint  mixed. 

The  second  and  finishing  coats  shall  be  furnished  in  a 
ready  mixed  form  and  shall  be  used  without  the  subse- 
quent addition  of  any  material. 

All  paints  must  be  properly  prepared,  using  only  the 
specified  materials  in  the  proportions  stated,  with  an 
allowable  variation  therefrom  of  not  over  two  per  centum 
(2%)  in  the  quantity  of  any  material  therein.  The  paint 


*Use  sufficient  lampblack  to  make  standard  shade. 


179 


SPECIFICATIONS  —  PAINTING. 

must  not  vary  more  than  four  (4)  ounces  per  gallon  from 
the  standard  weight. 

105-6.  Raw  linseed  oil  shall  conform  to  the  specifica- 
tions of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  for 
the  purity  of  raw  linseed  oil  from  North  American  Seed, 
as  revised  in  1915. 

Boiled  linseed  oil  shall  conform  to  the  specifications  of 
the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  adopted  in 
1915.  When  linseed  oil  is  flowed  over  a  plate  of  glass 
and  allowed  to  drain  in  a  nearly  vertical  position,  it  shall 
dry  free  from  tackiness  in  15  hours  at  70  degrees  F. 

The  drier  shall  be  a  pure  oil  drier  consisting  of  lead 
and  manganese  salts  dissolved  in  linseed  oil  and  thinned 
with  turpentine  as  follows: 

Fifteen  pounds  of  manganese  dioxide  plus  20  pounds 
of  red  lead,  dissolved  in  50  gallons  of  varnish  maker's 
linseed  oil,  boiled  to  proper  consistency  and  thinned  with 
50  gallons  of  turpentine. 

Turpentine  shall  be  gum  turpentine  and  shall  conform 
to  the  specifications  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  adopted  in  1915. 


Raw  linseed  oil. 


Boiled 
oil. 


linseed 


Drier. 


Turpentine. 


105-7.  Red  lead  for  the  shop  coat  shall  be  of  the  best 
quality,  free  from  all  adulteration  and  shall  contain  not 
less  than  80%  nor  more  than  90%  "true  red  lead" 
(Pb3O4),  not  over  1%  inert  hearth  materials  (such  as 
silica  and  alumina)  and  not  more  than  0.1%  metallic 
lead;  the  remainder  shall  be  pure  lead  monoxide  (PbO). 
It  must  contain  no  organic  coloring  matter  and  when 
shaken  up  with  water  shall  show  no  alkaline  reaction.  It 
shall  be  of  such  fineness  that  99%  %  will  pass  through  a 
standard  200  mesh  sieve. 

Red  lead  for  the  second  and  finishing  coats  shall  be  of 
the  best  quality,  free  from  all  adulteration  and  shall  con- 


Red  lead  for 
shop  coat. 


Red  lead  for 
second  and 
finishing    coats. 


180 


Lampblack. 


Magnesium 
silicate. 


Silica. 


Red  iron 
oxide. 


Sublimed 
white  lead. 


White  zinc. 


SPECIFICATIONS — PAINTING. 

tain  not  less  than  85%  "true  red  lead"  (Pb304),  not  over 
1%  inert  hearth  materials  (such  as  silica  and  alumina) 
and  not  more  than  0.1%  metallic  lead;  the  remainder  shall 
be  pure  lead  monoxide  (PbO).  It  must  contain  no  or- 
ganic coloring  matter  and  when  shaken  up  with  water 
shall  show  no  alkaline  reaction.  It  shall  be  of  such  fine- 
ness that  99%%  will  pass  through  a  standard  200  mesh 
sieve. 

Dry  lampblack  must  be  absolutely  neutral  and  contain 
at  least  98%,  by  weight,  of  pure  carbon.  The  tinting 
power  of  lampblack  used  in  the  finishing  coat  must  be 
the  same  as  the  standard  sample. 

Magnesium  silicate  shall  be  a  finely  ground  material 
of  crystalline  structure  and  shall  equal  the  standard 
sample. 

Silica  shall  be  ground  from  rock  crystal  and  water 
floated.  It  shall  be  99%  pure  silica  (Si02)  and  shall  be  of 
such  fineness  that  99%  shall  pass  through  a  standard 
200  mesh  sieve.  It  shall  equal  the  standard  sample. 

Red  iron  oxide  shall  contain  at  least  85%  ferric  oxide, 
the  remainder  to  consist  of  silicates.  The  oxide  shall  con- 
tain no  soluble  sulphates,  no  free  acids,  shall  give  a  neu- 
tral reaction  and  shall  contain  not  over  0.1%  sulphur  in 
any  form.  It  shall  be  free  from  grit  and  shall  equal  the 
standard  sample  in  shade,  quality  and  tinting  power. 

Sublimed  white  lead  shall  be  a  true  basic  sulphate  of 
lead  containing  not  less  than  15%  combined  lead  mon- 
oxide (PbO),  not  over  5%  zinc  oxide  (ZnO),  and  shall 
contain  not  more  than  .075%  of  free  sulphur  dioxide 
(SO2).  Sublimed  while  lead  shall  equal  in  whiteness,  fine- 
ness, body  and  covering  qualities  the  standard  sample. 

White  zinc  shall  be  "American  process,"  and  shall 
contain  at  least  93%,  by  weight,  oxide  of  zinc  (ZnO),  not 
more  than  0.2%  of  sulphur  in  any  form  nor  more  than 
.075%  free  sulphur  dioxide  (S02).  White  zinc  shall  equal 


181 

SPECIFICATIONS — PAINTING. 

in  whiteness,  fineness,  body  and  covering  qualities   the 
standard  sample. 

105-8.      The  paint  for  the  second  and  finishing  coats 

Tests  for 

shall  be  so  finely  ground  that  it  will  pass  each  of  the     second  and 

r    ,,        .  finishing  coats. 

tollowmg  tests: 

(a)  When  a  small  amount  is  placed  upon  a  piece 
of  glass  and  the  glass  placed  in  a  vertical  position, 
there  shall  be  no  separation  of  the  oil  from  the 
pigments  for  at  least  one   (1)   hour.     This  test  is 
to  be  conducted  at  70°  F. 

(b)  Fill  a  %  inch  test  tube  with  pure  raw  lin- 
seed oil  to  a  height  of  3%  inches  and  add  paint 
until  the  height  of  the  oil  is  five   (5)   inches  from 
the  bottom.     Cork,  shake  well  and  let  stand  in  a 
vertical  position  for  two   (2)   hours.     The  opaque 
mass  must  not  have  settled  down  more  than   y2 
inch  and  there  must  be  no  separation  of  the  coarser 
particles  in  the  bottom  of  the  test  tube.     This  test 
is  to  be  conducted  at  70°  F. 

(c)  At  least  98%  of  the  extracted  pigment  shall 
pass  through  a  standard  200  mesh  sieve. 

(d)  When  rubbed  with  a  spatula  on  a  piece  of 
glass  there  shall  be  no  feeling  of  grittiness. 

105-9.     By  standard  200  mesh  sieve  is  meant  the  200    sieve, 
mesh  sieve  described  in  the  specifications  of  the  Ameri- 
can Society  for  Testing  Materials  for  Portland  cement, 
adopted  August  16,  1909. 

105-10.     The    shade   of   the   gray   finishing   coat   shall    G       finishing 
match  the  shade  of  the  standard  sample.  coat 


182 


SPECIFICATIONS — PAINTING. 

The  paint  shall  dry  under  normal  conditions,  dust  free, 
in  12  hours,  and  so  as  to  be  satisfactorily  recoated  in  not 
less  than  24  hours  nor  more  than  48  hours. 

The  amount  of  hygroscopic  moisture  in  the  finished  paint 
shall  not  exceed  0.5%. 

There  shall  be  no  resin  in  the  paint  as  indicated  by 
the  Liebermann-Storch  reaction. 


Paint  not  to 
curdle,   etc. 


105-11.  The  paint  shall  not  liver  nor  curdle  and  must 
cover  properly  and  work  freely  under  the  brush.  The 
pigment  shall  remain  in  suspension  in  a  satisfactory  man- 
ner. 


Place  of 

manufacture. 


Standard 
samples. 


Samples  from 

original 

packages. 


Shop  coat. 


105-12.  Tests  will  be  made  against  standard  samples. 
Such  analyses  as  are  required  will  be  made  by  the  En- 
gineer. 

Due  to  the  cost  of  inspection,  the  Contractor  will  be 
required  to  obtain  paint  which  is  made  within  a  distance 
of  one  hundred  (100)  miles  from  New  York  City.  By 
distance  from  New  York  City  is  meant  the  distance  by 
railroad  of  the  paint  factory  from  Manhattan  Island. 

Samples  of  standard  ingredients  and  of  the  finished 
paints  are  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Engineer.  Paints 
and  their  ingredients  shall  conform  to  these  standard 
samples.  The  Contractor  shall  submit  separate  samples 
of  all  ingredients  intended  for  use  in  the  paints,  and  upon 
approval  of  same  shall  then  submit  two  one-pint  samples 
of  paint  for  approval. 

In  those  details  where  no  special  instructions  are  given 
the  paint  and  its  manufacture  shall  conform  to  the  best 
accepted  practice. 

All  materials  for  shop  coat  shall  be  delivered,  inspected 
and  sampled  in  their  original  packages. 

105-13.  All  metal  work  shall  be  scraped  free  from 
scale  and  rust  and  shall  receive  one  coat  of  red  lead 


183 


SPECIFICATION  S — PAINTING. 

paint,  as  herein  specified,  before  leaving  the  shop.  All 
surfaces  which  come  in  contact  or  are  enclosed  shall  be 
painted  before  being  assembled.  All  turned  or  faced 
surfaces  shall  receive  a  coat  of  white  lead  and  tallow 
before  leaving  the  shop.  If  the  Engineer  so  directs,  the 
shop  coat  will  be  omitted  on  members  or  parts  of  mem- 
bers to  be  imbedded  in  concrete,  or  to  be  covered  with 
waterproofing  material. 

105-14.  Where  the  shop  coat  has  become  damaged  be- 
fore or  after  erection,  through  any  cause  whatever,  it 
shall  be  renewed  with  the  same  kind  of  paint  as  originally 
used,  such  renewal  to  be  considered  as  a  part  of  the 
original  shop  coat.  Exposed  field  driven  rivets  shall  be 
given  a  shop  coat. 

105-15.  After  erection  the  metal  shall  be  thoroughly 
cleaned  of  all  dirt,  rust  or  scale  by  stiff  wire  brushes  or 
sand  blast,  as  directed,  and  afterward  dusted.  The  En- 
gineer may  require  that  all  steel  after  cleaning  shall  be 
wiped  with  a  cloth  dipped  in  a  mixture  composed  of  one- 
half  (y2)  benzine  and  one-half  (%)  turpentine.  When 
the  above  mixtures  has  practically  dried,  but  before  be- 
coming absolutely  dry,  the  steel  shall  be  thoroughly  and 
evenly  painted  with  the  second  coat  prescribed  herein. 
No  paint  shall  be  applied  until  the  cleaning  has  been 
passed  upon  by  the  Inspector. 

105-16.  The  finishing  coat  shall  be  applied  at  such 
time  after  the  application  of  the  second  coat  and  before 
final  acceptance  of  the  work  as  in  the  judgment  of  the  En- 
gineer shall  be  advisable.  All  steelwork  adjacent  to  con- 
crete shall  be  painted  with  the  gray  finishing  coat.  Al] 
other  steelwork  shall  be  painted  with  the  black  finishing 
coat. 


Renewal  of 
shop  coat. 


Cleaning  before 
painting. 


Finishing  coat. 


184 


Inaccessible 
surfaces. 


SPECIFICATIONS — NON-CORROSIVE  METAL. 

105-17.  Surfaces  of  exposed  members  inaccessible 
after  erection  shall  be  cleaned  and  painted  before  erec- 
tion. 


Recesses   to 
be  filled. 


To  be  applied 
uniformly. 


When  not 
permitted. 


Payment. 


105-18.  All  recesses  that  might  contain  water, 
or  through  which  water  could  enter,  must  be  filled  with 
thick  paint  or  a  waterproof  cement  of  ground  skins  be- 
fore receiving  the  final  painting. 

All  surfaces  so  close  together  as  to  prevent  the  inser- 
tion of  a  brush  must  be  painted  thoroughly  by  using  a 
piece  of  cloth,  if  necessary.  Gratings  or  covers  shall  be 
painted  by  dipping. 

105-19.  All  paint  shall  be  well  brushed  out  so  as  to 
show  a  smooth,  even  film  of  uniform  thickness.  Round 
brushes  shall  be  used  exclusively  in  applying  paint,  ex- 
cept that  the  Engineer  may  permit  the  use  of  flat  brushes 
on  large,  flat  surfaces  only. 

105-20.  Painting  in  rainy  or  freezing  weather  or  on 
wet  or  damp  surfaces  will  not  be  permitted. 

105-21.  Payment  for  painting  is  deemed  to  be  in- 
cluded in  the  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  steel 
and  iron. 


Non-corrosive 
metal. 


ITEM  107— NON-CORROSIVE  METAL. 

107-1.  Non-corrosive  metal  shall  be  used  for  the  air 
duct  hanger  as  shown  on  the  contract  drawings  or  as  or- 
dered by  the  Engineer.  It  shall  be  composed  principally 
of  nickel  and  copper  in  approved  proportions  or  of  such 
other  metals  as  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer  will  offer 
complete  resistance  to  corrosion. 


185 


Physical  re- 
quirements. 


Tests. 


SPECIFICATIONS — BRONZE. 

107-2.  All  non-corrosive  metal  shall  have  an  ultimate 
tensile  strength  of  not  less  than  75,000  Ibs.  per  square 
inch,  an  elastic  limit  of  not  less  than  40,000  Ibs.  per  square 
inch  and  an  elongation  of  not  less  than  twenty-five  per 
centum  (25%)  in  two  (2)  inches. 

107-3.  Test  specimens  consisting  of  bars  of  full  sized 
section,  as  required  by  the  Engineer,  shall  be  furnished 
by  the  Contractor  to  determine  the  physical  properties. 
Each  bar  shall  be  capable  of  being  hammered  hot  to  a 
fine  point  and  the  material  shall  be  free  from  all  injurious 
defects;  shall  be  clean,  smooth  and  of  uniform  color,  qual- 
ity and  size. 

107-4.  Non-corrosive  metal  will  be  estimated  for  pay- 
ment on  the  basis  of  the  quantity  actually  placed  in  the 
work  in  accordance  with  the  drawings  or  orders,  pro- 
vided, however,  that  the  total  weight  estimated  for  pay- 
ment shall  not  exceed  the  theoretical  weight  by  more  than 
two  and  one-half  per  centum  (2%%). 

Payment  for  non-corrosive  metal  will  be  at  the  price 
stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  107,  which  price  shall  be 
in  full  compensation  for  furnishing,  placing  and  con- 
necting the  metal  complete  and  all  expense  in  connec- 
tion therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  including  drilling 
and  tapping  holes  for  connections  with  the  tunnel  rings. 

ITEM  10S-BRONZE. 

108-1.    All  bronze  used  on  the  work  shall  be  Govern-     Q,emjcai 
ment  bronze,  and  shall  conform  to  the  following  require-     composition. 
ments : 

Copper,  not  less  than  86%  nor  more  than  89% 
Tin,  "  "  "  8%  "  "  "  11% 
Zinc,  "  "  "  1%  "  "  "  3% 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
non-corrosive 
metal. 


186 


Physical  re- 
quirements. 


Test  specimens 
to  be  furnished. 


No  patching 
or  plugging. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
bronze. 


SPECIFICATIONS — BRONZE. 

An  analysis  of  each  melt  shall  be  made  by  the  manufac- 
turer, and  the  chemical  composition  thus  determined 
shall  be  reported  to  the  Engineer. 

108-2.  All  bronze  shall  have  an  ultimate  tensile 
strength  of  not  less  than  56,000  pounds  per  square  inch, 
an  elastic  limit  of  not  less  than  one-half  (i/2)  the  ultimate 
tensile  strength  and  an  elongation  of  not  less  than  twenty- 
five  per  centum  (25%)  in  two  (2)  inches. 

108-3.  Specimens  for  physical  and  chemical  tests  shall 
be  furnished  by  the  Contractor  as  required  by  the  En- 
gineer. 

108-4.  No  patching  or  plugging  of  castings  will  be  al- 
lowed and  all  bronze  shall  be  cast  in  molds  which  are  ab- 
solutely dry.  No  cold  working  of  bronze  will  be  permit- 
ted. 

108-5.  Bronze  will  be  estimated  for  payment  on  the 
basis  of  the  quantity  actually  placed  in  the  work,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  drawings  or  orders,  provided,  how- 
ever, that  the  total  weight  estimated  for  payment,  shall 
not  exceed  the  theoretical  weight  as  computed  by  more 
than  five  per  centum  (5%).  In  calculating  weights,  the 
weight  of  one  (1)  cubic  foot  of  bronze  will  be  taken  at 
five  hundred  thirty-five  (535)  Ibs. 

Payment  for  bronze  will  be  at  the  price  stipulated  in 
the  Schedule  Item  108(a),  which  price  shall  be  in  full 
compensation  for  furnishing  and  placing  the  bronze  com- 
plete and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  inci- 
dental thereto. 

Air-measuring  apparatus,  as  shown  on  Contract  Draw- 
ing No.  38,  will  be  paid  for  as  provided  in  Schedule  Item 
300. 


187 


Tunnel  ducts. 


Quality, 
soundness 
and  finish. 


SPECIFICATIONS — TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

ITEM  110— TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

110-1.  The  specifications  of  this  Item  relate  to 
vitrified  ducts  to  contain  electric  cables  or  other  cables 
or  wires.  Such  ducts  are  referred  to  in  the  Schedule  and 
elsewhere  herein  as  tunnel  ducts. 

110-2.  Tunnel  ducts  shall  be  manufactured  of  the  best 
clay,  thoroughly  mixed,  burned  and  vitrified,  sound  in 
all  respects,  straight,  free  from  soft  spots,  stones, 
cracks,  blisters  and  other  defects  liable  to  injure  their 
strength,  durability,  or  non-conductivity.  They  shall  be 
thoroughly  and  completely  glazed,  inside  and  outside, 
with  good  salt  glaze.  The  interior  surfaces  shall  be 
smooth  and  free  from  any  projections  or  imperfections 
which  may  tend  to  injure  the  electric  cable  when  being 
pulled  through  the  duct.  The  ends  shall  be  cut  smooth 
and  square  with  the  axis.  The  ends  of  the  holes  shall 
be  beveled  on  the  inside  for  three-fourths  (%)  inch. 

110-3.  Single  way  ducts  shall  be  combed  on  each  face 
with  at  least  five  (5)  longitudinal  combings,  each  comb- 
ing to  have  a  width  of  one-quarter  (i/4)  inch  and  a  depth 
of  one-sixteenth  (1/16)  inch.  Multiple  ducts  shall  be 
combed  as  required  by  the  Engineer. 

110-4.  Four-way  and  six-way  ducts  shall  have  a  stand- 
ard length  of  thirty-six  (36)  inches.  Single,  two-way  and 
three-way  ducts  shall  have  a  standard  length  of  eighteen 
(18)  inches.  Shorter  lengths  shall  be  used  only  as  di- 
rected. 


110-5.     Duct  holes  shall  be  of  such  diameter  as  to  pass     „  ,       .     , 

Holes  circular. 

a  cylindrical  mandrel  three  and  one-half  (3i/^)  inches  in 


Ends  combed. 


Length. 


188 


Thickness. 


Laid  to  line. 


Laying. 


SPECIFICATIONS — TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

diameter  for  circular  openings  and  three  and  one-half 
(3Mj)  inches  square,  with  one-fourth  (y±)  inch  rounded 
corners,  for  rectangular  openings,  in  each  case  the  man- 
drel being  thirty-six  (36)  inches  long. 

11CM).  The  outside  walls  and  webs  of  four-way  ducts 
shall  be  three-fourths  (%)  inch  thick,  and  the 
outside  dimensions  shall  be  not  less  than  nine  and  one- 
quarter  (9^4)  nor  more  than  ten  (10)  inches,  and  the 
outside  walls  shall  be  constructed  square  on  outer  lines. 
The  dimensions  of  single,  two-way  and  three-way  ducts 
shall  be  consistent  with  the  above. 

110-7.  The  ducts  shall  be  so  laid  that  the  center  of 
the  holes  shall  be  true  to  line  and  grade. 

110-8.  The  ducts  shall  be  laid  in  beds  of  cement  mor- 
tar about  one-quarter  (y±)  inch  in  thickness,  with 
broken  joints  and  with  full  bearing. 

A  strip  of  thick  unbleached  muslin  six  (6)  inches  wide, 
coated  with  neat  cement  mortar,  asphalt  or  other  ap- 
proved material,  shall  be  used  to  wrap  each  joint,  the 
ends  of  the  wrap  to  lap  six  inches  (6").  The  muslin  shall 
have  a  thread  count  of  not  less  than  56  x  60  per  square 
inch  and  a  weight  not  less  than  four  (4)  ounces  per 
square  foot. 

In  laying  the  ducts  care  must  be  taken  to  close  abutting 
joints  so  that  the  ends  of  ducts  shall  be  as  nearly  as  prac- 
ticable in  contact  on  all  sides.  Where  ducts  are  laid 
on  curves,  the  wraps  must  be  doubled,  if  required,  to 
protect  the  openings  between  the  ends  of  the  ducts  on 
the  outer  line  of  the  duct  and  to  exclude  all  mortar  from 
duct  opening. 

Steel  straps,  as  shown  on  the  drawings,  shall  be  used 
for  bonding. 


189 


To  be  laid 
with  mandrel. 


SPECIFICATIONS — TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

110-9.  The  ducts  shall  be  laid  with  a  straight  mandrel, 
of  length  and  diameter  to  be  prescribed,  accurately  fit- 
ting the  duct  openings,  and  the  mandrel  shall  be  left 
in  each  duct  until  the  next  succeeding  duct  is  laid. 

110-10.    Four-way  and  six-way  ducts  shall  be  laid  with     Dowel  pi 
dowel  pins  at  each  joint. 


pins. 


110-11.  After  the  concrete  covering  has  been  placed 
over  the  ducts  they  shall  be  rodded  so  as  to  remove  all 
mortar  and  other  foreign  matter  from  the  duct  open- 
ings, leaving  them  clear  and  smooth.  If  obstructions  are 
found,  in  rodding  the  ducts,  which  cannot  be  removed  by 
cleaners  so  as  to  give  a  clear  and  smooth  opening  suffi- 
cient to  pass  a  three  and  one-quarter  (3^4)  inch  man- 
drel, the  ducts  shall  be  removed  and  relaid.  All  ducts, 
immediately  after  laying  and  again  after  being  rodded, 
shall  be  plugged  with  suitable  plugs  to  be  furnished  by 
the  Contractor  at  his  own  expense.  If  wooden  plugs  are 
used,  they  shall  be  impregnated  with  paraffine  or  other 
approved  material  before  being  put  into  place. 

110-12.  All  ducts  shall  be  subject  to  inspection  both 
at  the  place  of  manufacture  and  on  the  work.  All  re- 
jected ducts  shall  be  promptly  removed  by  the  Contrac- 
tor at  his  expense. 

110-13.  Tunnel  ducts  will  be  measured  for  payment 
on  the  basis  of  their  actual  length  in  duct  feet  (lineal 
feet  of  equivalent  single  duct),  as  laid  in  the  work,  and 
payment  will  be  made  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule 
Item  110,  which  price  shall  be  in  full  compensation  for 
the  complete  furnishing,  laying  and  rodding  of  such  ducts 
and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  incidental 
thereto. 


Rodding  and 
plugging. 


Inspection. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
tunnel  ducts. 


190 


SPECIFICATIONS — ASBESTOS  MATERIAL. 

Steel  bonding  straps  will  be  measured  as  provided  in 
Section  70-50,  and  paid  for  at  the  price  stipulated  in 
Schedule  Item  73. 

ITEM  112— ASBESTOS  MATERIALS. 

Composition.  112-1.    Asbestos  lumber,  as  shown  on  the  contract  draw- 

ings or  as  ordered  by  the  Engineer,  shall  be  made  of 
fibred  asbestos,  free  from  organic  matter,  impregnated 
with  Portland  cement  and  compressed  into  homogeneous, 
sound,  dense  sheets  of  uniform  thickness  throughout  and 
shall  have  a  smooth  sand  finished  surface. 

Test  pieces.  112-2.    Test  pieces  of  asbestos. lumber  of  the  thickness 

specified,  in  such  quantity  and  size  as  may  be  directed, 
shall  be  furnished  free  of  charge  by  the  Contractor  for 
tests. 


Tests. 


Weight. 


Absorption. 


112-3.  All  asbestos  lumber  furnished  under  this  con- 
tract shall  possess  the  following  qualities  as  determined 
by  test: 

(a)  When  dried  in  an  oven  for  twelve  (12)  hours 
at  a  temperature  of  two  hundred  twenty  degrees 
(220°)  F.  the  one-fourth  (y±)  inch  thick  material 
shall  weigh  not  less  than  two  and  four-tenths  (2.4) 
pounds  per  square  foot. 

(b)  After  being  dried  in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  preceding  paragraph,  the  test  piece  shall  be 
immersed   in   water   at   room    temperature.     The 
water  shall  then  be  raised  to  the  boiling  point,  after 
which  it  shall  be  allowed  to  cool  for  twenty-four 
(24)  hours.    The  test  piece  shall  then  be  removed 
and  weighed.    The  increase  in  weight  after  immer- 
sion shall  not  exceed  twenty  per  centum  (20%). 


SPECIFICATIONS— ASBESTOS  MATERIAL. 

(c)  A  test  piece  twelve  (12)  inches  wide  and  of 
sufficient  length  to  get  proper  bearing  on  supports 
separated  by  a  distance  of  twelve  (12)  inches,  shall, 
after  drying  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  (a)  above, 
be  capable  of  sustaining  without  rupture  the  loads 
indicated  in  the  following  table  when  applied  to  a 
cylindrical  bar  placed  on  the  test  piece  midway  be- 
tween supports. 


Thickness, 
inches. 


Weight  Dry, 
Ibs.  per  sq.  ft. 
2.4 


Load, 
Ibs. 
200 


Breaking 
strength,  dry. 


(d)  Test  pieces  treated  as  prescribed  for  absorp- 
tion shall,  when  wet,  support,  without  rupture,  loads 
within     thirty- three     and     one-third    per    centum 
(33-1/3%)  of  that  prescribed  in  the  paragraph  next 
preceding,  and  after  drying  as  prescribed  in  para- 
graph  (a)   above,  shall  regain  full  strength  shown 
prior  to  immersion. 

(e)  Test  pieces  heated  with  an  electric  muffler 
to  a  temperature  of  fifteen  hundred  degrees  (1500°) 
F.  shall,  when  cool,  show  no  signs  of  disintegration, 
splitting  or  cracking  other  than  fine  surface  hair 
cracks. 


Breaking 
strength,  wet. 


Heat  test. 


112-4.     Measurement  for  payment  of  asbestos  lumber    Measurement 


one-fourth    O/i)    inch   in   thickness   will  be   of   the   area 
installed,  in  accordance  with  the  drawings  or  orders. 

Payment  for  asbestos  lumber  will  be  at  the  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item  112  (a),  which  price  shall  be  in 


and  payment, 

asbestos 

lumber. 


192 


Cross  passage. 


Payment  for 
items  of  the 
cross  passage. 


Measurement 
and  payment, 
pipe  changes. 


SPECIFICATIONS — WATER  PIPE  CHANGES. 

full  compensation  for  furnishing  and  placing  the  lumber 
complete,  and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or  in- 
cidental thereto. 

ITEM  114— CROSS  PASSAGE. 

114-1.  The  cross  passage  between  the  river  shafts  shall 
be  constructed,  as  shown  on  the  contract  drawings,  ac- 
cording to  methods  approved  by  the  Engineer,  while  the 
caissons  are  under  compressed  air. 

114-2.  Payment  for  excavation,  tunnel  lining,  connec- 
tions to  the  shafts,  concrete,  grout  and  bolts,  nuts  and 
washers  in  the  cross  passage,  will  be  made  at  the  appro- 
priate unit  prices  stipulated  in  the  Schedule.  No  specific 
payment  will  be  made  for  the  lead  sheets  shown  on  the 
drawings,  but  payment  therefor  is  deemed  to  be  included 
in  the  unit  price  stipulated  in  the  Schedule  for  turinel 
lining. 

ITEM  120— WATER  PIPE  CHANGES. 

120-1.  Changing  water  or  other  pipes  where  required 
as  may  be  necessary  in  order  to  avoid  interference  with 
the  shafts  or  any  work  appurtenant  thereto,  and  requiring 
the  shifting,  relaying  or  reconstructing  such  pipes  with 
their  connections  and  other  appurtenances,  to  or  in  posi- 
tions other  than  their  original  positions,  will  be  estimated 
for  payment  on  the  basis  of  the  actual  length  of  pipe  in  the 
new  position,  as  shown  on  the  contract  drawings  or  as 
ordered,  and  payment  will  be  made  at  the  appropriate 
price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  120,  which  price  shall  be 
in  full  compensation  for  the  shifting,  relaying  or  recon- 
structing such  pipes,  their  connections  and  all  other  ap- 
purtenances, and  all  expense  in  connection  therewith  or 
incidental  thereto,  including  laying  the  pipe,  removing 
and  disposing  of  the  old  pipe  replaced,  caulking  and  re- 


193 


SPECIFICATIONS — WATER  PIPE  CHANGES. 

caulking  of  joints,  placing  valves,  excavation,  placing  con- 
crete, furnishing  all  labor  and  materials  for  service  or 
other  connections,  backfilling  and  surface  restoration  and 
no  other  allowance  will  be  made  therefor  excepting  that : 

i 

(1)  New  pipe,  ordered  by  the  Engineer  to  take 

the  place  of  such  pipe  as,  in  his  opinion,  cannot  be 
preserved  and  used,  and  the  water  pipe  and  gas 
pipe  called  for  in  Section  123-1,  will  be  estimated 
for  payment,  on  the  basis  of  the  actual  amount  of 
new  pipe  in  place,  subject  to  the  limitations  of 
Section  91-18  as  to  excess ,  weights,  and  payment 
will  be  made,  in  addition  to  the  payment  for  chang- 
ing, at  the  appropriate  price  stipulated  in  Schedule 
Items  91,  92  or  95,  which  price  shall  be  in  full  com- 
pensation for  furnishing  the  new  pipe  and  all  ex- 
pense in  connection  therewith  or  incidental  thereto. 

(2)  Excavation,   outside   the   ordered   net   lines 
of  excavation  for  the  land  shafts  or  any  work  ap- 
purtenant thereto,  for  any  such  pipe  and  its  ap- 
purtenant valve  chambers,  valves,  valve  boxes  and 
hydrants  in  their  new  required  positions,  and  in 
excess  of  excavation   otherwise  required,  will  be 
measured  as  described  in  Sections  1-7, 1-11  and  1-13 
and  paid  for  at  the  price  stipulated  in  Schedule 
Item  1. 

(3)  New  valve  chambers  built  in  their  new  re- 
quired positions  in  connection  with  water  or  other 
pipe  changes,  due  to  such  valve  chambers  being 
in  the  new  required  position,  will  be  measured  as 
described  in  Sections  27-27,  70-50,  83-4,  85-15  and 
91-28,    and   paid   for    at    the   prices    stipulated    in 
Schedule  Items  27  (a),  72,  83,  86  (e)  and  95  (a). 


New  pipe. 


Excavation. 


Valve 
chambers. 


194 

/ 

SPECIFICATIONS — NEW   SUB-SURFACE   STRUCTURES. 

ITEMS  123-124— NEW  SUB-SURFACE  GAS  PIPE  AND 
WATER  PIPE  LINES. 

New  sub-  123-1.     The  laying  of  new   gas  pipe  and  water   pipe 

surface  gas  lines,  as  the  Engineer  may  require,  from  Jersey  City  mains 

pipe  lines.  through  Parcels  34,  21  and  "B",  as  shown  on  Contract 

Drawing  No.  39,  and  such  new  pipe  lines  at  other  loca- 
tions as  the  Engineer  may  direct,  will  be  estimated  for 
payment  on  the  basis  of  the  actual  length  of  pipe  laid, 
and  payment  will  be  made  at  the  appropriate  price  stipu- 
lated in  Schedule  Item  123  or  124,  which  price  shall  be 
in  full  compensation  for  laying  such  pipe,  including  the 
caulking  and  recaulking  of  joints,  placing  valves,  excava- 
tion, placing  concrete,  backfilling,  surface  restoration, 
making  service  connections,  and  all  expense  in  connection 
therewith  or  incidental  thereto,  and  no  further  allowance 
will  be  made  therefor  excepting  that : 

New  pipe,  excavation  and  builddng  valve  chambers 
will  be  estimated  for  payment  and  payment  will  be  made, 
as  provided  in  Paragraphs  (1),  (2)  and  (3)  in  Section 
120-1. 

No  specific  payment  will  be  made  for  pipe  laid  on  par- 
cels "C"  and  26,  Contract  Drawing  No.  39,  to  serve  the 
Contractor's  plant  and  the  Engineer's  Field  Office  lo- 
cated thereon,  but  payment  therefor  is  deemed  to  be  in- 
cluded under  the  various  unit  prices  of  the  Schedule. 


195 


SPECIFICATIONS — FIELD    OFFICE:     FENCING. 
ITEM  148— ENGINEER'S  FIELD  OFFICE. 

148-1.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish,  in  accordance 
with  the  contract  drawings,  a  building  for  the  Engineer's 
Field  Office,  supported  in  an  elevated  position  on  the  site 
provided  for  the  Contractor  near  the  land  shafts.  The 
payment  for  this  building  will  be  made  at  the  price 
stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  148,  which  price  shall  include 
the  building  and  equipment  thereof,  such  as  lighting  and 
heating  fixtures,  plumbing,  instrument  racks,  metal 
lockers,  an  approved  hospital  lock  equipped  as  specified 
in  Section  97,  a  heating  plant,  a  multicoil  hot  water 
heater  and  boiler,  and  such  other  facilities  as  are 
shown  on  the  above  mentioned  drawings,  and  shall  also 
include  such  repairs  to  the  building  and  its  equipment 
as  may  be  necessary  during  the  term  of  this  contract. 
Furthermore,  the  Contractor  shall  provide  during  the  term 
of  this  contract,  electric  light,  gas,  steam  heat,  hot  and 
cold  running  water,  compressed  air  for  operating  the  hos- 
pital lock  and  telephone  communication  with  the  work- 
ing chamber  of  each  caisson  and  each  tunnel  heading, 
payment  for  which  is  deemed  to  be  included  in  the 
Schedule  Item  mentioned  above.  All  fixtures,  lockers, 
plumbing,  hardware,  etc.,  shall  be  of  such  type  and  make 
as  approved  by  the  Engineer.  The  construction  and  equip- 
ment of  this  building  shall  be  completed  within  four  (4) 
months  from  the  date  of  the  delivery  of  this  contract. 


Engineer's 
office. 


ITEM  155— FENCING. 

155-1.  The  Contractor  shall  fence  the  roadway  from  the 
land  shaft  site  to  Barnum  St.,  as  called  for  in  Section  31. 
Upon  the  completion  of  all  other  work  of  this  contract 
and  during  the  time  of  cleaning  up  the  works  the  Con- 
tractor shall  build  a  fence  around  such  openings  and  in 


Fences. 


196 


SPECIFICATION  S — FEN  CING. 

such  places  as  the  Engineer  may  direct.  These  fences 
are  to  be  tight  board  fences  eight  (8)  feet  high  with  6" 
x  6"  posts  spaced  eight  (8)  feet  on  centers,  sunk  four 
(4)  feet  into  the  ground.  The  lagging  is  to  be  one  (1) 
inch  tongued  and  grooved  bo  ards  planed  on  both  sides, 
and  surmounted  by  three  (3)  strands  of  approved  barbed 
wire,  fastened  to  steel  supports  placed  as  directed  by  the 
Engineer.  These  fences  shall  be  painted  on  both  sides 
with  two  (2)  coats  of  approved  paint,  and  such  signs  are 
to  be  painted  thereon  as  may  be  directed  by  the  En- 
gineer. Gates  are  to  be  provided  as  required  and  equipped 
with  approved  fastenings.  Such  fencing,  including  gates, 
barbed  wire  and  steel  supports,  will  be  estimated  for  pay- 
ment according  to  the  number  of  lineal  feet  of  fence 
actually  built  and  payment  therefor  will  be  made  at  the 
price  stipulated  in  Schedule  Item  155,  which  price  shall 
be  in  full  compensation  for  furnishing  all  material  and 
labor,  erecting  the  fence  complete  and  painting.  This 
Item  does  not  in  any  way  apply  to  the  Contractor's  fence 
around  his  plant,  provided  for  under  Section  22. 


197 

PERMIT  OF   SECRETARY   OF  WAR. 

APPENDIX  TO  SPECIFICATIONS. 

PERMIT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  WAR. 

U.  S.  Engineer  Office, 
First  District,  N.  Y.  C. 
January  30,  1920. 
Permits 
578        69. 

Whereas,  By  Section  10  of  an  act  of  Congress,  ap- 
proved May  3,  1899,  entitled  "An  Act  making  appro- 
priations for  the  construction,  repair  and  preservation 
of  certain  public  works  on  rivers  and  harbors,  and  for 
other  purposes,"  it  is  provided  that  it  shall  not  be  law- 
ful to  build  or  commence  the  building  of  any  wharf, 
pier,  dolphin,  boom,  weir,  breakwater,  bulkhead,  jetty, 
or  other  structures  in  any  port,  roadstead,  haven,  har- 
bor, canal,  navigable  river,  or  other  water  of  the  United 
States,  outside  established  harbor  lines,  or  where  no  har- 
bor lines  have  been  established,  except  on  plans  recom- 
mended by  the  Chief  of  Engineers  and  authorized  by 
the  Secretary  of  War;  and  it  shall  not  be  lawful  to  ex- 
cavate, or  fill,  or  in  any  manner  to  alter  or  modify  the 
course,  location,  condition,  or  capacity  of,  any  port, 
roadstead,  haven,  harbor,  canal,  lake,  harbor  of  refuge, 
or  inclosure  within  the  limits  of  any  breakwater,  or  of 
the  channel  of  any  navigable  water  of  the  United  States, 
unless  the  work  has  been  recommended  by  the  Chief  of 
Engineers  and  authorized  by  the  Secretary  of  War  prior 
to  beginning  same; 

And  Whereas,  Application  has  been  made  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  War  by  the  New  York  State  Bridge  &  Tunnel 
Commission  and  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  &  Tun- 


PERMIT  OF  SECRETARY   OF  WAR. 

nel  Commission,  acting  conjointly,  for  authority  to  con- 
struct a  traffic  tunnel  under  the  Hudson  River,  New  York 
and  New  Jersey,  from  about  Canal  Street,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  to  about  Twelfth  Street,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  the  plans 
for  which  have  been  recommended  by  the  Chief  of  En- 
gineers; 

Now  Therefore,  This  is  to  certify  that  the  Secretary 
of  War  hereby  authorizes  the  said  work  of  constructing 
a  traffic  tunnel  under  the  Hudson  River,  New  York  and 
New  Jersey,  from  about  Canal  Street,  Manhattan  Bor- 
ough, New  York  City,  N.  Y.,  to  about  Twelfth  Street,  Jer- 
sey City,  N.  J.,  at  the  location  and  as  shown  on  the  at- 
tached plans.* 

upon  the  following  conditions: 

1.  That  it  is  to  be  understood  that  this  authority  does 
not  give  any  property  rights  either  in  real  estate  or  ma- 
terial, or  any  exclusive  privileges;  and  that  it  does  not 
authorize  any  injury  to  private  property  or  invasion  of 
private  rights,  or  any  infringement  of  Federal,  State,  or 
local  laws  or  regulations,  nor  does  it  obviate  the  necessity 
of   obtaining  Slate  assent  to   the  work   authorized.      IT 
MERELY  EXPRESSES  THE  ASSENT  OF  THE  FEDERAL 
GOVERNMENT  SO  FAR  AS  CONCERNS  THE  PUBLIC 
RIGHTS  OF  NAVIGATION.     (See  Cummings  v.  Chicago, 
188  U.  S.,  410.) 

2.  That  the  work  shall  be  subject  to  the  supervision 
and  approval  of  the  District  Engineer,  Engineer  Depart- 
ment at  Large,  in  charge  of  the  locality,  who  may  tem- 


*The  plans  referred  to  may  be  seen  at  the  office  of  the  Engineer. 


199 


PERMIT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  WAR. 

porarily  suspend  the  work  at  any  time  if,  in  his  judgment, 
the  interests  of  navigation  so  require. 

3.  That  if  any  pipe,  wire,  pile  or  cable  is  herein  au- 
thorized, it  shall  be  placed  and  maintained  with  a  clear- 
ance not  less  than  that  shown  by  the  profile  on  the  plan 
attached  hereto. 

4.  That  so  far  as  any  material  is  dredged  in  the  pros- 
ecution of  the  work  herein  authorized  it  shall  be  removed 
evenly,  and  no  large  refuse  piles  shall  be  left.    It  shall  be 
deposited  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  said  District  Engineer 
and  in  accordance  with  his  prior  permission  or  instruc- 
tions, either  on  shore  above  high  water  or  at  such  dump- 
ing ground  as  may  be  designated  by  him,'  and  where  he 
may  so  require,  within  or  behind  a  good  and  substantial 
bulkhead  or  bulkheads,  such  as  will  prevent  escape  of  the 
material  into  the  waterway;  and  so  far  as  the  pipe,  wire, 
or  cable  is  laid  in  a  trench,  the  formation  of  permanent 
ridges  across  the  bed  of  the  waterway  shall  be  avoided 
and  the  backfilling  shall  contain  no  rock  and  be  so  done 
as  not  to  increase  the  cost  of  future  dredging  for  naviga- 
tion.   If  the  material  is  to  be  deposited  in  the  harbor  of 
New  York,  or  in  its  adjacent  or  tributary  waters,  or  in 
Long  Island  Sound,  a  permit  therefor  must  be  previously 
obtained  from  the  Supervisor  of  New  York  Harbor,  Army 
Building,  New  York  City. 

5.  That  there  shall  be  no  unreasonable  interference 
with  navigation  by  the  work  herein  authorized. 

6.  That  if  inspection  or  any  other  operations  by  the 
United  States  are  necessary  in  the  interests  of  naviga- 
tion, all  expenses  connected  therewith  shall  be  borne  by 
the  permittee. 


200 

PERMIT  OF  SECRETARY   OF  WAR. 

7.  That  if  future  operations  by  the  United  States  re- 
quire an  alteration  in  the  position  of  the  structure  or 
work  herein  authorized,  or  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  War,  it  shall  cause  unreasonable  obstruction  to 
the  free  navigation  of  said  water,  the  permittee  will  be 
required,  upon  due  notice  from  the  Secretary  of  War,  to 
remove  or  alter  the  structural  work  or  obstructions  caused 
thereby  without  expense  to  the  United  States  so  as  to 
render  navigation  reasonably  free,  easy,  and  unobstructed; 
and  if,  upon  the  expiration  or  revocation  of  this  permit, 
the  structure,  fill,  excavation,  or  other  modification  of  the 
watercourse  hereby  authorized  shall  not  be  completed,  the 
permittee  shall,  without  expense  to  the  United  States,  and 
to  such  extent  and  in  such  time  and  manner  as  the  Sec- 
retary of  War  may  require,  remove  all  or  any  portion  of 
the  uncompleted  structure  or  fill  and  restore  to  its  former 
condition  the  navigable  capacity  of  the  watercourse.    No 
claims  shall  be  made  against  the  United  States  on  account 
of  any  such  removal  or  alteration. 

8.  That  if  the  display  of  lights   and  signals  on  any 
work  hereby  authorized  is  not  other-wise  provided  for  by 
law,  such  lights  and  signals  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the 
Bureau  of  Lighthouses,  Department  of  Commerce,  shall 
be  installed  and  maintained  by  and  at  the  expense  of  the 
permittee. 

9.  That  the  permittee  shall  notify  the  said  District  En- 
gineer at  what  time  the  work  will  be  commenced,  and  as 
far  in  advance  of  the  time  of  commencement  as  the  said 
District  Engineer  may  specify,  and  shall  also  notify  him 
promptly,  in  writing,  of  the  commencement  of  work,  sus- 
pension of  work,  if  for  a  period  of  more  than  one  week, 
resumption  of  work,  and  its  completion. 


201 


PERMIT  OF  SECRETARY   OF  WAR. 

10.  That  if  the  structure  or  work  herein  authorized 
is  not  completed  and  written  notice  of  completion  is  not 
filed  with  the  aforesaid  District  Engineer  on  or  before 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1924,  this  authorization,  if  not 
previously  revoked  or  specifically  extended,  shall  cease 
and  be  null  and  void. 

11.  That  the  permittee  shall  assume  all  legal  liability 
for  any  loss  or  damage  due  to  the  construction,  main- 
tenance or  operation  of  any  of  the  works  and  structures, 
or  for  loss  or  damage  to  any  of  the  work  hereby  author- 
ized; and  said  permittee,  directly  or  indirectly,  shall  make 
no  demand  or  claim  of  any  kind  against  the  United  States 
or  any  officer  or  agent  thereof  for  any  loss  or  damage 
to  the  work  or  structure  or  to  the  permittee  in  the  con- 
struction, maintenance  and  operation  of  the  same,  caused 
by  any  officer  or  agent  of  the  United  States  acting  under 
or  by  virtue  of  his  authority  as  such;  and  said  permittee 
shall  not  attempt  in  any  way  to  prevent  free  use  by  the 
public  of  any  area  outside  of  that  actually  covered  by  the 
work  or  structures  authorized. 

12.  That  no  part  of  the  permanent  structure  between 
the  pierhead  lines  along  the  New  York  side  and  along  the 
New  Jersey  side,  as  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  War, 
shall  be  above  a  plane  situated  fifty  (50)  feet  below  mean 
low  water  and  all  temporary  structures  shall  be  removed 
to  the  same  depth. 

13.  That  all  floating  plant  used  in  the  work  shall  dis- 
play the  signals  and  marks  required  by  the  regulations 
governing  the  display  of  signals  on  floating  plant  at  work 
in  navigable  waters  of  the  United  States.     These  signals 
shall  be  displayed  continuously  until  it  has  been  ascer- 
tained that  the  depth  of  water  over  all  obstructions  is 


202 

PERMIT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  WAR. 

not  less  than  the  required  depth  of  fifty  (50)  feet  below 
mean  low  water  and  all  floating  plant,  appliances,  and 
anchors  have  been  removed  from  the  site  of  the  work. 

14.  That,  if  the  tunnels  are  constructed  by  the  trench 
method,  the  construction  plant  shall  not  occupy  more  than 
seven  hundred  and  fifty  (750)  feet,  consecutively,  of  the 
width  of  the  river  between  pierhead  lines  at  any  one  time, 
and  work   shall  be   carried   on   progressively   from   but 
one  bank. 

15.  That,  during  the  presence  of  the  plant,  appliances, 
and  anchors,  or  any  part  thereof,  at  the  site  of  the  work, 
suitable  power  boats  shall  be  stationed   about  one-half 
mile  above  the  site  and  about  one-half  mile  below  the  site, 
whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  warn  all  approaching  craft  of 
the  existence  and  location  of  the  obstructed  area. 

16.  That  no  obstruction  shall  be  placed  in  the  river 
east  of  a  line  situated  1,000  feet  west  of  and  parallel  to 
the  pierhead  line  along  the  New  York  waterfront  until 
the  existing  40  feet  channel  shall  have  been  widened  at 
the  expense  of  the  permittee,  to  such  an  extent  as  to  pro- 
vide a  channel  with  a  depth  of  not  less  than  40  feet  at 
mean  low  water,  and  1,000  feet  in  width  exclusive  of  the 
space  occupied  by  the  permittee's  plant  for  such  distance 
upstream  and  downstream  from  the  line  of  the  proposed 
work  as  may  be  directed  by  the  said  District  Engineer. 

17.  That   the   permittee   shall,   at  his   expense,  cause 
navigation  interests  to  be  notified  of  the  proposed  ob- 
struction by  publication  in  at  least  two  prominent  local 
daily  papers  and  in  the  "Notice  to  Mariners"  of  the  U.  S. 
Lighthouse  Service,  as  well  as  by  circular  letter  to  all 
persons,  companies,  or  corporations  owning  or  operating 


203 

PERMIT  OF  SECRETARY   OF  WAR. 

floating  plant  in  New  York  Harbor  and  adjacent  waters 
so  far  as  this  may  be  practically  possible.  If  the  work 
of  construction  is  prosecuted  intermittently,  the  notice 
herein  required  shall  be  given,  in  each  instance,  a  reason- 
able time  in  advance  of  the  proposed  work. 

18.  If,   during  the  progress   of   the  work,   any  plant, 
machinery,  appliance,  or  material  should  be  sunk,  lost, 
or  thrown  overboard,  or  misplaced,  which,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  said  District  Engineer,  may  be  dangerous  to  or 
obstruct  navigation,  the  permittee  shall  recover  and  re- 
move the  same  with  the  utmost  dispatch. 

19.  That  the  temporary  blanket  on  the  river  bottom 
adjacent  to  the  New  York  pierhead  line,  as  indicated  on 
the  plans  hereto  attached,  shall  be  placed  only  in  case  the 
tunnels  are  constructed  by  the  driven  shield  method  and 
then  not   until   a   satisfactory   channel   shall   have   been 
completed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  condition 
16  above.    No  material  shall  be  deposited  above  a  plane 
25  feet  below  mean  low  water  and  all  material  above  a 
plane  50  feet  below  mean  low  water  shall  be  removed  at 
the  expense  of  the  permittee  as  soon  as  the  necessity  for 
the  temporary  protection  has,  in  the  opinion  of  the  said 
District  Engineer,  ceased  to  exist. 

20.  That  to  insure  the  removal,  without  cost  to  the 
United  States,  of  the  material  specified  in  condition  19, 
there  shall  be  deposited  with  the  said  District  Engineer, 
prior  to  the  placing  of  any  material  in  the  temporary 
protection,   a  bond  or  other  satisfactory  security  in   an 
amount  deemed  sufficient  by  him  to  cover  the  cost  of  such 
removal. 


204 

PERMIT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  WAR. 

21.  That  if,  during  the  progress  of  the  work,  "blow- 
outs" or  other  accidents  should  occur,  or  be  deemed  like- 
ly to  occur,  such  steps  for  remedy  or  prevention  may  be 
taken  as  may  be  approved  by  the  said  District  Engineer, 
upon  application  of  the  permittee. 

22.  That  this  instrument  is  issued  in  lieu  of,  and  su- 
persedes, the  one  to  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and 
Tunnel  Commission,  executed  December  8,  1916,  which 
is  hereby  revoked. 

WITNESS  my  hand  this  24th  day  of  January,  1920. 

(Signed)     NEWTON  D.  BAKER, 

Secretary  of  War. 
H.  A.  W. 


205 

SECURITY  TO  BE  FURNISHED  BY  THE  CONTRACTOR. 

CHAPTER  V. 

SECURITY  TO  BE  FURNISHED  BY  THE  CONTRACTOR. 
ARTICLE  XXXIV. — Simultaneously  with  the  execution  of 

Contractors 

this  contract  the  Contractor  shall  give  security  for  the  per-  bond. 
formance  of  his  obligation  by  filing  two  bonds,  one  with 
the  Comptroller  of  the  State  of  New  York,  and  one  with 
the  Chairman  of  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and 
Tunnel  Commission,  each  in  the  form  annexed  hereto  and 
entitled  "Form  of  Contractor's  Bond,"  executed  by  the 
Contractor  and  by  two  or  more  sureties  to  be  corporations 
or  persons  approved  by  the  Commissions,  and  the  bond 
to  the  State  of  New  York  shall  be  in  the  sum  of  one  mil- 
lion dollars  ($1,000,000)  and  the  bond  to  the  New  Jersey 
Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission  shall  be  in  the 
sum  of  one  million  dollars  ($1,000,000).  The  execution 
of  these  bonds  must  be  duly  proved  before  their  delivery 
in  the  form  essential  to  proof  to  entitle  a  deed  to  record 
in  the  State  of  New  York  or  in  the  State  of  New  Jersey  and 
full  affidavits  of  justification  of  the  sureties  must  be  added. 
In  case  any  of  the  sureties  upon  the  bonds  shall  become  in- 
solvent or  unable  in  the  opinion  of  the  Commissions  to  pay 
promptly  the  amount  of  such  bonds  to  the  extent  to  which 
such  surety  might  be  liable,  then  the  Contractor  within  ten 
(10)  days  after  notice  by  the  Commissions  to  the  Con- 
tractor shall,  by  supplemental  bonds  or  otherwise,  sub- 
stitute another  and  sufficient  surety  approved  by  the  Com- 
missions in  place  of  the  surety  so  insolvent  or  unable. 
If  the  Contractor  shall  fail  within  such  ten  (10)  days  or 
such  further  time,  if  any,  as  the  Commissions  may  grant 
to  substitute  another  and  sufficient  surety,  then  the  Con- 
tractor shall,  if  the  Commissions  so  elect,  be  deemed  to 
be  in  default  in  the  performance  of  his  obligations  here- 
under  and  upon  the  said  bonds,  and  the  Commissions 


206 


Retained 
percentage 
may  be  held> 
pending    satis- 
faction of 
claims. 


SECURITY  TO  HE  FURNISHED  liY  THE  CONTRACTOR. 

in  addition  to  any  and  all  other  remedies  may  terminate 
this  contract  or  may  bring  any  proper  suit  or  proceeding 
against  the  Contractor  and  the  sureties  or  either  of  them 
or  may  deduct  from  any  moneys  then  due  or  which  there- 
after may  become  due  to  the  Contractor  under  this  con- 
tract the  amount  for  which  the  surety  insolvent  or  unable 
as  aforesaid  shall  have  justified  on  the  bonds,  and  the 
moneys  so  deducted  shall  be  held  by  the  Commissions  as 
collateral  security  for  the  performance  of  the  condition 
of  the  bonds. 

ARTICLE  XXXVlII. — If  at  any  time  when  the  Contractor 
shall  otherwise  be  entitled  to  the  payment  of  all 
or  a  part  of  the  retained  percentage  provided  for 
under  Article  XL,  there  shall  be  pending  any  claim  for  in- 
jury or  alleged  injury  to  person  or  property  occurring  or 
alleged  to  have  occurred  on  account  of  the  work  hereun- 
der,  whether  by  reason  of  the  negligence,  fault  or  default 
of  the  Contractor  or  otherwise  or  any  claim  or  infringe- 
ment or  alleged  infringement  of  patents  or  any  claim  re- 
sulting from  the  non-payment  of  labor  or  material  or  any 
other  claim  on  account  of  any  neglect,  fault  or  default  or 
alleged  neglect,  fault  or  default  of  the  Contractor  includ- 
ing any  claim  mentioned  in  Article  LIII  for  which  it  shall 
be  claimed  that  the  States  or  the  Commissions  or  either  of 
them  shall  be  liable,  then  and  in  that  event  the  said  de- 
posit, bonds  or  retained  percentage,  including  all  interest, 
.dividends  and  other  income  thereafter  accruing  thereon, 
or  such  part  thereof  as  the  Commission  may  prescribe 
shall,  upon  the  requirement  of  either  Commission,  be  re- 
served by  the  said  Comptroller  or  the  said  Chairman,  as 
the  case  may  be,  as  security  against  such  claims  for  a  time 
not  exceeding  the  time  when  such  claims  would  be  legally 


207 

SECURITY  TO  BE  FURNISHED  BY  THE  CONTRACTOR. 

barred.  If  and  when  the  liability  of  the  States  or  the  Com- 
missions or  either  of  them  on  such  claim  or  claims  shall 
have  been  established  by  a  judgment  of  a  court  of  com- 
petent jurisdiction  or  such  claim  or  claims  shall  have  been 
admitted  by  the  Contractor  to  be  valid,  the  amount  of  such 
claim  or  claims  may  be  deducted  from  the  said  retained 
percentage,  before  payment  thereof  shall  be  made  to  the 
Contractor. 

ARTICLE  XL. — In  addition  there  shall  be  deducted,  as 
hereinafter  provided,  ten  per  centum  (10%)  of  the  percentages. 
amounts  certified  from  time  to  time  to  be  due  to  the  Con- 
tractor, until  the  amount  so  deducted  shall  reach  a  total  of 
five  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($500,000)  which  shall  be 
held  as  further  security  for  the  faithful  performance  by 
the  Contractor  of  all  the  conditions,  covenants  and  require- 
ments specified  and  provided  for  in  this  contract.  This 
ten  per  centum  (10%)  deduction,  however,  shall  not  be  ap- 
plied to  payments  made  to  the  Contractor  on  plant. 

When  the  Engineer  shall  certify  to  the  Commissions  that 
all  tunnel  lining  has  been  erected,  including  permanent 
connections  of  this  lining  at  the  cross  passage  and  shafts, 
and  either  such  connections  or  bulkheads  are  in  place  at 
both  ends  of  the  contract  and  shall  also  certify  that  the 
cross  passage  has  been  completed,  and  that  all  compressed 
air  has  been  removed,  then  one-half  (1/2)  this  retained 
percentage,  to  wit:  two  hundred  fifty  thousand  dollars 
($250,000)  shall  be  paid  to  the  Contractor,  the  other  one- 
half  (Vk)  being  retained  by  the  Commissions  until  the 
completion  of  the  contract.  The  payment  of  the  retained 
percentage  at  any  time  shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions 
of  Article  XXXVIII.  The  Contractor  may  from  time  to 
time  withdraw  portions  of  the  amounts  so  retained  upon 


208 

SECURITY  TO  BE  FURNISHED  BY  THE  CONTRACTOR. 

depositing  with  the  Comptroller  or  Comptrollers  bonds  or 
other  acceptable  securities  which  are  lawful  for  the 
investment  of  funds  of  savings  banks  within  the  State  of 
New  York  or  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  as  the  case  may 
be,  and  shall  be  approved  by  the  Commissions.  All 
securities  when  deposited  must  be  payable  to,  or  run 
in  favor  of  or  be  transferred  to  the  Comptroller  of  the 
State  of  New  York  or  the  Chairman  of  the  New  Jersey 
Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,  as  the  case 
may  be.  In  case  any  of  the  securities  so  deposited  shall, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Commission  in  question  at  any  time 
cease  to  be  of  the  character  of  securities  which  are  law- 
ful for  the  investment  of  the  funds  of  the  savings  banks 
within  the  State  of  New  York  or  the  State  of  New  Jersey, 
as  the  case  may  be,  or  shall  in  the  opinion  of  the  Com- 
missions, or  either  of  them,  as  the  case  may  be,  at  any 
time  become  of  less  value  than  the  value  stated  for  it  or 
them  in  the  said  schedule,  then  within  ten  (10)  days  after 
notice  to  the  Contractor  of  the  objection  of  the  Commis- 
sion the  Contractor  shall  either  substitute  therefor  secu- 
rities which  shall  be  approved  by  the  Commission  as  of 
the  character  aforesaid  and  as  being  of  at  least  the  value 
of  the  former  securities  to  which  the  Commission  shall 
have  objected  as  such  value  was  originally  stated  in  the 
said  schedule  or  shall  deposit  with  the  Comptroller  of  the 
State  of  New  York  or  the  Chairman  of  the  New  Jersey 
Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,  as  the  case 
may  be,  in  cash  the  amount  of  such  value  of  such  former 
securities  as  so  originally  stated.  In  case  the  Contractor 
shall  not  within  said  ten  (10)  days  or  such  further  time, 
if  any,  as  the  Commission  may  grant  substitute  such  new 
securities  or  make  such  deposit  of  cash  the  Commission 
may  require  the  Comptroller  to  deduct  from  any  moneys 
then  due  or  which  thereafter  may  become  due  to  the  Con- 
tractor under  this  contract  the  amount  of  the  original 
valuation  of  such  securities  objected  to;  and  the  Com- 


209 

PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

mission  shall  hold  the  moneys  so  deducted  in  lieu  of  such 
securities  as  if  part  of  the  original  deposit  as  aforesaid. 
The  securities  so  objected  to  shall  upon  such  substitution 
of  securities  or  deposit  of  cash  in  lieu  thereof  be  returned 
to  the  Contractor. 

The  Comptroller  of  the  State  of  New  York  and  the 
Chairman  of  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tun- 
nel Commission  shall  from  time  to  time  collect  all  in- 
terest, dividends  and  other  income  on  any  securities  de- 
posited by  the  Contractor  and  shall  pay  the  same  when 
and  as  collected,  to  the  Contractor.  If  the  securities  are 
in  the  form  of  coupon  bonds,  the  coupons  as  they  respect- 
ively become  due  shall  be  delivered  to  the  Contractor. 
Said  bonds  or  securities  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  pro- 
visions as  the  retained  percentage,  and  in  case  of  the  re- 
turn of  a  part  of  said  percentage,  the  Contractor,  at  his 
option,  may  take  portions  of  retained  percentage  or  of 
bonds  and  securities  as  he  desires. 

CHAPTER  VI. 

PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

ARTICLE  XLI. — In    order    to    assist    the    Contractor    to     partjai 
prosecute  the  work  advantageously,  the  Engineer  shall,     payments. 
from  time  to  time,  as  the  work  progresses  but  not  more 
than  once  a  month,  make  in  writing  an  estimate,  such  as 
in  his  opinion  shall  be  just  and  fair,  of  the  amount  and 
value  of  the  work  done  and  materials  furnished  by  the 
Contractor  according  to  the  terms  of  this  contract,  pro- 
vided, however,  that  estimates  may  at  any  time  be  with- 
held or  reduced,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  the 
work  is  not  proceeding  in  accordance  with  this  contract, 


210 


PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

or  the  Contractor  is  not  complying  with  all  of  his  obliga- 
tions thereunder.  The  first  such  estimate  shall  be  of  the 
amount  ancj  value  of  the  work  done  and  materials  fur- 
nished since  the  Contractor  commenced  the  performance 
of  this  contract  on  his  part.  Every  subsequent  estimate 
except  the  final  estimate  shall  be  of  the  amount  and  value 
of  the  work  done  and  materials  furnished  since  the  last 
preceding  estimate  was  made,  provided,  however,  that 
no  such  estimate  shall  be  required  to  be  made  when,  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Engineer,  the  total  value  of  the  work 
done  and  materials  furnished  since  the  last  preceding 
estimate  amounts  to  less  than  twenty-five  thousand  dollars 
($25,000).  The  Engineer  shall  further  include  accepted 
steel  and  cast-iron,  including  tunnel  lining,  delivered  on 
the  site  of  the  work  or  on  property  owned  or  leased  by 
the  States,  but  not  incorporated  in  the  work,  at  the  rate  of 
seventy-five  dollars  ($75)  per  ton  of  steel  so  delivered,  at 
the  rate  of  sixty  dollars  ($60)  per  ton  of  cast  steel  so  deliv- 
ered, and  at  the  rate  of  thirty-five  dollars  ($35)  per  ton  of 
cast-iron  so  delivered.  Any  material  included  in  a  partial 
estimate  which  may  subsequently  become  lost,  damaged  or 
unsatisfactory  shall  be  deducted  from  succeeding  partial 
estimates.  All  such  steel  and  cast-iron  so  accepted  shall  be 
and  become  the  property  of  the  States  and  the  Contractor 
at  his  own  expense  shall  promptly  execute,  acknowledge 
and  deliver  or  cause  to  be  executed,  acknowledged  and 
delivered  to  the  Commissions  for  any  and  all  such  steel 
and  cast  iron  included  in  any  such  partial  estimate,  proper 
bills  of  sale  or  other  instruments  in  writing  in  a  form  and 
as  required  by  the  Commissions  from  the  Con- 
tractor and  from  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  manu- 
facturing for,  or  selling  or  shipping  or  delivering  to,  the 
Contractor  any  such  steel  or  castiron  conveying  and 
assuring  to  the  States  title  to  such  steel  and  cast-iron  in- 
cluded in  such  estimate  free  from  all  liens  and  encum- 
brances, and  containing  the  further  assurances  that  the 
manufacturer  has  been  paid  for  the  material,  or  that 


211 


PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

satisfactory  arrangements  for  such  payment  have  been 
made,  and  the  Contractor  at  his  own  expense  shall  mark 
such  steel  and  cast-iron  as  the  property  of  the.  States  and 
shall  take  such  other  steps,  if  any,  as  the  Commissions  may 
require  or  regard  as  necessary  to  vest  title  in  the  States 
to  such  steel  and  castiron  free  from  all  liens  and  encum- 
brances. No  materials  not  incorporated  in  the  work,  ex- 
cepting such  steel  and  castiron  shall  be  included  in  any 
estimate. 

In  addition  to  the  ten  per  centum  (10%)  retained,  as 
provided  for  under  Article  XL,  there  will  be  deducted 
from  each  estimate  following  the  last  payment  for  plant, 
eight  per  centum  (8%)  of  the  total  amount  of  such  esti- 
mate to  apply  on  the  payment  made  to  the  Contractor 
for  plant,  until  the  amount  so  deducted  shall  equal  the 
amount  paid  by  the  Commissions  for  plant. 

In  case  the  seven  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($700,000) 
paid  for  plant  has  not  all  been  deducted  from 
the  estimates  by  the  time  all  tunnel  lining  is  com- 
pleted and  all  compressed  air  removed,  the  balance  of  the 
seven  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($700,000)  will  be  de- 
ducted from  the  next  partial  estimate,  or  succeeding  esti- 
mates as  the  case  may  require. 

ARTICLE  XLII. — Partial  estimates  shall  not  be  required 
to  be  made  by  strict  measurement,  but  they  may  be  made 
by  measurement  or  by  estimation,  or  partly  by  one  method 
and  partly  by  the  other,  and  it  shall  be  sufficient  if  they 
are  approximate  only. 

ARTICLE  XLIII. — When  each  partial  estimate  is  made 
and  certified  by  the  Engineer  in  writing  to  the 
Commissions,  the  respective  Commissions  shall  pre- 
pare and  certify  one  voucher  each  for  forty-five 
per  centum  (45%)  of  the  amount  stated  in  such 
estimate  or  certificate  of  the  value  of  the  work  done  and 


Not  by  strict 
measurement. 


Vouchers. 


212 


PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

materials  furnished,  each  Commission  retaining  five  per 
centum  (5%)  of  each  partial  estimate.  After  the  amount 
so  retained  by  both  Commissions  reaches  a  total  of  five 
hundred  thousand  dollars  ($500,000),  this  deduction  from 
the  estimate  will  be  discontinued  and  thereafter  the  Com- 
missions will  prepare  and  certify  one  voucher  each  for 
fifty  per  centum  (50%)  of  the  amount  stated  in  each  esti- 
mate or  certificate. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  after  the  Engineer  shall  certify 
in  writing  to  the  Commissions  that  all  plant  is  completely 
installed  as  set  forth  in  Article  LVIII  and  the  Commissions 
shall  have  caused  to  be  paid  to  the  Contractor  the  total 
amount  for  plant,  the  Commissions  shall  then  make  a  fur- 
ther deduction  of  eight  per  centum  (8%)  [four  per  centum 
(4%)  by  each  Commission]  of  the  partial  estimates  until 
the  amount  so  deducted  equals  the  amount  paid  by  the 
Commissions  for  plant.  If,  at  the  time  of  the  completion 
of  all  tunnel  lining  and  the  removal  of  all  compressed  air, 
there  remains  a  balance  still  to  be  deducted  for  plant 
payment,  the  entire  balance  becomes  due  at  that  time, 
and  will  be  taken  from  the  next  partial  estimate,  or  suc- 
ceeding estimates  as  the  case  may  require. 

The  States,  or  either  of  their  Commissions,  may  at  all 
times  reserve  and  retain  from  said  partial  estimates  or  any 
of  them,  in  addition  to  all  deductions  above-mentioned, 
any  sum  or  sums  which,  by  the  terms  hereof  or  of  any 
law  of  the  State  of  New  York  or  the  State  of  New  Jersey, 
is  or  may  be  authorized  to  be  reserved  or  to  be  retained, 
and  the  States  shall,  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date 
of  the  certification  of  such  vouchers  by  the  Commissions, 
pay  the  same. 

Final  payment.  ARTICLE  XLIV. — Whenever,  in  the  opinion  of  the  En- 
gineer, the  Contractor  shall  have  completely  performed 
this  contract  on  his  part  and  no  further  work  shall  be 
required  of  him  hereunder,  the  Engineer  shall  so  certify 


213 


PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

in  writing  to  the  Commissions  and  in  his  certificate  shall 
state  from  actual  measurements  the  whole  amount  of 
the  work  done  by  the  Contractor  and  also  the  value  of 
such  work  under  and  according  to  the  terms  of  this  con- 
tract. On  the  expiration  of  forty  (40)  days  after  the  ac- 
ceptance by  the  Commissions  of  the  work  herein  agreed 
to  be  done  by  the  Contractor  and  the  filing  of  a  certificate 
of  the  completion  and  acceptance  of  the  work  in  the  office 
of  the  Commissions,  signed  by  the  Engineer  and  the  Chair- 
man of  each  Commission,  the  Commissions  shall  cause 
to  be  paid  to  the  Contractor  the  amount  remaining  after 
deducting  from  the  amount  stated  in  the  last  mentioned 
certificate  all  such  sums  as  shall  heretofore  have  been 
paid  to  the  Contractor  under  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
contract  and  also  any  sum  or  all  such  sums  of  money  as 
by  the  terms  hereof  the  States  are  or  may  be  authorized 
or  required  to  reserve  or  retain;  provided,  that  nothing 
herein  contained  shall  be  construed  to  affect  the  right, 
hereby  reserved,  of  the  Commissions  to  reject  the  whole 
or  any  portion  of  the  aforesaid  work,  should  the  said  cer- 
tificate be  found  or  known  to  be  inconsistent  with  the 
terms  of  this  contract  or  otherwise  improperly  given.  All 
prior  certificates  upon  which  partial  payments  may  have 
been  made,  being  merely  estimates,  shall  be  subject  to  cor- 
rection in  the  final  certificate,  which  final  certificate  may 
be  made  without  notice  thereof  to  the  Contractor  or  of  the 
measurements  upon  which  it  is  based. 

ARTICLE  XLV. — If  the  payment  of  the  amount  due  the 
Contractor  on  any  voucher  shall  be  delayed  beyond  the 
time  stipulated  in  Article  XLIII  in  the  case  of  partial 
payment,  or  Article  XLIV  in  the  case  of  final  payment, 
the  State  whose  voucher  is  delayed  shall  pay  the  Con- 
tractor interest  on  such  amount  at  the  rate  of  six  per 
centum  (6%)  per  annum  for  the  period  of  such  delay;  it 


Interest  on 

delayed 

payments. 


214 

• 

PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

being  understood  that  such  payments  of  interest,  if  any, 
are  to  be  in  lieu  of  any  claim  of  the  Contractor  for  al- 
leged damages  for  breach  of  contract  or  otherwise  in  case 
of  delayed  payments.  The  term  for  which  interest  shall 
be  paid  shall  be  reckoned,  in  the  case  of  a  partial  pay- 
ment from  the  thirtieth  day  after  the  certification  of  such 
voucher  by  the  Commissions,  and  in  the  case  of  a  fina\ 
payment  from  the  fortieth  day  after  the  acceptance  of  the 
work  by  the  Commissions  to  date  of  payment  of  the 
voucher.  The  date  of  payment  of  a  voucher  shall  be  con- 
sidered the  day  on  which  the  voucher  is  ready  for  pay- 
ment as  evidenced  by  the  records  of  the  Comptrollers  of 
the  State  of  New  York  and  the  State  of  New  Jersey.  If 
interest  shall  become  due  on  any  partial  payment,  the 
amount  thereof  shall  be  added  to  a  succeeding  payment 
by  the  Commission  delaying  such  payment.  If  interest 
shall  become  due  on  a  final  payment,  the  amount  thereof 
shall  be  paid  on  a  supplementary  voucher  prepared  by 
the  Commission  delaying  such  payment. 

,  ARTICLE  XLVI. — The    States   shall    not    nor   shall    any 

No  estoppel. 

department  or  officer  thereof  be  precluded  or  estopped 

by  any  return  or  certificate  made  or  given  by  the  Com- 
missions, any  Engineer  or  other  officer,  agent  or  ap- 
pointee thereof  under  any  provision  of  this  contract  from 
at  any  time  either  before  or  after  the  final  completion 
and  acceptance  of  the  work  and  payment  thereof  pur- 
suant to  any  such  return  or  certificate  showing  the  true 
and  correct  amount,  quality  and  character  of  the  work 
done  and  materials  furnished  by  the  Contractor  or  any 
other  person  under  this  agreement  or  from  showing  at 
any  time  that  any  such  return  or  certificate  is  untrue  and 
incorrect  or  improperly  made  in  any  particular  or  that 
the  work  and  materials  or  any  part  thereof  do  not  in 
fact  conform  to  the  specifications;  and  the  States  shall 


215 


PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

not  be  precluded  or  estopped,  notwithstanding  any  such 
return  or  certificate  and  payment  in  accordance  there- 
with, from  demanding  and  recovering  from  the  Contrac- 
tor such  damages  as  they  may  sustain  by  reason  of  his 
failure  to  comply  with  this  contract  or  the  specifications. 

ARTICLE  XLVII. — Neither  the  acceptance  by  the  Com- 
missions or  their  Engineer  or  any  of  their  employees  nor 
any  order,  measurement  or  certificate  by  the  Engineer, 
nor  any  order  by  the  Commissions  for  payment  of  money 
nor  any  payment  for,  nor  acceptance  of,  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  work  by  the  Engineer  or  the  Commis- 
sions, nor  any  extension  of  time  nor  any  possession  taken 
by  the  Commissions  or  their  employees  shall  operate  as 
a  waiver  of  any  portion  of  this  contract  or  of  any  power 
herein  reserved  to  the  Commissions  or  of  any  right  to 
damages  herein  provided;  nor  shall  any  waiver  of  any 
breach  of  this  contract  be  held  to  be  a  waiver  of  any 
other  or  subsequent  breach. 

ARTICLE  XL VIII. — The  acceptance  by  the  Contractor 
of  the  last  payment  aforesaid  shall  be  and  shall  operate 
as  a  release  to  the  States  from  all  claim  and  liability  to 
the  Contractor  for  anything  done  or  furnished  for,  or 
relating  to,  the  work ;  or  for  any  act  of  neglect  of  the  Com- 
missions, the  States  or  of  any  person  relating  to  or  af- 
fecting the  work,  except  only  the  claim  against  the  States 
for  the  remainder,  if  any  there  be,  of  the  amounts  kept 
or  retained  as  provided  in  this  contract. 

ARTICLE  XLIX. — If  the  Contractor  shall  claim  com- 
pensation for  any  damage  sustained  by  reason  of  any  act 
or  neglect  of  the  States  or  the  Commissions  or  their  agents, 
he  shall,  within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  sustaining  of  such 
damage,  make  a  written  statement  to  the  Engineer  of 


No  waiver. 


Final   payment 
to  terminate 
liability  of 
States. 


Contractor's 
claim  for 
damage. 


216 

PAYMENTS  TO  CONTRACTOR. 

the  nature  of  the  damage  sustained.  On  or  before  the 
fifteenth  day  of  the  month  succeeding  that  in  which  any 
such  damage  shall  have  been  sustained  the  Contractor 
shall  file  with  the  Engineer  an  itemized  statement  of  the 
details  and  amount  of  such  damage,  and,  unless  such 
statement  shall  be  made  as  thus  required,  his  claim  for 
compensation  may  in  the  discretion  of  the  Commissions 
be  forfeited  and  invalidated  and  he  shall  not  be  entitled 
to  payment  on  account  of  any  such  damage. 


217 

CONTRACTOR'S  LIABILITY  FOR  INJURIES. 
CHAPTER  VII. 

CONTRACTOR'S  LIABILITY  FOR  INJURIES  TO  PERSONS  OR 

PROPERTY. 

ARTICLE  L. — The  Contractor  expressly  admits  and  cove- 
Contractors 
nants  to  and  with  the  States  that  the  specifications  and     liability  for 

other  provisions  of  this  contract,  if  the  work  be  done  with- 
out fault  or  negligence  on  the  part  of  the  Contractor,  do 
not  involve  any  damage  to  surface,  sub-surface  or  over- 
head structures,  foundations,  bulkheads,  piers,  walls  or 
other  parts  of  adjacent  or  abutting  buildings;  and  the 
Contractor  will  at  his  own  expense  make  good  any  damage 
that  shall,  in  the  performance  of  the  work,  be  done  to 
surface,  sub-surface  or  overhead  structures,  foundations, 
bulkheads,  piers,  walls  or  other  parts  of  adjacent  or 
abutting  buildings.  The  liability  of  the  Contractor  under 
this  covenant  is  absolute  and  is  not  dependent  upon  any 
question  of  negligence  on  his  part  or  on  the  part  of  his 
agents,  servants  or  employees,  and  the  neglect  of  the  En- 
gineer to  direct  the  Contractor  to  take  any  particular  pre- 
cautions or  to  refrain  from  doing  any  particular  thing 
shall  not  excuse  the  Contractor  in  case  of  any  such 
damage. 

It  is  the  intention  of  the  parties  to  this  contract  that, 
in  addition  to  indemnifying  the  States  against  all  claims 
for  damages,  the  Contractor  shall  also  be  liable  to  the 
owners  of  adjacent  or  abutting  property,  buildings  or 
structures  and  to  all  tenants  or  occupants  of  such  build- 
ings or  structures  for  all  physical  injuries  to  property 
or  person  which  may  be  occasioned  by  the  work  of  the 
construction,  even  in  cases  where  such  owners,  tenants 
or  occupants  have  no  legal  claim  against  the  States  for 
such  injuries. 


218 


Maintenance 
of  traffic. 


Indemnifica- 
tion for 
accidents. 


Money  due 
Contractor  may 
be  retained  to 
meet  claims^ 


CONTRACTOR'S  LIABILITY  FOR  INJURIES. 

ARTICLE  LI.— The  Contractor  shall  during  the  per- 
formance of  the  work  safely  maintain  the  traffic  on 
streets,  avenues,  highways,  parks,  waters  and  other  pub- 
lic places  and  shall  take  all  necessary  precautions  and 
place  proper  guards  for  the  prevention  of  accidents  and 
shall  put  up  and  keep  at  night  suitable  and  sufficient 
lights. 

ARTICLE  LII. — The  Contractor  shall  be  solely  respon- 
sible for  all  physical  injuries  to  person  or  property  oc- 
curring on  account  of  the  work  hereunder  and  shall  in- 
demnify and  save  harmless  the  States  from  liability  upon 
any  and  all  claims  for  damages  on  account  of  such  in- 
juries to  person  or  property  and  from  all  costs  and  ex- 
penses in  suits  which  may  be  brought  against  the  States 
for  such  injuries  to  person  or  property;  it  being  distinctly 
understood,  stipulated  and  agreed  that  the  Contractor 
shall  be  solely  responsible  and  liable  for  and  shall  fully 
protect  and  indemnify  the  States  against  all  claims  for 
damages  to  person  or  property  occasioned  by  or  resulting 
from  the  methods  or  process  of  doing  the  work,  whether 
such  damages  be  attributable  to  negligence  of  the  Con- 
tractor, of  his  employees  or  otherwise. 

ARTICLE  LII  I. — In  case  any  claim  shall  be  made  by  any 
person  or  corporation  against  the  Contractor  or  the 
States  for  injury  or  alleged  injury  to  person  or  property 
occurring  or  alleged  to  have  occurred  on  account  of  the 
work  hereunder,  whether  by  reason  of  the  negligence, 
fault  or  default  of  the  Contractor  or  otherwise,  or  for 
any  infringement  or  alleged  infringement  of  patents  or 
for  any  neglect,  fault  or  default  or  alleged  neglect,  fault 
or  default  of  the  Contractor,  the  amount  of  such  claim 
or  so  much  thereof  as  the  Commissions  may  deem  reason- 
able shall,  upon  the  requirement  and  in  the  discretion 


219 
CONTRACTOR'S  LIABILITY  FOR  INJURIES. 

of  the  Commissions,  be  retained  by  the  Commissions  out 
of  any  moneys  then  due  or  thereafter  growing  due  to  the 
Contractor   hereunder    (in    addition    to    the    other   sums 
herein  authorized  to  be  so  retained)   as  security  for  the 
payment  of  such  claim  or  claims.    If  and  when  the  liabil- 
ity  of   the   States   or  the   Contractor   on   such   claim   or 
claims  shall  have  been  established  by  a  judgment  of  a 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or  such  claim  or  claims 
shall  have  been  admitted  by  the  Contractor  to  be  valid, 
the  said  claim  or  claims  may  be  paid  from  the  amount 
so  retained  and  the  balance,  if  any,  paid  to  the  Contrac- 
tor.   Should  there  be  any  unsatisfied  claim  or  claims  for 
injury  or  alleged  injury  to  person  or  property  occurring 
or  alleged  to  have  occurred  on  account  of  the  work  here- 
under, whether  by  reason  of  the  negligence,  fault  or  de- 
fault of  the  Contractor  or  otherwise,  or  for  any  infringe- 
ment   or    alleged    infringement    of    patents    or   for    any 
neglect,  fault  or  default  of  the  Contractor,  at  the  time 
when  the  final  voucher  for  the  work  is  prepared  and  cer- 
tified, the  Commissions  shall  have  the  right  to  retain  out 
of  the  final  payment  and  to  deduct  from  the  amount  of 
the  final  voucher  a  sum  in  their  judgment  sufficient  to  pro- 
tect   the   States    in   regard   to    all    unsatisfied    claims    as 
aforesaid,  and  in  case  the  amount  thus  retained  should 
be  insufficient  to  pay  the  amount  adjudicated  to  be  due 
upon  such  claim  or  claims,  the  States  may  sue  for  and 
recover  from  the  Contractor  the  amount  or  balance  as  a 
debt  from  the  Contractor  to  the  States.      The  Commis- 
sions may  further,  if  in  their  judgment  such  a  course  is 
necessary  or  proper,  at  the  time  of  preparing  and  cer- 
tifying the  final  voucher  ?nd  as  a  condition  of  preparing 
and  certifying  the  same,  require  the  Contractor  to  con- 
tinue his  bond  or  deposit  or  any  part  thereof  as  security 
against  any  such  unsatisfied  claims  for  a  time  not  ex- 
ceeding the  time  when  such  claim  would  be  legally  barred. 


220 


Examination  of 
property. 


Damage  to 
Works  during 
construction. 


Claim  for 
infringement  of 
patents. 


CONTRACTOR'S  LIABILITY  FOR  INJURIES. 

ARTICLE  LIV. — The  Engineer  shall  cause  a  detailed  ex- 
amination of  all  adjacent,  abutting  or  overhead  prop- 
erty to  be  made  before  construction  is  begun.  The  owner 
or  tenant  of  each  parcel  or  his  or  their  duly  authorized 
representative  shall  be  invited,  whenever  such  examina- 
tion is  made,  to  be  present  by  a  notice  in  writing 
delivered  to  a  person  apparently  in  charge  of  the 
premises,  and  the  Contractor  or  his  duly  authorized 
representative  shall  attend  and  with  the  Engineer  shall 
make  such  detailed  examination.  A  complete  record  of 
the  existing  conditions  of  each  parcel  shall  be  made  in 
quadruplicate,  signed  by  the  Engineer  and  the  Contrac- 
tor; one  record  shall  be  retained  by  the  owner,  one  by  the 
Contractor  and  two  by  the  Commissions.  At  such  times 
as  the  Engineer  may  direct  and  upon  the  comple- 
tion of  the  work  or  upon  notice  to  the  Engineer  by  the 
owner  or  tenant  that  physical  injury  has  occurred,  further 
examination  shall  be  made  and  the  findings  recorded  and 
filed  as  above. 

ARTICLE  LV. — All  risk  of  loss  or  damage  to  the  Works 
or  to  any  part  thereof  or  to  any  of  the  materials,  plant, 
tools,  appliances,  supplies  or  other  things  used  in  doing 
the  work  prior  to  final  completion  is  assumed  and  shall 
be  borne  by  the  Contractor,  and  any  such  loss  or  damage 
shall  be  made  good  by  the  Contractor  at  his  own  cost, 
and  the  work  shall  be  carried  forward  by  him  in  ac- 
cordance with  this  contract  without  additional  cost  to 
the  States  by  reason  of  such  loss  or  damage. 

ARTICLE  LVI. — The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for 
any  claims  made  against  the  States  for  any  infringe- 
ments of  patents  by  the  use  of  patented  tools,  articles  or 
appliances  in  the  performance  or  completion  of  the  work, 
or  by  the  use  of  any  materials,  process  or  method  con- 
nected with  the  work,  and  he  shall  save  harmless  and  in- 
demnify the  States  from  and  against  all  costs,  expenses 
and  damages  which  the  States  shall  be  obliged  to  pay 
by  reason  of  any  such  use  or  infringement. 


221 


INTERFERENCE  BY  INJUNCTION  :    PLANT  SITES. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


STATES  TO  SECURE  CONTRACTOR  AGAINST  INTERFERENCE 

BY   INJUNCTIONS.     PROVISION   FOR   PLANT   SITES. 

PAYMENT  FOR  AND  OWNERSHIP  OF  PLANT. 

ARTICLE  LVII. — The  Commissions  hereby  stipulate  and 
covenant  to  and  with  the  Contractor  that  they  will  use 
their  best  endeavor  to  secure  and  assure  to  the  Contrac- 
tor, so  long  as  the  Contractor  shall  perform  the  stipula- 
tions of  this  contract,  the  right  to  construct  the  Tunnel 
as  prescribed  in  this  contract,  free  of  all  right,  claim  or 
other  interference,  whether  by  injunction,  suit  for  dam- 
ages or  otherwise  on  the  part  of  any  owner,  abutting 
owner  or  other  person;  but  not  including  any  interfer- 
ence, legal  or  otherwise,  by  patentees  or  persons  claiming 
to  be  patentees  of  tools,  methods  or  appliances. 

ARTICLE  LVIII. — The  Commissions  will  provide  for  the 
Contractor,  without  cost  to  him  therefor,  sites  for  his 
plant  and  for  the  receipt,  storage  and  disposal  of  mate- 
rials, and  for  a  roadway,  indicated  as  Parcels  "A",  21,  22, 
23,  24,  26,  28,  34,  "B",  and  "C",  as  shown  on  Contract 
Drawing  No.  39.  These  parcels  shall  be  used  solely  for 
the  purpose  of  constructing  the  Vehicular  Tunnel  and  the 
said  sites  or  parcels,  or  any  of  them  as  the  Contractor 
may  require,  shall  be  turned  over  to  him  upon  his  requisi- 
tion therefor  as  herein  provided. 

The  Commissions  are  in  possession  of  all  of  the  parcels 
enumerated  in  this  Contract  (with  the  exception  of  Par- 
cels A  and  B)  under  the  provisions  of  an  Agreement  be- 
tween the  Commissions  and  the  Erie  Railroad  Company, 
dated  December  7, 1921.  This  Agreement  provides,  among 
other  things,  the  manner  in  which  such  parcels  may  be 
occupied  and  the  work  under  this  Contract  performed 


Right  of 
Contractor 
to  perform 
stipulations 
of  contract. 


Plant  sites. 


222 

PLANT  SITES. 

t 

thereon  or  therein  and  the  protection  or  insurance  re- 
quired against  injury  to  persons  or  damage  to  this  or 
other  property  of  the  Erie  Railroad  Company.  The  Con- 
tractor admits  that  he  has  informed  himself  of  the  obli- 
gations of  the  Commissions  under  the  terms  of  the  said 
Agreement  and  he  does  assume  for  and  on  behalf  of  the 
Commissions  all  such  obligations  to  the  full  extent  of 
the  Commissions'  liability  thereunder,  it  being  the  intent 
of  this  Contract  that  every  obligation  assumed  by  the 
Commissions  with  respect  to  the  occupancy  of  the  said 
property  of  the  Erie  Railroad  Company  and  the  manner 
of  the  performance  of  the  work  thereunder  shall  be  as- 
sumed by  the  Contractor  as  a  part  of  this  Contract. 

Copies  of  the  said  Erie  Agreement  are  on  file  in  the 
office  of  the  Commissions  and  may  be  obtained  upon  ap- 
plication. 

At  the  time  of  making  requisition  for  any  of  these  par- 
cels, the  Contractor  shall  submit  for  the  approval  of  the 
Engineer,  drawings  showing  the  character  and  extent  of 
the  proposed  occupation  and  use  of  plant  to  be  placed 
thereon. 

Parcel  "A"  will  be  made  available  to  the  Contractor  as 
a  site  for  his  power  plant  and  storage  of  materials  within 
thirty  (30)  days  after  requisition  therefor  and  upon  its 
delivery  to  the  Contractor,  all  buildings,  structures  and 
equipment  thereon  shall  become  his  property  and  he  shall 
remove  and  dispose  of  the  same  at  his  own  expense.  In 
clearing  this  property,  the  Contractor  shall  safeguard  the 
(vails,  foundations  and  other  parts  of  structures  of  adja- 
cent property  and  shall  shore  and  support  the  same  and 
do  such  other  work  as  may  be  necessitated  by  the  work  of 
removal  of  the  temporary  supports  and  he  shall  put  the 
same  in  a  good  and  serviceable  condition,  including  paint- 
ing, plastering,  bricking  up  openings  and  waterproofing 
where  necessary.  The  use  of  this  parcel  will  be  allowed 
during  the  period  of  this  contract. 

Parcels  21,  22,  23,  24,  26,  28,  34  and  "C"  will  be  made 
available  to  the  Contractor  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 


223 


PLANT  SITES. 

out  the  work  under  this  contract  within  thirty  (30)  days 
after  requisition  therefor.  With  the  exception  of  Parcel 
22,  they  will  be  cleared  by  the  Commissions  of  all  surface 
structures,  except  the  railroad  tracks  serving  Pier  No.  9, 
the  railroad  track  serving  the  Union  Terminal  Cold  Stor- 
age Warehouse,  poles  carrying  wires,  cables,  hydrants 
and  sub-surface  structures.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish 
such  protection  to  remaining  and  adjacent  structures  as 
is  provided  for  in  Section  55. 

In  Parcel  22  there  is  included  the  use  of  the  northerly 
eighteen  (18)  feet  of  the  sub-structure  of  Pier  No.  9.  The 
Contractor  shall  assume  responsibility  for  any  damage, 
due  to  his  operations,  to  the  sub-structure,  or  any  part  of 
this  pier  and  shall  leave  it  in  as  good  condition  at  the 
completion  of  the  work  as  it  was  at  the  beginning. 

Parcels  21,  22  and  "C"  will  be  available  for  the  Con- 
tractor's use  for  thirty-six  (36)  months  after  the  delivery 
of  the  contract,  Parcels  23  and  24  for  one  (1)  year  and 
two  (2)  months  following  the  period  that  Parcel  26  is 
available  and  Parcel  26  is  available  for  the  Contractor's 
use  for  ten  (10)  months  and  two  (2)  weeks  from  the  time 
it  is  turned  over  to  the  Contractor.  Parcel  28,  which  pro- 
vides an  overhead  easement  at  elevation  325.00,  will  be 
available  for  two  (2)  years  and  two  (2)  weeks,  the  term 
of  this  occupancy  to  start  the  same  time  as  that  of  Parcels 
23  and  24.  At  the  expiration  of  the  Contractor's  occu- 
pancy of  these  parcels,  he  shall  restore  the  surface  of  the 
ground  to  its  original  condition. 

After  the  clearing  of  the  sites  by  the  Commissions,  all 
work  necessary  to  make  these  parcels  available  for  the 
Contractor's  use  shall  be  at  his  expense  and  there  shall 
be  no  charge  to  him  for  his  occupancy  thereof.  In  case 
the  Contractor  shall  desire  to  continue  in  possession  of 
the  above  mentioned  parcels  for  a  longer  period  of  time 
than  above  specified  and  in  the  opinion  of  the  Commis- 
sions such  possession  is  reasonable  and  deemed  necessary 
for  the  completion  of  the  work,  then  the  Contractor  shall 


224 


PLANT  SITES. 

pay  and  the  Commissions  shall  accept,  as  full  payment 
for  rental  for  such  continued  possession,  the  respective 
sums  specified  in  the  following  schedule  for  each  day, 
including  Sundays  and  holidays,  for  each  respective  par- 
cel: 

Parcel  21  Ten  dollars   ($10)   per  day. 

"       22  Seventy  dollars  ($70)  per  day. 

"      23  and  24          Ten  dollars  ($10)  each  per  day. 
"       26  One  hundred  dollars   ($100)   per 

day. 
"      28  Five  dollars   ($5)   per  day. 

The  use  of  Parcel  "B"  will  be  allowed  for  a  period  of 
thirty-six  (36)  months  from  the  date  of  the  delivery  of 
the  contract  and  will  be  turned  over  to  the  Contractor 
within  thirty  (30)  days  after  requisition  is  made  for  it. 
The  Commissions  will  clear  this  parcel  of  all  surface 
structures  without  expense  to  the  Contractor.  If  the  Con- 
tractor shall  require  this  parcel  for  a  longer  period  of 
time  than  above  stated  and  in  the  opinion  of  the  Com- 
missions its  further  use  is  reasonable  and  necessary  for 
the  completion  of  the  work,  then  the  Contractor  shall  pay 
and  the  Commissions  shall  accept  as  full  payment  for 
rental  the  sum  of  five  dollars  ($5.00)  for  each  day,  includ- 
ing Sundays  and  holidays,  for  such  continued  possession. 

The  Contractor  will  be  required  to  carry  on  his  work 
in  connection  with  the  construction  of  the  Vehicular  Tun- 
nel in  compliance  with  the  agreement  between  the  Erie 
Railroad  Company  and  the  Commissioners  dated  Decem- 
ber 7th,  1921.  This  agreement  is  made  a  part  of  this  con- 
tract. Copies  of  the  said  agreement  are  on  file  in  the 
office  of  the  Commissions  and  may  be  obtained  upon  ap- 
plication. 

The  right  to  the  possession  and  use  of  the  aforesaid 
parcels  which  are  granted  to  the  Contractor  herein  shall 
be  subject  to  such  rights  therein  and  thereto  as  the  Com- 


225 

PLANT  SITES. 

missions  may  hereunder  desire  to  grant  to  other  con- 
tractors under  subsequent  contracts  for  the  construction 
of  the  Vehicular  Tunnel.  Such  rights  as  may  hereunder 
be  granted  to  other  and  subsequent  contractors  however 
shall  not  unduly  interfere  with  or  preclude  satisfactory 
progress  of  the  work  under  this  contract. 

In  the  event  of  a  default  by  the  Contractor  hereunder 
he  shall  forthwith  surrender  possession  of  the  parcels 
herein  enumerated  to  the  Commissions  without  the  neces- 
sity of  legal  or  other  proceedings  therefor  and  promptly 
upon  receipt  of  a  notice  of  default  given  as  herein  pro- 
vided. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  period  of  occupancy  of 
the  said  parcels  a  joint  survey  of  their  condition  shall 
be  made  by  the  Contractor  and  the  Engineer  and  a  proper 
record  thereof  kept  by  each  and  at  the  completion  of  the 
work  hereunder  or  at  the  time  of  default,  if  any,  another 
joint  survey  shall  be  made  by  the  Contractor  and  the 
Engineer,  which  said  survey  shall  determine  the  work 
of  restoration  which  is  to  be  done  by  the  Contractor.  Be- 
fore making  alterations  in  the  physical  structures  on  any 
of  the  parcels  the  Contractor  shall  submit  to  the  Engineer, 
for  his  approval,  the  plans  for  such  alterations. 

The  Commissions  will  provide  payment  for  power  plant     Payment 
as  defined  in  Sections  88  to  93  inclusive   and  payment  for  p   nt' 

shields  as  defined  in  Section  8-1,  when  such  power  plant 
or  shields  are  delivered  and  erected  upon  the  work.  Such 
payment  will  be  made  in  partial  estimates  from  time  to 
time  upon  the  certification  of  the  Engineer  that  such 
plant  is  delivered  and  installed.  The  total  payment  for 
power  plant  shall  be  two  hundred  fifty  thousand  dollars 
($250,000),  and  the  total  payment  for  shields  four  hun- 
dred fifty  thousand  dollars  ($450,000),  [two  hundred  fifty 
thousand  dollars  ($250,000)  to  be  paid  as  soon  as  two 
(2)  shields  are  built  and  in  operation,  one  hundred  thou- 


PLANT  SITES. 

sand  dollars  ($100,000)  when  the  third  shield  is  built  and 
in  operation  and  one  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($100,000) 
when  the  fourth  shield  is  built  and  in  operation]. 
The  total  payment  will  not  be  made  until  the  power 
plant  is  in  working  condition  and  until  the  shields  are 
in  working  operation.  Eight  per  centum  (&%)  of  the 
amounts  certified  from  time  to  time  to  be  due  to  the 
Contractor  will  be  retained  until  the  amounts  so  retained 
equal  the  entire  amount  paid  to  the  Contractor  for  plant 
has  been  deducted.  A  deduction  of  eight  per  centum 
(8%)  will  be  made  on  the  first  partial  estimate  after  the 
last  payment  for  plant  has  been  made,  and  like  deduction 
will  be  made  on  each  succeeding  partial  estimate  until  the 
amount  paid  to  the  Contractor  for  plant  has  been  entirely 
deducted.  If  at  the  time  of  the  completion  of  all  tunnel 
lining  and  the  removal  of  all  compressed  air,  there  still 
remains  a  balance  to  be  deducted  for  plant,  payment  of 
the  entire  balance  becomes  due  at  that  time  and  will  be 
deducted  from  the  next  partial  estimate,  or  succeeding 
estimates  as  the  case  may  require. 

Owii  r  hj  All  the  plant,  materials,  tools,  appliances,  equipment, 

of  plant.  supplies   and   property  provided  by   the   Contractor  for 

his  use  in  or  for  the  construction  or  maintenance  of  the 
work  shall,  as  soon  as  placed  in  or  upon  the  work  or  the 
site  of  the  work,  absolutely  be  and  become  the  property 
of  the  Commissions  and  no  part  of  such  plant,  materials, 
tools,  appliances,  equipment,  supplies  or  property  shall 
be  removed  from  the  work  or  the  site  of  the  work  with- 
out the  previous  permission  of  the  Engineer  except  as 
hereinafter  in  this  Article  provided,  but  the  Contractor 
shall  have  the  right  to  use  the  same  for  the  purpose  of 
his  work  and  he  shall  keep  the  same  in  good  repair.  If 
the  Contractor  shall  with  the  previous  permission  of  the 


227 


PLANT  SITES. 

Engineer  so  remove  any  part  of  the  plant  or  any  other 
such  material  or  thing  so  provided  by  the  Contractor,  the 
title  to  the  same  shall  upon  such  removal  revest  in  the 
Contractor.  If  the  Engineer  shall  at  any  time  certify  to 
the  Commissions  that  the  plant  or  any  part  thereof  or 
any  other  such  material  or  thing  provided  by  the  Contrac- 
tor and  remaining  on  the  work  or  the  site  of  the  work  is 
no  longer  required  for  the  performance  of  the  work  and 
may  be  removed  without  danger  or  injury  to  the  Tunnel, 
the  Commissions  shall  have  the  right  to  require  the  Con- 
tractor to  remove  and  take  away  the  same  forthwith  at 
the  Contractor's  expense,  and  the  title  to  the  same  shall 
upon  such  removal  revest  in  the  Contractor.  And  when- 
ever the  Contractor  shall  have  fully  completed  the  Works 
according  to  the  terms  of  this  contract  and  the  Commis- 
sions shall  so  certify,  the  Contractor  shall  remove  any 
such  plant  and  any  other  such  material  or  thing  so  pro- 
vided by  the  Contractor  and  then  remaining  on  the  work 
which  in  the  opinion  of  the  Commissions  may  be  removed 
without  danger  or  injury  to  the  Tunnel  and  the  title  to 
the  same  shall  upon  such  removal  revest  in  the  Contrac- 
tor. If  the  Contractor  shall  be  declared  by  the  Commis- 
sions to  be  in  default  as  provided  in  Article  LXVIII,  the 
Contractor  shall  forthwith  surrender  and  deliver  to  the 
Commissions,  according  to  the  requirement  of  the  Com- 
missions, any  or  all  of  the  materials,  plant,  tools,  ap- 
pliances, equipment,  supplies  and  property  provided  by 
the  Contractor  for  the  purpose  of  his  work  and  the  Com- 
missions, its  contractors  and  agents,  shall  have  the  right 
to  take  possession  of  and  use  the  same  as  the  property 
of  the  Commissions  without  liability  for  waste  or  destruc- 
tion thereof  and  without  the  obligation  to  account  there- 
for; and  in  case  this  contract  shall  be  declared  at  an  end 
by  the  Commissions  as  provided  in  Article  LXVIII  the 
Contractor  shall  forthwith  surrender  and  deliver  to  the 


Removal  of 
plant. 


Surrender  of 
plant  in  case 
of  default. 


228 

PLANT  SITES. 

Commissions  all  the  materials,  plant,  tools,  appliances, 
equipment,  supplies  and  property  provided  by  the  Con- 
tractor for  the  purpose  of  his  work  and  the  Commis- 
sions, its  contractors  and  agents,  shall  have  the  right  to 
take  possession  of  and  use  the  same  as  the  property  of 
the  Commissions  without  liability  for  waste  or  destruc- 
tion thereof  and  without  the  obligation  to  account  there- 
for; subject  only  to  the  condition  that  whenever  the  Tun- 
nel, which  the  Contractor  herein  agrees  to  construct  with 
its  appurtenances  and  the  other  work  which  the  Con- 
tractor herein  agrees  to  perform  shall  have  been  com- 
pleted, the  Commissions,  if  they  shall  be  of  opinion  that 
any  plant,  materials,  tools,  appliances,  equipment,  sup- 
plies or  property  so  provided  and  placed  by  the  Contrac- 
tor and  then  remaining  (if  there  be  any)  shall  no  longer 
be  necessary  for  the  construction  of  said  portion  of  said 
Tunnel  or  the  performance  of  such  other  work  and  may 
be  removed  without  danger  or  injury  to  said  Tunnel, 
shall  by  resolution  so  declare  and  shall  give  notice  of  its 
finding  to  the  Contractor  and  the  Contractor  within 
thirty  (30)  days  after  such  notice,  provided  that  he  shall 
have  first  paid  to  the  Commissions  all  sums  owed  by 
him  to  the  Commissions,  may  remove  such  plant,  ma- 
terials, tools,  appliances,  equipment,  supplies  or  prop- 
erty so  provided  and  placed  and  then  remaining  which 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Commissions  is  no  longer  necessary 
and  may  be  removed  as  aforesaid,  in  such  condition  as 
the  same  may  then  be,  and  the  title  to  such  plant,  ma- 
terials, tools,  appliances,  equipment,  supplies  or  prop- 
erty, in  such  condition  as  the  same  may  then  be,  shall 
upon  the  removal  of  all  such  plant  and  other  materials 
and  things  revest  in  the  Contractor;  but  if  the  Contrac- 
tor shall  fail  to  remove  all  such  plant  and  other  ma- 
terials and  things  as  aforesaid,  title  shall  remain  in  the 
Commissions. 


229 


PLANT  SITES. 

For  the  further  assurance  of  the  faithful  performance 
of  this  Article  the  Contractor  will  from  time  to  time, 
upon  the  demand  of  the  Commissions,  execute  such  fur- 
ther instruments,  writings  or  assurances  as  may  be  nec- 
essary for  the  effectual  performance  of  the  intent  of  this 
Article.  The  form  and  substance  of  such  instruments, 
writings  or  assurances  shall  be  determined  by  the  Com- 
missions. 

ARTICLE  L1X. — At  the  time  of  the  letting  of  the  con- 
tract, or  before  any  payment  shall  be  due  to  the  Contrac- 
tor, or  at  any  time  during  the  course  of  operation,  the 
Contractor  shall  satisfy  the  Commissions  of  his  owner- 
ship of  the  plant,  materials,  tools,  appliances,  equipment, 
supplies  or  property,  or  any  part  thereof,  referred  to 
herein,  and  if  the  Commissions  so  order,  no  moneys  shall 
be  due  him  hereunder  until  all  liens  or  incumbrances  on 
the  said  plant,  materials,  tools,  appliances,  equipment, 
supplies  or  property,  or  any  part  thereof,  which  tend  in 
any  way  to  limit  or  reduce  the  ownership  of  the  Com- 
missions therein  shall  have  been  satisfied. 

ARTICLE  LX. — If  the  Contractor  shall  furnish  other 
sites  in  addition  to  those  provided  pursuant  to  the 
provisions  of  Article  LVIII  for  the  installation  or 
maintenance  of  air  compressing  plant,  or  auxiliary 
machinery,  then  and  in  that  event,  in  order  to  secure 
and  assure  to  the  Commissions  free  and  clear  title  to, 
and  full  control  of,  all  plant,  materials,  tools,  appli- 
ances, equipment,  supplies  and  property  provided  by 
the  Contractor  for  his  use  in  or  for  the  construction  or 
maintenance  of  the  work  and  placed  in  or  upon  any  such 
site,  the  Contractor  shall  lease,  or  procure  a  lease,  free 
from  encumbrances,  to  the  Commissions,  of  all  such  sites 
provided  by  the  Contractor,  such  lease  to  be  in  such 
form  and  to  contain  such  provisions  (including 
provisions  for  the  protection  and  indemnification 
by  the  Contractor  of  the  States,  and  the  Corn- 


No  liens  on 
Contractor's 
plant. 


Contractor's 
plant  on  prop- 
erty other  than 
provided  for  in 
this  Contract. 


230 

PLANT  SITES. 

mission?,  and  the  members  of  the  Commissions  against 
claims  by  reason  of  such  lease  or  by  reason  of  anything 
done  or  permitted  in  or  upon  the  leased  sites)  as  the 
Commissions  may  require,  the  term  of  such  lease  to  be 
for  such  period  as  the  Commissions  may  deem  necessary 
for  the  completion  of  the  Works  and  the  rental  for  the 
full  term  to  be  the  sum  of  one  dollar.  The  Contractor 
shall  also  take  such  other  steps,  if  any,  as  the  Commis- 
sions may  in  their  discretion  require  for  the  purpose  of 
securing  and  assuring  to  the  Commissions  free  and  clear 
title  to  all  such  plant,  materials,  tools,  appliances,  equip- 
ment, supplies  and  property  provided  or  placed  upon 
such  sites  and  for  the  purpose  of  securing  and  assuring 
to  the  Commissions  the  control  thereof,  particularly  the 
right  to  take  possession  of  and  use  the  same  in  the  event 
that  the  Commissions  shall  declare  the  Contractor  to  be 
in  default  or  declare  this  contract  at  an  end  as  provided 
in  Article  LXVI1I.  In  case  the  Commissions  shall  de- 
clare the  Contractor  to  be  in  default  as  provided  in  Ar- 
ticle LXVIII,  and  shall  demand  possession  of  any  of 
said  sites  or  any  part  thereof,  the  Contractor  shall  forth- 
with quit  and  surrender  said  sites  or  such  part  thereof; 
and  in  case  the  Commissions  shall  declare  this  contract 
at  an  end,  as  provided  in  Article  LXVIII,  the  Contractor 
shall  forthwith  quit  and  surrender  said  sites.  In  case 
the  Contractor  shall  fail  to  quit  and  surrender  any  of 
said  sites  or  any  part  thereof  when  required  so  to  do, 
the  Commissions  in  addition  to  all  other  remedies,  shall 
have  the  right  to  remove  the  Contractor  from  said  sites 
or  such  part  thereof  and  to  charge  the  expense  of  such 
removal  to  the  Contractor  and  to  deduct  such  expense 
from  any  moneys  then  due  or  thereafter  becoming  due 
to  the  Contractor  hereunder.  And  neither  the  Commis- 
sions nor  any  member  of  the  Commissions  nor  the  En- 
gineer or  any  of  his  assistants  or  subordinates  shall  be 
liable  for  any  damage  resulting  to  the  Contractor  from 
such  removal,  whether  occasioned  by  negligence  in  the 
manner  of  removal  or  otherwise. 


231 

TIME  FOR  COMPLETION :    DAMAGES  FOR  DELAYS,  ETC. 

CHAPTER  IX. 

TIME  FOR  COMPLETION,  DAMAGES  FOR  DELAY,  ETC. 

ARTICLE  LXI. — Time  is  of  the  essence  of  this  contract. 
The  Contractor  shall  begin  actual  work  within  sixty  (60) 
days  after  the  date  of  the  delivery  of  the  contract  and 
shall  thenceforth  prosecute  the  work  continuously  and 
diligently.  The  entire  work  covered  by  this  contract  shall 
be  completed  in  all  respects  within  thirty-six  (36)  months 
from  the  date  of  the  delivery  of  the  contract. 

ARTICLE  LXII. — In  the  event  of  delay  in  completion  of 
any  work  ordered  hereunder  beyond  the  period  herein 
prescribed  or  beyond  the  period  to  which  such  time  may 
be  extended  by  resolution  of  the  Commissions  for  good 
cause  shown,  the  States  shall  be  paid  damages  for  such 
delay.  Inasmuch  as  the  amount  of  such  damages  will  be 
extremely  difficult  to  ascertain,  especially  in  view  of  the 
fact  that  the  construction  of  the  Tunnel  is  a  part  of  the 
construction  of  the  Vehicular  Tunnel  and  that  any  delay  in 
the  construction  of  said  Tunnel  may  delay  the  construc- 
tion and  completion  of  said  Vehicular  Tunnel,  it  is  here- 
by expressly  agreed  that  such  damages  shall  be  liquidated 
and  paid  as  follows: 

The  Contractor  shall  pay  to  the  States  for  each  and 
every  day,  except  Sundays  and  legal  holidays,  that  he 
shall  be  in  default  in  completing  the  entire  work  to  be 
done  under  this  contract,  the  sum  of  one  thousand  dol- 
lars ($1,000),  which  sum  is  hereby  agreed  upon  not  as  a 
penalty  but  as  liquidated  damages  which  the  States  will 
suffer  by  reason  of  such  default.  The  States  shall  have 
the  right  to  deduct  such  amounts  from  any  moneys  due 
or  which  may  thereafter  become  due  to  the  Contractor 
under  this  contract.  But  in  case  the  Contractor  shall  be 


Commence- 
ment and  com- 
pletion of  work. 


Damage  for 
delay. 


232 


Commissions 
may  intervene 
in  case  of 
injunctions. 


TIME  FOR  COMPLETION  :    DAMAGES  FOR  DELAYS,  ETC. 

actually  and  necessarily  delayed  by  reason  of  any  labor 
strike  not  caused  or  instituted  or  provoked  by  the  Con- 
tractor or  by  any  sub-contractor,  agent  or  representative 
of  the  Contractor,  or  in  case  the  Contractor  shall  be 
actually  and  necessarily  delayed  by  any  injunction  or  by 
any  interference  of  public  authority  or  by  the  suspension 
of  the  work  by  the  Commissions  as  provided  in  Article 
LXV,  and  in  case  the  Contractor  cannot  with  reasonable 
diligence  make  up  for  the  delay  so  occasioned  by  speedier 
work  when  the  Contractor  shall  not  so  be  delayed,  then 
the  said  date  for  completion  shall,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided,  be  extended  by  resolution  of  the  Commissions 
to  a  date  later  than  the  expiration  of  the  said  period  of 
thirty-six  (36)  months  by  the  amount  of  the  time  of  such 
delay  as  determined  by  the  Commissions. 

ARTICLE  LXIII. — But  no  injunction,  strike  or  inter- 
ference of  public  authority  shall  be  ground  for  such  ex- 
tension unless  and  until  the  Contractor  shall  give  the 
Commissions  notice  of  the  injunction  or  other  cause  of 
delay,  with  copies  of  the  injunction  or  other  orders  and 
of  the  papers  upon  which  the  same  shall  have  been 
granted,  and  no  extension  shall  be  granted  except  for  the 
delay  occasioned  after  the  giving  of  such  notice.  Nor 
will  any  extension  be  granted  in  any  case  unless  the  Con- 
tractor shall  prove  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Commissions 
all  the  facts  which  entitle  him  to  such  extension.  The 
Commissions  and  the  States  or  either  shall  be  accorded 
the  right  to  intervene  or  become  a  party  to  any  suit  or 
proceeding  in  which  any  such  injunction  shall  be  obtained 
and  to  move  to  dissolve  the  same  or  otherwise,  as  the 
Commissions  or  the  States  may  deem  proper.  If  neces- 
sary, Counsel  to  the  Commissions  shall  be  authorized  by 
the  Contractor  to  appear  for  that  purpose  as  counsel  or 
attorneys  for  him. 


233 


TIME  FOR  COMPLETION  :    DAMAGES  FOR  DELAYS,  ETC. 

ARTICLE  LXIV. — The  time  stipulated  within  which  to 
complete  the  Tunnel  is  based  upon  the  quantities  of  the 
various  items  entering  into  the  work  as  stated  in  the 
Contractor's  Proposal,  which  are  given  solely  for  the  pur- 
pose of  classifying  bids.  In  case  these  quantities  are  ex- 
ceeded or  diminished,  then  an  extension  or  diminution 
of  the  time  for  the  completion  of  the  Tunnel  shall  be 
made.  It  is,  however,  understood  and  agreed  that  in  case 
an  increase  in  any  one  item  is  balanced  or  offset  by 
diminution  of  other  items,  no  change  in  the  term  shall  be 
made,  and  in  any  event  the  Commissions  shall  determine 
the  amount  of  extension  or  diminution  of  time  in  respect 
of  the  relative  increase  or  reduction  in  the  quantities 
involved  in  the  final  completion  of  the  Tunnel. 

ARTICLE  LXV. — The  Commissions  reserve  the  right  of 
temporarily  suspending  the  execution  of  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  any  work  ordered  to  be  performed  here- 
under,  if  they  shall  deem  it  for  the  interest  of  the  States 
so  to  do,  without  compensation  to  the  Contractor  for  such 
suspension  other  than  extending  the  time  for  completing 
the  work  as  hereinbefore  provided  as  much  as  it  may  have 
been  delayed  by  such  suspension. 

ARTICLE  LXVI. — Only  the  actual  delay  necessarily  re- 
sulting from  one  or  more  of  the  causes  above  mentioned 
shall  be  ground  for  extension  of  time,  and  in  case  the 
Contractor  shall  be  delayed  at  any  time  or  for  any  period 
by  two  or  more  of  the  causes  above  mentioned,  only  one 
period  of  extension,  if  any,  shall  be  granted  for  such  de- 
lay and  the  Contractor  shall  not  be  entitled  to  a  separate 
extension  for  each  one  of  the  causes  so  operating,  it  being 
understood  that  only  the  actual  period  of  necessary  de- 
lay, as  determined  by  the  Commissions  irrespective  of 


Time  for  com- 
pletion may  be 
changed. 


Suspension 
of  work. 


Extensions 
cumulative. 


not 


Permission  to 
complete  con- 
tract no 
waiver. 


234 


REMEDIES  IN  CASE  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  DEFAULT. 

the  number  of  causes  contributing  to  produce  such  delay, 
will  be  ground  for  extension  of  time. 

ARTICLE  LXVII. — The  permitting  of  the  Contractor  to 
go  on  and  finish  the  work  or  any  part  of  it  after  the  time 
fixed  for  its  completion  or  after  the  date  to  which  the 
time  for  completion  may  have  been  extended,  or  the  mak- 
ing of  payments  to  the  Contractor  after  any  of  such 
periods,  shall  in  no  wise  operate  as  a  waiver  on  the  part 
of  the  States  of  any  of  their  rights  under  this  contract. 


CHAPTER  X. 


In  cases  of 
default 


REMEDIES   IN   CASE  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  DEFAULT. 

ARTICLE  LXVIII. — If  any  work  to  be  done  under  this 
contract  shall  be  abandoned  by  the  Contractor,  or  if  this 
contract  shall  be  assigned  or  the  work  sublet  by  him 
otherwise  than  as  herein  specified,  or  if  the  Contractor 
shall  not  comply  with  such  orders  as  may  from  time  to 
time  be  given  by  the  Commissions  or  the  Engineer  with 
respect  to  the  work,  or  if  the  Contractor  shall  violate  any 
of  the  provisions  or  covenants  of  this  contract  or  of  the 
specifications,  or  shall  not  execute  the  same  in  good  faith 
and  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof,  or  if  at  any 
time  the  Engineer  shall  certify  in  writing  to  the  Com- 
missions that  in  his  opinion  suitable  and  sufficient  ma- 
terials, plant,  power,  tools,  supplies  or  other  means  of 
construction  are  not  provided,  or  that  a  sufficient  number 
of  workmen  are  not  employed  in  the  execution  of  the 
work  under  this  contract,  or  that  in  his  opinion  the  work 
or  any  part  thereof  is  not  being  carried  on  with  such 
skill,  diligence  and  despatch  as  will  insure  the  completion 
of  the  work  within  the  time  specified  in  this  contract,  or 
if  any  work  be  not  fully  completed  within  the  time  named 


235 

REMEDIES  IN  CASE  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  DEFAULT. 

in  this  contract  for  its  completion  or  within  the  period  to 
which  the  time  for  completion  may  be  extended  by  the 
Commissions  or  (in  view  of  the  necessity  for  special  skill 
and  ample  financial  resources  in  the  prosecution  of  the 
work),  if  the  Contractor  shall  become  insolvent  or  bank- 
rupt or  if  his  property  or  affairs  shall  be  put  in  the 
hands  of  a  receiver  or  receivers,  then  and  in  any  of  such 
cases  the  Commissions  may  upon  not  less  than  five  (5) 
days'  notice  to  the  Contractor  or  upon  such  shorter  no- 
tice as  in  the  opinion  of  the  Commissions  may  be  justified, 

(1)  Declare  the  Contractor  to  be  in  default;  and  the 
Commissions  may  thereupon  notify  the  Contractor,  by 
a  written  notice,  to  discontinue  all  work  or  any  part 
thereof  under  this  contract,  and  thereupon  the  Contrac- 
tor shall  discontinue  the  work  or  such  part  thereof,  and 
the  Commissions  shall  thereupon  have  the  right,  either 
for  the  Contractor,  for  his  account  and  at  his  risk,  or 
otherwise  as  the  Commissions  may  determine,  to  con- 
tract for  the  completion  of  the  Works  or  such  part  there- 
of, either  with  or  without  public  advertisement,  or  to 
place  such  and  so  many  persons  as  they  may  deem  ad- 
visable, by  contract  or  otherwise,  to  work  and  complete 
the  work  herein  described  or  such  part  thereof,  to  take 
possession  of  and  use  any  or  all  of  the  materials,  plant, 
tools,  appliances,  equipment,  supplies  and  property  of 
every  kind  provided  by  the  Contractor  for  the  purpose  of 
his  work,  and  to  procure  other  materials,  plant,  tools, 
appliances,  equipment,  supplies  and  property  for  the 
completion  of  the  Works  or  such  part  thereof,  and  to 
charge  the  expense  of  said  labor  and  materials,  plant, 
tools,  appliances,  equipment,  supplies  and  property  to 
the  Contractor.  The  expense  so  charged  may  be  deducted 
and  paid  by  the  States  out  of  such  moneys  as  may  be  due 
or  may  at  any  time  thereafter  grow  due  to  the  Contrac- 


236 


REMEDIES  IN  CASE  OF  CONTRACTOR  S  DEFAULT. 

tor  under  and  by  virtue  of  this  contract.  And  the  Con- 
tractor shall,  upon  the  completion  of  the  Works  or  such 
part  thereof  or  from  time  to  time  during  the  course  of 
the  completion  of  the  Works  or  such  part  thereof,  as  the 
Commissions  may  require,  forthwith  pay  to  the  States, 
with  interest,  the  excess,  if  any,  of  the  cost  to  the  States 
of  the  completion  of  the  Works  or  such  part  thereof 
over  the  amount  payable  to  the  Contractor  for  the  same 
work  and  materials  under  the  terms  of  this  contract. 
And  the  completion  of  the  Works  or  such  part  thereof 
by  the  Commissions  shall  not  release  or  discharge  the 
Contractor  from  liability  with  respect  to  the  remainder 
of  the  work  or  any  other  obligation  or  liability  here- 
under;  and  when  any  particular  part  of  the  work  is  be- 
ing carried  on  by  the  Commissions  by  contract  or  other- 
wise, under  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph  (1),  the 
Contractor,  unless  he  shall  have  been  directed  to  dis- 
continue all  work,  shall  continue  the  remainder  of  the 
work  in  conformity  with  the  terms  of  this  contract  and  in 
such  manner  as  in  nowise  to  hinder  or  interfere  with 
other  contractors  of  the  Commissions  or  with  the  per- 
sons or  workmen  employed,  as  above  provided,  by  the 
Commissions,  by  contract  or  otherwise,  to  do  any  part 
of  the  work  or  to  complete  the  same  under  the  provisions 
of  this  paragraph.  Or 

(2)  Declare  this  contract  at  an  end  except  as  to  the 
liability  of  the  Contractor  hereinafter  in  this  paragraph 
provided  for;  and  the  Commissions  shall  tnereupon  have 
the  right  to  contract  for  the  completion  of  the  Works, 
either  with  or  without  public  advertisement,  or  to  place 
such  and  so  many  persons  as  they  may  deem  advisable, 
by  contract  or  otherwise,  to  work  and  complete  the  work 
herein  described,  to  take  possession  of  and  use  all  the 
materials,  plant,  tools,  appliances,  equipment,  supplies 


237 


REMEDIES  IN  CASE  OF  CONTRACTOR  S  DEFAULT. 

and  property  of  every  kind  provided  by  the  Contractor 
for  the  performance  of  his  work  and  to  procure  other 
materials,  plant,  tools,  appliances,  equipment,  supplies 
and  property  for  the  completion  of  the  same.  And  in 
case  the  expense  to  the  States  of  completing  the  Works 
(including  the  expense  of  procuring  such  other  materials, 
plant,  tools,  appliances,  equipment,  supplies  and  prop- 
erty) shall  exceed  the  amount  which  would  have  been  pay- 
able to  the  Contractor  for  the  same  work  and  materials 
under  this  contract  if  this  contract  had  been  completed 
by  the  Contractor,  he  shall,  upon  the  completion  of  the 
Works  or  from  time  to  time  during  the  course  of  the 
completion  of  the  Works  as  the  Commissions  may  re- 
quire, pay  the  amount  of  such  excess,  with  interest,  to 
the  States;  and  in  case  such  expense  shall  be  less  than 
the  amount  which  would  have  been  payable  to  the  Con- 
tractor for  the  same  work  and  materials  under  this  con- 
tract if  this  contract  had  been  completed  by  the  Contrac- 
tor, he  shall  forfeit  all  claim  to  the  difference.  And  the 
Contractor  shall  also  pay  to  the  States  the  amount  of 
any  claim  for  which  the  States  shall  be  liable  for  injury 
to  person  or  property  occurring  on  account  of  any  work 
done  by  the  Contractor  under  this  contract,  whether  by 
reason  of  the  negligence,  fault  or  default  of  the  Contrac- 
tor or  otherwise,  or  for  infringement  of  patents  or  for 
any  neglect,  fault  or  default  of  the  Contractor,  and  shall 
also  pay  to  the  States  the  amount  of  any  other  expense 
which  the  States  may  incur  or  be  liable  for,  and  the 
amount  of  any  payment  which  the  States  may  be  re- 
quired to  make,  and  the  amount  of  any  loss  or  damage 
which  the  States  may  incur  or  suffer,  by  reason  of  any 
neglect,  fault  or  default  of  the  Contractor.  Or 

(3)     The  Commissions  may  require  the  surety  or  sure- 
ties to  perform   and  complete  the  Works  or  such  part 


238 


REMEDIES  IN  CASE  OF  CONTRACTOR  S  DEFAULT. 

thereof  as  the  Commissions  may  require,  under  the  terms 
of  this  contract.    Or 


Engineer's 
certificate 
of  expense. 


States  may  use 
all  remedies. 


(4)  The  States  may  also  proceed  as  to  the  Commis- 
sions shall  seem  proper  upon  the  bonds  or  other  security 
in  its  possession.    And 

(5)  The  States  may  also  bring  any  suit  or  proceed- 
ing for  specific  performance  or  for  injunction  or  to  re- 
cover damages  or  to  obtain  any  other  relief  or  for  any 
other  purpose  proper  under  this  contract. 

ARTICLE  LXIX. — In  case  the  Commissions  shall  by 
contract  or  otherwise  complete  the  Works  or  any  part 
thereof  under  the  provisions  of  Article  LXVIII,  the  En- 
gineer, upon  the  completion  of  the  Works  or  such  part 
thereof  or  at  any  time  thereafter  upon  demand  in  writing 
by  either  party  hereto  or  from  time  to  time  during  the 
course  of  the  completion  of  the  Works  or  such  part 
thereof  upon  demand  by  the  Commissions,  shall  certify 
to  the  amount  of  the  expense  incurred  by  the  States  in 
the  completion  of  the  Works  or  such  part  thereof,  and 
said  certificate  shall  be  final  and  conclusive  and  ad- 
missable  in  evidence  against  the  Contractor  in  any  litiga- 
tion arising  or  growing  out  of  this  contract. 

ARTICLE  LXX. — The  States  may  avail  themselves  of  each 
and  every  remedy  herein  specifically  given  to  the  States 
or  now  or  hereafter  existing  at  law  or  in  equity  or  by 
statute,  and  each  and  every  such  remedy  shall  be  in 
addition  to  every  other  remedy  so  specifically  given  or 
otherwise  so  existing  and  may  be  exercised  from  time  to 
time  and  as  often  and  in  such  order  as  may  be  deemed 
expedient  by  the  Commissions,  and  the  exercise,  or  the 
beginning  of  the  exercise,  of  one  remedy  shall  not  be 


239 

REMEDIES  IN  CASE  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  DEFAULT. 

deemed  to  be  a  waiver  of  the  right  to  exercise,  at  the 
same  time  or  thereafter,  any  other  remedy,  except  that 
no  two  inconsistent  remedies  shall  be  exercised  at  the 
same  time. 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  contract  has  been  executed 
by  the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission, 
acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  York,  in  and 
by  authority  of  a  resolution  duly  adopted  by  the  Com- 
mission, and  these  presents  signed  by  the  Chairman  and 
attested  by  the  Secretary,  and  by  the  New  Jersey  Inter- 
state Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,  acting  for  and  in 
behalf  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  in  and  by  authority 
of  a  resolution  duly  adopted  by  the  Commission  and 
these  presents  signed  by  the  Chairman  and  attested  by  the 
Secretary,  and  the  Contractor  has  *  (hereunto  set  his  hand 
and  seal)  (caused  its  corporate  seal  to  be  hereto  affixed 
and  these  presents  to  be  executed  by  its  President  and 
attested  by  its  Secretary  by  virtue  of  a  resolution  duly 
adopted  by  its  Board  of  Directors)  the  day  and  year  first 
above  written. 


*If  the  Contractor  is  an  individual,  use  the  words  enclosed  in  the 
first  bracket;  if  a  corporation,  use  the  words  enclosed  in  the  second 
bracket. 


240 


TESTIMONIUM. 

FOR  THE  STATE  OF  NEW  YORK 

NEW  YORK  STATE  BRIDGE  AND  TUNNEL  COMMISSION 
By 


Chairman 
Attest: 


Secretary 

FOR  THE  STATE  OF  NEW  JERSEY 
NEW  JERSEY  INTERSTATE  BRIDGE  AND  TUNNEL  COMMISSION 
By 


Chairman 
Attest : 


Secretary 

CONTRACTOR 

(Seal) 

(If  corporation,  name  of  corporation) 

President 
Attest : 


Secretary 


241 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. 

State  of  New  York,      ) 

v.ss. 
County  of  New  York,  j  " 

On  this  day  of  ,  1922,  before  me 

personally  appeared  George  R.  Dyer  and  Morris  M. 
Frohlich,  to  me  known  and  known  to  me  to  be  the 
said  George  R.  Dyer  the  Chairman  and  the  said  Morris 
M.  Frohlich  the  Secretary  of  the  New  York  State  Bridge 
and  Tunnel  Commission;  and  the  said  George  R.  Dyer 
and  Morris  M.  Frohlich  being  by  me  duly  sworn  did  de- 
pose and  say  each  for  himself  and  not  for  the  other;  the 
said  George  R.  Dyer  that  he  resides  in  the  Borough  of 
Manhattan,  in  the  City,  County  and  State  of  New  York; 
that  he  is  Chairman  of  the  said  Commission  and  that  he 
subscribed  his  name  to  the  foregoing  contract  by  virtue 
of  the  authority  thereof;  and  the  said  Morris  M.  Frohlich 
that  he  resides  in  the  Borough  of  Manhattan,  in  the  City, 
County  and  State  of  New  York;  that  he  is  the  Secretary 
of  the  said  Commission  and  that  he  subscribed  his  name 
thereto  by  like  authority. 


242 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. 

State  of  New  York,      ) 

Css. 
County  of  New  York,  ( 

On  this  day  of  ,  1922,  before  me 

personally  appeared  T.  Albeus  Adams  and  James  P. 
Dolan,  to  me  known  and  known  to  me  to  be,  the  said 
T.  Albeus  Adams,  the  Chairman  and  the  said  James  P. 
Dolan,  the  Secretary  of  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge 
and  Tunnel  Commission;  and  the  said  T.  AJbeus  Adams 
and  James  P.  Dolan  being  by  me  duly  sworn  did  depose 
and  say  each  for  himself  and  not  for  the  other;  the  said 
T.  Albeus  Adams  that  he  resides  in  the  Town  of  Mont- 
clair,  Essex  County,  New  Jersey,  that  he  is  Chairman  of 
the  said  Commission  and  that  he  subscribed  his  name  to 
the  foregoing  contract  by  virtue  of  the  authority  thereof; 
and  the  said  James  P.  Dolan  that  he  resides  in  the  City 
of  Jersey  City,  Hudson  County,  New  Jersey;  that  he  is 
the  Secretary  of  the  said  Commission  and  that  he  sub- 
scribed his  name  thereto  by  like  authority. 


243 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. 

State  of  New  York,      ) 

v.  jjs 

County  of  New  York,    j 

On  this  day  of  ,  1922,  before  me 

personally  came  to  me  known  and 

known  to  me  to  be  the  individual  described  in  and  who 
executed  the  foregoing  instrument,  and  he  duly  acknowl- 
edged to  me  that  he  executed  the  same. 


State  of  New  York,      ) 

i  gg^ 

County  of  New  York,  j 

On   this  day  of  ,   1922,  before   me 

personally  appeared 

to  me  known,  who  being  by  me  first  duly  sworn  did  de- 
pose and  say  that  he  resides  in  in  the  State 
of  ,  that  he  is  the  of 
,  the  corporation  described  in  and  which 
executed  the  foregoing  instrument;  that  he  affixed  the 
corporate  seal  of  said  corporation;  that  one  of  the  seals 
affixed  to  said  contract  is  such  corporate  seal  and  that  it 
was  affixed  thereto  by  order  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of 
said  corporation  and  that  he  signed  his  name  thereto  by 
like  order. 


244 

FORM  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  BOND. 
FORM  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  BOND. 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  we,  the 
undersigned, 

as  principal,  and 


as  sureties,  are  hereby  held  and  firmly  bound  unto  the 
New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,  acting 
for  and  in  behalf  of  the  S'tate  of  New  York,  in  the  penal 
sum  of  one  million  dollars  ($1,000,000)  for  the  payment  of 
which  well  and  truly  to  be  made,  we  hereby  jointly  and 
severally  bind  ourselves,  our  heirs,  executors,  administra- 
tors, successors  and  assigns. 

Signed  this  day  of  ,  1922. 

The  condition  of  the  above  obligation  is  such  that  where- 
as the  above  named  principal  did  on  the 
day  of  ,  1922,  enter  into  a  contract 

with  the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission, 
acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  York,  and 
the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commis- 
sion, acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  S'tate  of  New  Jersey, 
which  said  contract  is  made  a  part  of  this  bond  the  same 
as  though  set  forth  herein: 


245 

FORM  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  BOND. 
Now,  if  the  said 


shall  well  and  faithfully  do  and  perform  the  things  agreed 
by  to  be  done  and  performed  according 

to  the  terms  of  said  contract,  and  shall  pay  all  lawful 
claims  of  sub-contractors,  materialmen  and  laborers,  for 
labor  performed  and  materials  furnished  in  the  carrying 
forward,  performing  or  completing  of  said  contract,  we 
agreeing  and  assenting  that  this  undertaking  shall  be  for 
the  benefit  of  any  materialman  or  laborer  having  a  just 
claim,  as  well  as  for  the  obligee  herein;  then  this  obliga- 
tion shall  be  void;  otherwise  the  same  shall  remain  in 
full  force  and  effect;  it  being  expressly  understood  and 
agreed  that  the  liability  of  the  surety  for  any  and  all 
claims  hereunder  shall  in  no  event  exceed  the  penal 
amount  of  this  obligation  as  herein  stated. 

The  said  surety  for  value  received  hereby  stipulates 
and  agrees  that  any  modifications,  omissions,  additions, 
or  extensions  of  time  in  or  to  the  said  contract  or  in  or 
to  the  plans  and  specifications  therefor  in  no  wise  affect 
the  obligations  of  said  surety  and  its  bond  and  it  does 
hereby  waive  notice  of  any  such  modifications,  omissions, 
additions  and  extensions. 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Contractor  and  the  Sureties 
have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and  seals  and  such  of  them 
as  are  corporations  have  caused  their  respective  seals 
to  be  hereto  affixed  and  these  presents  to  be  attested  by 
the  proper  officers  this  day  of  ,  1922. 


FORM    OF    CONTRACTOR  S    BOJs7D. 

(Affix  Sureties'  Acknowledgments  and  Justifications.) 


247 

FORM  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  BOND. 
FORM  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  BOND 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  we,  the 
undersigned, 

as  principal,  and 


as  sureties,  are  hereby  held  and  firmly  bound  unto  the 
Chairman  of  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tun- 
nel Commission,  acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of 
New  Jersey,  in  the  penal  sum  of  one  million  dollars 
($1,000,000),  for  the  payment  of  which  well  and  truly 
to  be  made,  we  hereby  jointly  and  severally  bind  our- 
selves, our  heirs,  executors,  administrators,  successors  and 
assigns. 

Signed  this  day  of  ,  1922. 

The   condition   of   the    above   obligation   is   such   that 
whereas,  the  above  named  principal  did  on  the 
day  of  ,  1922,  enter  into  a  contract  with  the 

New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission, 
acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  and 
the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission,  act- 
ing for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  York,  which 
said  contract  is  made  a  part  of  this  bond  the  same  as 
though  set  forth  herein: 


248 
FORM  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  BOND. 

Now,  if  the  said 

shall  well  and  faithfully  do  and  perform  the  Ihings  agreed 
by  to  be  done  and 

performed  according  to  the  terms  of  said  contract,  and 
shall  pay  all  lawful  claims  of  sub-contractors,  material- 
men  and  laborers,  for  labor  performed  and  materials 
furnished  in  the  carrying  forward,  performing  or  com- 
pleting of  said  contract,  we  agreeing  and  assenting  that 
this  undertaking  shall  be  for  the  benefit  of  any  material- 
man  or  laborer  having  a  just  claim,  as  well  as  for  the 
obligee  herein;  then  this  obligation  shall  be  void;  other- 
wise the  same  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect,  it 
being  expressly  understood  and  agreed  that  the  liability 
of  the  surety  for  any  and  all  claims  hereunder  shall  in  no 
event  exceed  the  penal  amount  of  this  obligation  as  here- 
in stated. 

The  said  surety  for  value  received  hereby  stipulates 
and  agrees  that  any  modifications,  omissions,  additions, 
or  extensions  of  time  in  or  to  the  said  contract  or  in  or 
to  the  plans  and  specifications  therefor  shall  in  no  wise 
affect  the  obligations  of  said  surety  and  its  bond  and  it 
does  hereby  waive  notice  of  any  such  modifications,  omis- 
sions, additions  and  extensions. 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Contractor  and  the  Sureties 
have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and  seals  and  such  of  them 
as  are  corporations  have  caused  their  respective  seals 
to  be  hereto  affixed  and  these  presents  to  be  attested  by 
the  proper  officers  this 
day  of  ,  1922. 


249 

FORM  OF  CONTRACTOR'S  BOND. 
(Affix  Sureties'  Acknowledgments  and  Justifications.) 


250 
CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL. 

(Form  "A" — Made  without  dependence  upon  the  award  of  any 
other  contract) 

FOR   THE   CONSTRUCTION    OF   THE    NEW   JERSEY    RIVER 
SECTION  OF  THE  PROPOSED  VEHICULAR  TUNNEL. 

To  The  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission, 
acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  York, 
and  to  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel 
Commission,  acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State 
of  New  Jersey: 

(1)     The  undersigned* 


do  hereby,  in  pursuance  of  the  invitation  and  informa- 
tion for  Contractors,  copies  of  which  are  annexed  hereto 
and  made  a  part  hereof,  propose  according  to  the  terms 
thereof  to  enter  into  a  contract  in  the  form  annexed 
hereto  and  made  a  part  hereof  with  the  State  of  New 
York  and  the  State  of  New  Jersey  (hereinafter  called  the 
"Slates")  acting  by  the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tun- 
nel Commission  and  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge 
and  Tunnel  Commission  (hereinafter  called  the  "Com- 
missions") for  the  construction  of  the  New  Jersey  River 
section  of  the  proposed  Vehicular  Tunnel  and  to  furnish 


*The  bidder's  name  must  be  inserted  here.  If  the  bid  is  submitted  by 
a  corporation,  the  full  legal  title  must  be  given  here  and  a  certified  copy 
of  the  certificate  of  incorporation  must  be  submitted,  together  with  an 
affidavit  showing  the  amount  of  stock  paid  in  cash  and  the  names  and 
addresses  of  the  directors  and  principal  officers.  If  the  bidder  be  a 
foreign  corporation,  proof  must  also  be  submitted  of  its  authority  to 
transact  business  in  the  State  of  New  York  and  the  State  of  New  Jersey. 
If  the  bid  is  submitted  by  a  partnership,  the  above  blank  must  be  filled 
up  in  the  following  form,  "the  firm  of  A.  B.  &  Co.,  composed  of  A.  B., 
C.  D.,  etc."  (giving  the  names  of  all  the  partners). 


251 
CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL — FORM  "A." 

all  necessary  labor,  materials,  plant,  power,  tools,  equip- 
ment, supplies  and  other  means  of  construction  and  per- 
form all  work  mentioned  in  the  said  contract  at  the  unit 
prices  for  the  several  items  as  given  in  the  Schedule  of 
Unit  Prices.  It  is  understood  that  the  quantities  of  the 
various  items  specified  in  the  following  schedule  are  given 
only  as  a  basis  for  the  uniform  comparison  of  bids  and 
are  not  in  any  way  guaranteed  or  represented  as  correct 
or  intended  to  be  relied  upon  and  they  shall  not  be 
taken  as  final  and  shall  form  no  basis  for  any  claim 
in  case  they  do  not  correspond  with  the  final  measure- 
ments or  quantities.  It  is  further  understood  that  the 
Commissions  reserve  the  right  to  increase  or  diminish  or 
to  omit  entirely  any  of  the  quantities  of  items. 


252 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
*(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 

Classification 

Price 

1 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

• 

EXCAVATION. 

$ 

c. 

1.    For 

earth  excavation,  both  above 

and  below  mean  high  water 
(except     tunnel     excavation 

and  shaft  excavation)  ,  includ- 

ing   excavation     for     pipes, 
ducts  and  conduits,  the  sum 

of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per  cubic  yard  

1C\/\.f\ 

4.    For 

shaft   excavations    in    earth, 

,800 

above  mean  high  water,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                   cents, 
per  cubic  yard  

ocrrv 

5.    For 

shaft    excavation    in    earth, 

350 

below  mean  high  water,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                   cents, 
per  cubic  yard  

6.    For 

shaft  excavation  in  rock,  the 

25,300 

sum  of 

• 

dollars 

and                                   cents, 
•per  cubic  vard  . 

10 

*If  there  are  discrepancies  between  the  prices  expressed  in  writing  and  the  prices  ex- 
pressed in  figures,  the  prices  expressed  in  writing  will  be  taken  as  the  bid  prices. 


253 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

8. 
9. 

10. 

16. 
17. 

For  tunnel  excavation   wholly   in 
earth,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

246,000 

9,500 
10 

2 
2 

For   tunnel   excavation   partly  in 
earth  and  partly  in  rock,  the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                   cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

For  tunnel  excavation  wholly  in 
rock,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                   cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

SHIELD  JUNCTIONS. 

For     furnishing     and      erecting 
junction  bulkheads  and  locks, 
the  lump  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                   cents, 
per  bulkhead   

For  removing   and   disposing  of 
junction  bulkheads  and  locks, 
the  lump  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                   cents, 

254 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL-FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


18. 


For    dismantling    and    disposing 
of  shields,  the  lump  sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 

per   shield    


CONCRETE  AND   MASONRY. 
27.     For    concrete     (except    concrete 
placed    in    compressed    air), 
as  follows: 

(a)  For  concrete  used  in  chang- 
ing    sub-surface      structures 
and    concrete    not    otherwise 
provided  for,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                   cents, 
per  cubic  yard   

(b)  For  shaft  concrete  (except 
concrete    protection    outside 
the  steel  of  the    river    shaft 
caissons),  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
'  per  cubic  yard    

(c)  For      concrete     protection 
outside  the  steel  of  the  river 
shaft  caissons,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                  cents, 
per  cubic  yard   


50 


9,500 


750 


255 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


(d)  For    tunnel    concrete,    the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 
per  cubic  yard  

28.  For    concrete    placed    in    com- 

pressed air,  as  follows: 
(b)   For  shaft  concrete,  the  sum 

of 

dollars 

and  cents, 

per  cubic  yard    

(d)  For    tunnel    concrete,    the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 

per  cubic  yard   

29.  For  mortar  batches  used  in  con- 

nection with  placing  con- 
crete, either  in  normal  or 
compressed  air,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  , . 


50,300 


1,770 


110 


2,000 


256 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
'  (Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Ite 

m                          Classification 

Price 

s 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

35. 

For  granite  facing  on  the  outside 

c. 

of  the  river  shaft  caissons, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                   cents, 
per  cubic  yard   

175 

36. 

For  granite  curbing  in  the  tun- 

nels, the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                  cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

19,250 

GROUT. 

45. 

For  1  to  1  Portland  cement  grout, 

not  placed  in  compressed  air, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                   cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

100 

46. 

For  1  to  0  Portland  cement  grout 

(neat    grout),    not    placed    in 

. 

compressed  air,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                  cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

100 

257 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL- FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

47.     For  1  to  1  Portland  cement  grout, 

.    . 

c. 

placed     in    compressed     air, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

200 

48.     For  1  to  0  Portland  cement  grout 

(neat  grout),  placed  in  com- 

pressed air,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

100 

49.     For  1  to  1  mixed  cement  grout, 

placed  in  compressed  air,  as 

follows  : 

(a)  For  Portland  cement  used 

in   mixed  cement  grout,   the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 

per  barrel  of  Portland  cement 
used      

10,000 

(b)  For    natural   cement    used 

in   mixed   cement   grout,   the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 

per  barrel  of  natural  cement 
used            

20,000 

258 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

50.    For  1  to  0  mixed  cement  grout 

* 
•p 

c. 

(neat  grout),  placed  in  com- 

pressed air,  as  follows: 

(a)   For  Portland  cement  used 

in   mixed  cement   grout,   the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                   cents, 

per  barrel  of  Portland  cement 
used    

100 

(b)  For  natural  cement  used  in 

mixed  cement  grout,  the  sum 

of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 

per  barrel  of  natural  cement 
used      

250 

PILING  AND  TIMBERING. 

54.     For  reinforced  concrete  piles  to 

support  the  river  shaft  cais- 

sons in  final  position,  as  fol- 

lows: 

(b)  For  twenty  (20)  inch  piles, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

9,000 

259 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


(c)  For  twenty-four  (24)  inch 
piles,  the  sum  of 

dollars 
and  cents, 

per  lineal  foot  

57.  For  platform  required  to  be  left 
around  the  river  shafts,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 
per  square  foot  

59.  For  timber  bulkheads  in  the  land 

shafts,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 
per  thousand  (1,000)  feet, 
board  measure  

WATERPROOFING. 

60.  For,  waterproofing,    treated    wo- 

ven fabric   (except  dry  ply), 
not  laid   in    compressed    air, 
without    protective    layer  of 
brick,  as  follows: 
(a)  For  one  (1)  ply,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 
per  square  yard 


4,000 


15,300 


11 


10 


260 


THE   CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

(b)  For  two  (2)  ply,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  square  yard       

c. 

10 
100 

550 

10 

880 

(c)  For  three  (3)  ply,  the  sum 
of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  square  yard  

(d)  For  four  (4)   ply,  the  sum 
of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  square  yard   

(f)  For  six  (6)  ply,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 
per  square  yard  

64.     For   waterproofing,    treated   wo- 
ven    fabric,     laid     in     com- 
pressed   air,    including    pro- 
tective layer  of  brick,  as  fol- 
lows: 
(d)  For  four  (4)  ply,  the  sum 
of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  square  yard  

261 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Ite 

m                           Classification 

Price 

• 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

(f  )  For  six  (6)  ply,  the  sum  of 

$ 

c. 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per  sciuare  yard     

10 

66. 

For   applying    (but  not   furnish- 

ing)     protective     waterproof 

coating,  as  follows: 

(a)   On  the  outside  steel  of  the 

river  shaft  caissons,   and  on 

the   steel   water-stops   of    the 

land  shaft  caissons,  the  sum 

of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  sciuare  yard  

3,430 

STEEL  AND  WROUGHT  IRON. 

70. 

For   built-up    steelwork    (except 

steelwork    of    the    land    and 

river     shaft     caissons)      and 

steelwork  not  otherwise  pro- 

vided for,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per   ton    

60 

*Jv 

THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


V 

Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's    i      (This  col- 
Estimated          umn  not 
Approx-         to  be  used 
imate            by  bidder.) 
Quantities    |      Amount 

71. 

For   steelwork   forming   part   of 

c. 

the   completed   work   of   the 

land  and  river  shaft  caissons 

(except  steel  rods  and  bars), 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

72. 

and                                    cents, 
per  ton   

2,660 

For  steel  beams  and  shapes,  with 

or  without    connections    (ex- 

cept steelwork  of    the    land 

and  river  shaft  caissons  and 

special    rolled    floor    beams 

for  the  tunnel  roadway),  the 

sum  of 

-i. 

dollars 

73. 

and                                      cents, 
per  ton  

130 

For  steel  rods  and  bars  for  re- 

inforcing  concrete,   the   sum 

of 

dollars 

74. 

and                                    cents, 
per  ton  

480 

For  wire  mesh,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  ton  

160 

263 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


75.     For  special    steel    structures,  as 
follows: 

(a)  For    special    rolled     floor 
beams  for  the    tunnel    road- 
way, the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per  ton    

(b)  For   built-up    floor   beams 
for  the  tunnel  roadway,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per   ton    

(c)  For  steelwork  in  the  con- 
necting   rings    between     the 
caissons  and  the  tunnel  lin- 
ing, the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  ton    

(d)  For  steelwork  in  the  per- 
manent   tie-rod    anchorages, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  ton    


1,715 


245 


83 


1,100 


264 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

76. 

^ 

77. 
83. 

For  high  tensile  steel,  as  follows: 
(a)  For  tunnel  bolts   and  nuts, 
including       soft       steel       or 
wrought-iron     washers,     the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
per  ton   

$ 

c. 

3,280 

275 
165 

sm 

(b)  For  permanent  tie-rods,  in- 
cluding     bolts,    pins,     turn- 
buckles  and  clevises  (but  not 
including     anchorages),     the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 
per  ton   

For  copper  steel,  as  follows  : 
(a)  For  plates,  bolts,  nuts  and 
washers,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
per  ton    

For  furnishing  and  placing  lad- 
ders, hand  bars   and   miscel- 
laneous wrought-iron  fixtures 
(but   not   including   pipe    or 
pipe  fittings)  ,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
per   pound 

THE   CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


84.  For  furnishing  and  placing 
wrought-iron  or  steel  pipe  in 
the  tunnel,  as  follows: 

(a)  For  one  (1)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per  lineal  foot 

(b)  For  one  and  one-half  (1%) 
inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot 

(c)  For  two  (2)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot 

(d)  For      two      and      one-half 
(2x/2)  incn  pipe>  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per  lineal  foot 

(e)  For  three  (3)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per  lineal  foot 


100 


400 


100 


100 


100 


266 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

(f)  For  four  (4)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

$ 

9 

- 
c. 

400 

1,200 
18,200 

3,150 

85.     For  furnishing  and  placing  gal- 
vanized iron  electric  conduits 
in  the  tunnel,  as  follows: 
(a)  For  three-quarter  (%)  inch 
conduits,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

(b)  For  one  (1)  inch  conduits, 
the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

(c)  For    one  and    one-quarter 
(l1/^)  inch  conduits,  the  sum 
of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

267 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

(d)  For  one  and  one-half  (1%) 
inch  conduits,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

$ 

c. 

1,550 
200 

200 
120 
1,200 

(f  )   For  three  (3)  inch  conduits, 
the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

86.     For      furnishing      and      placing 
miscellaneous          galvanized 
iron  fixtures,  as  follows  : 
(a)  For    outlet    boxes    in    the 
tunnel,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
each    

(b)  For  pull  boxes  (4"x4"x3") 
in  the  tunnel,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 

(c)  For  pull  boxes  (6"x6"x4") 
in  the  tunnel,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                    cents, 
each    

268 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


(d)  For  sheet  metal   air  flues 
complete,    including    fittings, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
each    

(e)  For  curb   guards,   ladders, 
hand  bars  and  miscellaneous 
fixtures,  the  sum  of 

dollars 
and  cents, 

per  pound 

88.    For  cast  steel,  as  follows: 

(a)  For    tunnel    lining,  except 
pile  segments,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per  ton    

(b)  For  pile  segments,  the  sum 
of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  ton    

CAST  IRON. 

90.     For  cast-iron  tunnel   lining,   the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                    cents, 
per  ton  


1,430 


42,500 


8,950 


360 


72,300 


269 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's        (This  col- 
Estimated         umn  not 
Approx-         to  be  used 
imate           by  bidder.) 
Quantities    >      Amount 

91. 

For  furnishing  new  cast-iron  hub 

$ 

c. 

and     spigot     pipe      (straight 

pipe)    required   for  sub-sur- 

face changes,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

92. 

and                                      cents, 
per  ton    

90 

For  furnishing  new  cast-iron  hub 

and  spigot  pipe  (special  cast- 

ings)   required    for    sub-sur- 

face changes,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

95. 

and                                      cents, 
per  ton    

i 

^ 

For  furnishing  and  placing  mis- 

cellaneous cast-iron  fixtures, 

as  follows: 

(a)     For     new     manhole     and 

catch  basin  fixtures,  gratings, 

drain  covers  and  castings  not 

otherwise  provided   for    (not 

including    pipe    or    pipe    fit- 

" ^  ' 

tings),  the  sum  of 

• 

dollars^ 

! 

and                                      cents, 
per  ton    

23 

270 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Engineer's 

(This  col- 

Estimated 

umn  not 

Approx-    ' 

to  be  used 

imate 

bv,  bidder.  ) 

Item                          Classification 

Prices            Quantities 

Amount 

100.     For     furnishing     and     placing 
cast-iron  water  or  other  tun- 
nel service  pipe,  as  follows: 

(b)  For  six   (6)   inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot 

(c)  For    eight    (8)    inch    pipe, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot 

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot 

(e)  For  twelve  (12)  inch  pipe, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot 


9,700 


50 


50 


10 


271 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Engineer's 

(This  col- 

Estimated 

umn  not 

Approx- 

to be  used 

imate 

by  bidder.) 

Item                           Classification                                    Prices 

Quantities 

Amount 

NON-CORROSIVE  METAL. 

107.  For  furnishing  and  placing  non- 

corrosive  metal,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per   pound    

BRONZE. 

108.  For     furnishing     and     placing 

bronze  fixtures,  as  follows : 
(a)     For     bolts,     wedges     and 
hinges,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per   pound    

TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

110.      For   tunnel    ducts,   as   follows: 

(a)  For  single  way   ducts,   the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  duct  foot   

(b)  For    two    (2)    way    ducts, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  duct  foot  


10,800 


2,000 


75,000 


100 


272 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures.)   . 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


112. 


(c)  For   three    (3)    way    ducts, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  duct  foot   

(d)  For   four    (4)    way    ducts, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  duct  foot   

(e)  For  six  (6)  way  ducts,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  duct  foot   


ASBESTOS  MATERIALS. 

For  furnishing  and  placing  as- 
bestos materials  and  com- 
pounds, as  follows: 

(a)  For  one-quarter  (1/4)  inch 
asbestos  lumber,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 

• 

per  square  foot 


28,100 


37,500 


225,000 


3,100 


273 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 

Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's    ;     (This  col- 
Estimated          umn  not 
Approx-         to  be  used 
imate           by  bidder.) 
Quantities         Amount 

SUB-SURFACE   WATER    PIPE    CHANGES. 
120.      For    changing    cast-iron    water 
pipe  (but  not  furnishing  new 
pipe  required),  as  follows: 
(b)   For  six   (6)   inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 

r»t»r   linp>al    foot       

$ 

c. 

400 
300 
300 
50 

(c)  For  eight  (8)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 

(e)  For  twelve   (12)  inch  pipe, 
the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 

274 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 

Classification                                   Prices 

Engineer's        (This  col- 
Estimated          umn  not 
Approx-         to  be  used 
imate            by  bidder.) 
Quantities          Amount 

$ 
NEW  SUB-SURFACE  GAS  PIPE  AND 

c. 

WATER  PIPE  LINES. 

123. 

For  laying  cast-iron  water  pipe 

where  required  (but  not  fur- 

nishing   new    pipe),    as    fol- 

lows: 

, 

(b)  For  six   (6)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

i 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

2,100 

(c)  For  eight  (8)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

50 

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

124. 

and                                     cents, 

50 

For   laying  cast-iron   gas   pipe 

where  required  (but  not  fur- 

nishing new   pipe),   as   fol- 

lows: 

-i 

275 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "A" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 

Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

$ 

c. 

(a)  For  four  (4)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 

per  lineal  foot  

2,100 

ENGINEER'S  FIELD  OFFICE. 

148. 

For  building  and  equipping  an 

Engineer's     field     office,     the 

lump  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 

1 

FENCING. 

- 

155. 

For  building  tight  board  fence, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 

per  lineal  foot  of  fence  built 

2,650 

276 
CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL. 

(Form    "B" — Made    dependent    upon    the    same    Contractor    also    being 

awarded  Contract  No.  3  of  the  Hudson  River 

Vehicular  Tunnel) 

FOR    THE    CONSTRUCTION    OF    THE    NEW    JERSEY    RIVER 
SECTION  OF  THE  PROPOSED  VEHICULAR  TUNNEL. 

To  the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission, 
acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  York,  and 
to  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commis- 
sion, acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey: 

(1)     The  undersigned* 


do  hereby,  in  pursuance  of  the  invitation  and  information 
for  Contractors,  copies  of  which  are  annexed  hereto  and 
made  a  part  hereof,  propose  according  *  to  the  terms 
thereof  to  enter  into  a  contract  in  the  form  annexed  hereto 
and  made  a  part  hereof  with  the  State  of  New  York  and 
the  State  of  New  Jersey  (hereinafter  called  the  "States") 
acting  by  the  New  York  State  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Com- 


NOTE  :  This  proposal,  "Form  "B,"  must  be  accompanied  by  a  proposal 
in  the  form  designated  Form  "B"  of  Contract  No.  3  of  the  Hudson 
River  Vehicular  Tunnel. 

*The  bidder's  name  must  be  inserted  here.  If  the  bid  is  submitted  by 
a  corporation,  the  full  legal  title  must  be  given  here  and  a  certified  copy 
of  the  certificate  of  incorporation  must  be  submitted,  together  with  an 
affidavit  showing  the  amount  of  stock  paid  in  cash  and  the  names  and 
addresses  of  the  directors  and  principal  officers.  If  the  bidder  be  a  foreign 
corporation,  proof  must  also  be  submitted  of  its  authority  to  transact 
business  in  the  State  of  New  York  and  the  State  of  New  Jersey.  If  the 
bid  is  submitted  by  a  partnership,  the  above  blank  must  be  filled  up  in  the 
following  form,  "the  firm  of  A.  B.  &  C.,  composed  of  A.  B.,  C.  D.,  etc." 
(giving  the  names  of  all  the  partners). 


277 


mission  and  the  New  Jersey  Interstate  Bridge  and  Tun- 
nel Commission  (hereinafter  called  the  "Commissions") 
for  the  construction  of  the  New  Jersey  River  Section  of 
the  proposed  Vehicular  Tunnel  and  to  furnish  all  neces- 
sary labor,  materials,  plant,  power,  tools,  equipment,  sup- 
plies and  other  means  of  construction  and  perform  all 
work  mentioned  in  the  said  contract  at  the  unit  prices  for 
the  several  items  as  given  in  the  Schedule  of  Unit  Prices; 
but  this  Proposal  is  submitted  upon  the  express  condi- 
tion, that  unless  the  Commissions  shall  also  accept  the 
proposal,  submitted  concurrently  herewith  by  the  under- 
signed, for  the  construction  of  Contract  No.  3,  being  the 
New  York  River  Section  of  the  Hudson  River  Vehicular 
Tunnel,  in  the  form  designated  Form  "B",  the  obligation 
of  the  undersigned  under  this  proposal  shall  cease.  It 
is  understood  that  the  quantities  of  the  various  items  spe- 
cified in  the  following  schedule  are  given  only  as  a  basis 
for  the  uniform  comparison  of  bids  and  are  not  in  any 
way  guaranteed  or  represented  as  correct  or  intended 
to  be  relied  upon  and  they  shall  not  be  taken  as  final 
and  shall  form  no  basis  for  any  claim  in  case  they  do  not 
correspond  with  the  final  measurements  or  quantities.  It  is 
further  understood  that  the  Commissions  reserve  the  right 
to  increase  or  diminish  or  to  omit  entirely  any  of  the 
quantities  of  items. 


278 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL-FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
*(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures.) 


Item 

Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's         (This  col- 
Estimated          umn  not 
Approx-         to  be  used 
imate           by  bidder.) 
Quantities          Amount 

*     . 

EXCAVATION. 

$ 

c. 

1.    For 

earth  excavation,  both  above 

and  below  mean  high  water, 

(except     tunnel     excavation 

and    shaft    excavation),    in- 

cluding excavation  for  pipes, 

ducts  and  conduits,  the  sum 

. 

of 

dollars 

4.    For 

and                                     cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

1,800 

shaft    excavation    in    earth, 

above  mean  high  water,  the 

sum  of 

• 

dollars 

5.     For 

and                                      cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

.    350 

shaft  excavation  in  earth,  be- 

low   mean    high    water,    the 

sum  of 

dollars 

6.    For 

and                                     cents, 
per  cubic  yard        

25,300 

shaft  excavation  in  rock,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

10 

*If  there  are  discrepancies  between  the  prices  expressed  in  writing  and  the  prices  ex- 
pressed in  figures,  the  prices  expressed  in  writing  will  be  taken  as  the  bid  prices. 


279 


THE   CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAI^-FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's        (This  col- 
Estimated          umn  not 
Approx-         to  be  used 
imate           by  bidder.) 
Quantities          Amount 

8. 

For  tunnel   excavation   wholly  in 
earth,  the  sum  of 

$ 

c. 

* 

dollars 

9. 

and                                      cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

246,000 

For   tunnel    excavation   partly   in 

earth  and  partly  in  rock,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

10. 

and                                      cents, 
per  cubic  yard           

9,500 

For  tunnel  excavation  wholly  in 

rock,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
npr  riihic  vard 

10 

CONCRETE  AND  MASONRY. 

27. 

For    concrete     (except    concrete 

placed  in  compressed  air),  as 

follows  : 

(a)  For  concrete  used  in  chang- 
ing sub-surface  structures  and 
concrete   not   otherwise   pro- 

vided for,  the  sum  of 

dollars 
and                                     cents^ 

50 

280 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Price 

s 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
bv  bidder.) 
Amount 

(b)  For  shaft  concrete   (except 
concrete    protection    outside 
the   steel   of   the   river   shaft 
caissons),  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                       cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

$' 

c. 

9,500 

(c)  For  concrete  protection  out- 
side the  steel  of  the  river  shaft 
caissons,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

—  —  x 

750 

(d)    For    tunnel    concrete,    the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                       cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

50,300 

28.     For    concrete    placed     in     com- 
pressed air,  as  follows: 
(b)  For  shaft  concrete,  the  sum 
of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 

- 

1.770 

281 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

(d)    For    tunnel    concrete,    the 

$ 

c. 

sum  of 

dollars 

29. 

and                                      cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

110 

For  mortar  batches  used  in  con- 

nection    with     placing     con- 

crete,   either    in    normal    or 

compressed   air,   the   sum   of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

2,000 

35. 

For  granite  facing  on  the  outside 

of   the   river   shaft   caissons, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

36. 

and                                      cents, 
per  cubic  yard    

175 

For  granite  curbing  in  the  tun- 

nels, the  sum  of 

dollars 

» 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

19,250 

282 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

GROUT. 

$ 

c. 

45. 

For  1  to  1  Portland  cement  grout, 

not  placed  in  compressed  air, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                       cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

100 

46. 

For  1  to  0  Portland  cement  grout 

(neat   grout),   not   placed   in 

compressed  air,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

^~V 

and                                     cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

100 

47. 

For  1  to  1  Portland  cement  grout, 

placed     in     compressed     air, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

200 

48. 

For  1  to  0  Portland  cement  grout 

(neat  grout),  placed  in  com- 

pressed air,  the  sum  of 
dollars 

and                                      cents, 

per  barrel  of  cement  used  .  . 

100 

49. 

For  1  to  1  mixed  cement  grout 

placed  in  compressed  air,  as 

follows  : 

V 

283 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Price 

1 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
bv  bidder.) 
Amount 

(a)   For  Portland  cement  used 
in   mixed   cement   grout,   the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 
per    barrel    of    Portland    ce- 
ment  used     

<t 

H> 

10,000 

(b)   For    natural   cement    used 
in  mixed  cement  grout,   the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  barrel  of  natural  cement 
used       

20,000 

50.     For  1   to  0  mixed  cement  grout 
(neat  grout)    placed  in  com- 
pressed air,  as  follows: 
(a)   For  Portland  cement  used 
in    mixed   cement   grout,    the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 
per  barrel  of  Portland  cement 

100 

THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures.) 


Item 


Classification 


54. 


(b)  For  natural  cement  used  in 
mixed  cement  grout,  the  sum 
of 

dollars 

and  cents, 

per  barrel  of  natural  cement 
used   . 


PILING  AND  TIMBERING. 
For  reinforced  concrete  piles  to 
support  the  river  shaft  cais-  \ 
sons  in  final  position,  as  fol- 
lows : 

(b)  For  twenty  (20)  inch  piles, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 
per  lineal  foot  

(c)  For  twenty-four   (24)   inch 
piles,  the  sum  of 

dollars 
and  cents, 

per  lineal  foot  

57.  For  platform  required  to  be  left 
around  the  river  shafts,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and  cents, 
per  square  foot 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


250 


9,000 


4,000 


15,300 


285 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

59.     For  timber  bulkheads  in  the  land 
shafts,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per    thousand     (1,000)     feet, 
board  measure    

$ 

c. 

11 

10 
10 

100 

WATERPROOFING. 

60.     For   waterproofing,   treated   wo- 
ven fabric   (except  dry  ply), 
not   laid   in   compressed   air, 
without    protective    layer    of 
brick,  as  follows: 
(a)  For  one  (1)  ply,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 
per  souare  yard   

(b)  For  two  (2)  ply,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
Der  soruare  yard     

(c)  For  three  (3)  ply,  the  sum 

of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 
'                r»pr  Hfinare  vard 

286 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(Thu  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

64. 
66. 

(d)  For  four  (4)  ply,  the  sum 
of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  square  yard   

$ 

c. 

550 
10 

880 
10 

(f)  For  six  (6)  ply,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  square  yard   

For  "waterproofing,    treated   wo- 
ven    fabric,     laid     in     com- 
pressed air,  including  protec- 
tive layer  of  brick,  as  follows  : 
(d)  For  four  (4)  ply,  the  sum 
of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  square  yard   

(f)  For  six  (6)  ply,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  square  yard   

For   applying    (but   not   furnish- 
ing)    protective    waterproof 
coating,  as  follows: 

287 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— .FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 

Amount 

(a)   On  the  outside  steel  of  the 

$ 

c. 

river  shaft   caissons,   and  on 

the   steel   water-stops   of   the 

land  shaft  caissons,  the  sum 

of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  square  yard  

3,430 

STEEL  AND  WROUGHT  IRON. 

70. 

For    built-up    steelwork    (except 

steelwork    of    the    land    and 

river     shaft     caissons)      and 

steelwork  not  otherwise  pro- 

vided for,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

71. 

and                                      cents, 
per  ton    

60 

For  steelwork  forming  part  of  the 

completed  work  of  the  land 

and  river  shaft  caissons   (ex- 

cept steel  rods  and  bars)  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  ton     

2,660 

288 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

$ 

c. 

72. 

For  steel  beams  and  shapes,  with 

or  without  connections    (ex- 

cept steelwork  of  the  land  and 

river  shaft  caissons  and  spe- 

cial rolled  floor  beams  for  the 

tunnel  roadway),  the  sum  oJ 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 

per  ton   

130 

73. 

For  steel  rods  and  bars  for  re- 

inforcing  concrete,    the   sum 

of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 

480 

74. 

For  wire  mesh,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 

160 

75. 

For   special    steel    structures,    as 

follows  : 

(a)     For    special    rolled    floor 

beams   for  the   tunnel   road- 

way, the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 

_  .   . 

1,715 

289 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Price 

s 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

(b)  For   built-up   floor   beams 
for  the  tunnel  roadway,  the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 

$ 

c. 

245 

(c)  For  steelwork  in  the  con- 
necting   rings    between     the 
caissons  and   the   tunnel  lin- 
ing, the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 

83 

(d)   For  steelwork  in  the  per- 
manent   tie-rod    anchorages, 
the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 

1,100 

76.     For  high  tensile  steel,  as  follows  : 
(a)   For  tunnel  bolts  and  nuts, 
including      soft       steel       or 
wrought-iron     washers,     the 

sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 

... 

3,280 

290 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                          Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

77. 
83. 

84. 

(b)  For  permanent  tie-rods,  in- 
cluding    bolts,     pins,     turn- 
buckles  and  clevises  (but  not 
including     anchorages)  ,     the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per  ton   

$ 

c. 

275 
165 

500 
100 

For  copper  steel,  as  follows: 
(a)   For  plates,  bolts,  nuts  and 
washers,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                      cents, 
per  ton    

For  furnishing  and  placing  lad- 
ders, hand  bars  and  miscel- 
laneous wrought-iron  fixtures 
(but    not   including   pipe    or 
pipe  fittings),  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 
per   pound    

For      furnishing      and      placing 
wrought-iron  or  steel  pipe  in 
the  tunnel,   as  follows: 
(a)  For  one  (1)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                       cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

291 


THE   CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


85. 


(b)  For  one  and  one-half 
inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

(c)  For  two  (2)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

(d)  For  two  and  one-half  (2i/2) 
inch  pipe,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot   

(e)  For  three  (3)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

(f)  For  four  (4)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 
and  cents, 

per  lineal  foot    

For  furnishing  and  placing  gal- 
vanized iron  electric  conduits 
in  the  tunnel,  as  follows: 


400 


100 


100 


100 


400 


292 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL-FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 

Estimated 

Approv- 

imale 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 


(a)  For  three-quarter  (%)  inch 
conduits,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                     -               cents, 
per  lineal  foot   

(b)  For  one  (1)  inch  conduits, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

(c)  For    one    and    one-quarter 
(1^4)  inch  conduits,  the  sum 
of 

dollars 

I 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

(d)  For  one  and  one-half  (IMz) 
inch  conduits,  the  sum  of 

dollars 
and  cents, 

per  lineal  foot    

(f)  For  three  (3)  inch  conduits, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 
and  cents, 

per  lineal  foot    

86.  For  furnishing  and  placing  mis- 
cellaneous galvanized  iron 
fixtures,  as  follows : 


1,200 


18,200 


3,150 


1,550 


200 


.293 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
bv  bidder.) 
Amount 


(a)  For  outlet  boxes  in  the  tun- 
nel, the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
each    

(b)  For  pull  boxes  (4"x4"x3") 
in  the  tunnel,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
each    

(c)  For  pull  boxes   (6"x6"x4") 
in  the  tunnel,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
each    

(d)  For  sheet   metal   air   flues 
complete,    including    fittings, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
each    

(e)  For  curb   guards,  ladders, 
hand  bars  and  miscellaneous 
fixtures,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  pound  


200 


120 


1,200 


1,430 


42,500 


294 


THE   CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Ite 

m                          Classification 

Price 

s 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
bv  bidder.) 
Amount 

88. 

For  cast  steel,  as  follows: 
(a)    For    tunnel   lining,    except 
pile  segments,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                       cents, 
per   ton        

$ 

c. 

8,950 

(b)  For  pile  segments,  the  sum 
of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 

360 

90. 

CAST  IRON. 
For  cast-iron   tunnel   lining,   the 
sum  of 
dollars 
and                                       cents, 

72,300 

91. 

For  furnishing  new  cast-iron  hub 
and     spigot     pipe      (straight 
pipe)     required  for   sub-sur- 
face changes,  the  sum  of 
dollars 
and                                     cents, 

90 

295 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL-FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

92. 

For  furnishing  new  cast-iron  hub 

$ 

c. 

and  spigot  pipe  (special  cast- 

ings)    required   for   sub-sur- 

face changes,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

95. 

and                                      cents, 
per   ton        

4 

For  furnishing  and  placing  mis- 

cellaneous  cast-iron   fixtures, 

as  follows: 

(a)  For  new  manhole  and  catch 

basin  fixtures,  gratings,  drain 

covert-  and  castings  not  other- 

wise   provided    for    (not    in- 

cluding pipe  or  pipe  fittings), 

Ihe  sum  of 

dollars 

100. 

and                                      cents, 
per   ton        

23 

For     furnishing     and     placing 

cast-iron  water  or  other  tun- 

nel service  pipe,  as  follows: 

(b)   For  six   (6)   inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

9,700 

296 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL-FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 


Classification 


Prices 


Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 


(This  col- 
umn not 

to  be  used 

by  bidder.) 

Amount 


(c)  For  eight  (8)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch  pipe,  the 
sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

(e)  For  twelve   (12)   inch  pipe, 
the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

NON-CORROSIVE  METAL. 

107.  For  furnishing  and  placing  non- 

corrosive  metal,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  pound  

BRONZE. 

108.  For     furnishing     and      placing 

bronze  fixtures,  as  follows: 
(a)     For    bolts,     wedges     and 
hinges,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  pound 


50 


50 


10 


10,800 


2,000 


297 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item                           Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
bv  bidder.) 
Amount 

TUNNEL  DUCTS. 

$ 

c. 

110.     For  tunnel  ducts,  as 

follows  : 

(a)   For  single  way 

ducts,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and 
per  duct  foot     .... 

cents, 

75,000 

(b)  For  two  (2)  way 

ducts,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and 
ner  duct  foot 

cents, 

100 

(c)    For   three    (3)    way   ducts, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and 
per  duct  foot 

cents, 

28,100 

(d)  For  four  (4)  way 

ducts,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and 
per  duct  foot     .  .  . 

cents, 

37,500 

(e)  For  six   (6)  way 

ducts,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and 
per  duct  foot   .... 

cents, 

225,000 

208 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 

Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

ASBESTOS  MATERIALS. 

$ 

c. 

112. 

For  furnishing  and  placing  as- 

bestos   materials     and    com- 

pounds, as  follows: 

(a)  For  one-quarter   (1A)   inch 

asbestos  lumber,  the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 

r»pr  smiarp   font    . 

3,100 

SUB-SURFACE  WATER  PIPE  CHANGES. 

120. 

For    changing    cast-iron    water 

pipe  (but  not  furnishing  new 

pipe  required),  as  follows: 

, 

(b)  For  six   (6)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

400 

(c)  For  eight  (8)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot        

300 

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

300 

209 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL— FORM  "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 

Classification 

Prices 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

(e)  For  twelve   (12)  inch  pipe, 

$ 

c. 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and 

nor    linfrtl    foot 

cents, 

50 

NEW  SUB-SURFACE  GAS  PIPE  AND 

WATER  PIPE  LINES. 

123. 

For  laying  cast-iron  water  pipe 

where  required  (but 

not  fur- 

nishing    new    pipe), 

as    fol- 

lows  : 

(b)  For  six   (6)  inch 

pipe,  the 

, 

sum  of 

dollars 

and 
per  lineal   foot        .  . 

cents, 

2,100 

(c)  For  eight  (8)  inch 

pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and 
per  lineal  foot    .... 

cents, 

50 

(d)  For  ten  (10)  inch 

pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and 

cents, 

50 

300 


THE  CONTRACTOR'S   PROPOSAL— FORM   "B" 

SCHEDULE. 
(Bid  prices  are  to  be  filled  out  both  in  writing  and  in  figures) 


Item 

Classification 

Price 

s 

Engineer's 
Estimated 
Approx- 
imate 
Quantities 

(This  col- 
umn not 
to  be  used 
by  bidder.) 
Amount 

124. 

For   laying    cast-iron    gas    pipe 

c. 

where  required  (but  not  fur- 

nishing  new    pipe),    as    fol- 

lows: 

(a)  For  four  (4)  inch  pipe,  the 

sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 
per  lineal  foot    

2,100 

ENGINEER'S  FIELD  OFFICE. 

v 

148. 

For  building  and  equipping  an 

Engineer's    field     office,     the 

lump  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                      cents, 

1 

FENCING. 

155. 

For  building  tight  board  fence, 

the  sum  of 

dollars 

and                                     cents, 

per  lineal  foot  of  fence  built. 

2,650 

301 

CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL. 

(2)  If  this  proposal  is  accepted,  the  undersigned  will 
within  five  (5)  days  after  the  delivery  of  notice  attend 
at  the  office  of  the  Commissions  in  person  or  by  duly 
authorized  representatives,  and  will  then  and  there  de- 
liver the  contract  with  the  States  in  the  form  aforesaid 
duly  executed,  and  with  its  execution  duly  proved;  and 
the  undersigned  will  at  the  same  time  deliver  to  the  Com- 
missions pursuant  to  the  terms  of  said  contract  bonds  in 
the  sum  total  of  two  million  dollars  ($2,000,000),  in  the 
forms  annexed  hereto  and  made  a  part  hereof,  with  the 
following  named  sureties,  or,  in  the  event  that  the  fol- 
lowing named  sureties  or  any  of  them  shall  not  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Commissions  with  such  other  sureties  as 
the  Commissions  shall  approve. 


It  is  understood  that  the  acceptance  of  this  proposal 
by  the  Commissions  shall  not  be  construed  as  an  ap- 
proval of  the  sureties  named  in  this  proposal  and  in  case 
the  sureties  named  in  this  proposal  are  not  approved  by 
the  Commissions,  the  undersigned,  within  five  (5)  days 
after  notice  of  disapproval  or  within  such  further  period, 
if  any,  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Commissions,  shall 
substitute  the  names  6f  other  sureties  approved  by  the 
Commissions. 


302 


CONTRACTOR  S  PROPOSAL. 

(3)  If  the  Commissions  shall  notify  the  undersigned 
that  this  proposal  is  accepted,  then  if  the  undersigned 
shall  fail  within  five  (5)  days  thereafter  or  within  such 
further  period,  if  any,  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Com- 
missions to  execute  and  deliver  the  contract  or  execute 
and  deliver  the  said  bonds,  the  undersigned  may, 
at  the  option  of  the  Commissions  be  deemed  either 
to  have  made  the  contract  or  to  have  abandoned 
the  contract.  And  in  the  latter  case  the  Commis- 
sions may  give  notice  thereof  to  the  undersigned 
and  may  thereupon  proceed  to  make  another  contract 
with  such,  if  any,  of  the  original  bidders  as  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Commissions  it  will  be  to  the  best  interest  of  the 
States  to  contract  with  or  may,  with  or  without  public 
advertisement,  invite  further  proposals  and  the  under- 
signed shall  thereupon  be  liable  to  the  States  for  all  loss 
and  damage  sustained  by  the  States  by  reason  of  such 
failure  of  the  undersigned.  Inasmuch  as  the  amount  of 
such  loss  and  damage  will  be  extremely  difficult  to  ascer- 
tain, especially  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  construction 
of  the  Tunnel  is  a  part  of  the  construction  of  the  Vehi- 
cular Tunnel  and  that  any  delay  in  the  construction  of 
said  Tunnel  may  delay  the  construction  and  completion 
of  said  Vehicular  Tunnel,  it  is  expressly  understood  and 
agreed  that  such  loss  and  damage  shall  be  liquidated  and 
paid  as  follows:  The  undersigned  shall  pay  to  the  States 
the  expense  of  such  new  advertisement,  if  any,  and  in 
addition  thereto  the  sum  of  one  thousand  dollars  ($1,000) 
for  each  and  every  day,  except  Sundays  and  legal  holi- 
days, that  the  States  shall  be  delayed  in  entering  into  a 
contract  for  the  making  of  said  Tunnel  by  reason  of  such 
failure  of  the  undersigned,  and  in  addition  thereto  the 
excess,  if  any,  of  the  amount  of  the  bid,  calculated  from 
the  quantities  and  prices  contained  in  the  proposal,  which 
the  States  shall  accept  and  upon  which  they  shall  enter 


303 


CONTRACTOR  S  PROPOSAL. 

into  a  contract  for  the  construction  of  such  Tunnel  over 
the  amount  of  the  bid  calculated  from  the  quantities  and 
prices  contained  in  this  proposal  of  the  undersigned; 
which  sums  are  hereby  agreed  upon  not  as  a  penalty  but 
as  liquidated  damages  which  the  States  will  suffer  by 
reason  of  such  failure  of  the  undersigned.  And  the  in- 
vitation and  information  for  contractors  and  this  pro- 
posal shall  constitute  a  contract  binding  the  undersigned 
to  pay  to  the  States  the  loss  and  damage  sustained  by 
the  States  by  reason  of  such  failure  of  the  undersigned 
as  aforesaid. 

(4)  At  the  time  of  the  delivery  of  this  proposal  to 
the  Commissions  the  undersigned  will  separately  deliver 
two  certified  checks  for  the  sum  of  one  hundred  fifty  thou- 
sand dollars  ($150,000)  each,  one  payable  to  the  order  of 
the  Comptroller  of  the  State  of  New  York  and  one  payable 
to  the  order  of  the  Chairman  of  the  New  Jersey  Interstate 
Bridge  and  Tunnel  Commission.  And  the  undersigned 
hereby  assigns  to  the  States  the  said  sums  so  especially 
deposited  by  the  delivery  of  such  certified  checks  as 
security  for  the  performance  of  the  obligations  of  the 
undersigned  under  this  proposal.  It  is  understood  that 
said  checks  are  to  be  returned  to  the  undersigned  when 
the  contract  for  the  construction  of  such  Tunnel  is  exe- 
cuted and  complied  with,  unless  all  the  proposals  sub- 
mitted in  response  to  said  invitation  and  information  for 
contractors  shall  be  rejected  by  the  Commissions  and  in 
that  case  when  such  proposals  are  rejected,  as  provided 
in  the  invitation  and  information  for  contractors.  In  case 
the  undersigned  shall  default  in  the  performance  of  any 
of  the  obligations  of  the  undersigned  under  this  pro- 
posal, the  States  shall  have  the  right  to  apply  the  amount 
so  especially  deposited  or  so  much  thereof  as  may  be 
necessary  as  a  payment  on  account  of  the  damages  sus- 


304 
CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL. 

tained  by  the  States  by  reason  of  such  default  as  afore- 
said and  shall  return  the  balance,  if  any,  to  the  under- 
signed. If  the  amount  of  such  damages  shall  exceed  the 
amount  of  said  sums  so  especially  deposited,  the  under- 
signed shall  promptly  upon  demand  from  the  Commis- 
sions pay  the  amount  of  such  excess  to  the  States. 

(5)  A  notice   that  this  proposal   has  been   accepted 
addressed   to    the    undersigned   by    the    Commissions    as 
aforesaid  shall  forthwith,  at  the  option  of  the  Commis- 
sions, operate  as  against  the  undersigned  as  a  complete 
making  of  a  contract  according  to  the  form  thereof  as 
aforesaid,  with  the  blanks  therein  contained  filled  in  ac- 
cording to  this  proposal. 

(6)  The  Commissions  may  cause  any  notice  intended 

for  the  undersigned  to  be  delivered  at  Room  No on 

the floor  of  the  building  No in  the  Borough 

of in  the  City  of  New  York,  or  Room 

No on  the   floor  of  Building  No in 

the  City  of N.  J.    Such  delivery  shall  be  sufficient 

notice  to  the  undersigned. 

(7)  There  are  no  persons  interested  with  the  under- 
signed in  this  proposal,  except* 


(8)      This  proposal  is  made  without   any  connection 
iv  other  person  making  a  proposal  or  bid  for  the 


with  any  other  person 


*Here  insert  the  names  and  addresses  of  all  persons  interested  with  the 
bidder.    If  there  are  no  such  persons,  strike  out  the  word  "except." 


305 
CONTRACTOR'S  PROPOSAL. 

same  purpose  and  is  in  all  respects  fair  and  without  col- 
lusion or  fraud.  No  employee  of  the  Commissions  is  in- 
terested directly  or  indirectly,  as  contracting  party,  part- 
ner, stockholder  or  otherwise  in  or  in  the  performance 
of  the  contract  or  in  the  supplies,  work  or  business  to 
which  it  relates  or  in  any  portion  of  the  profits  thereof. 

Dated,  ,  1922. 


306 


County  of  New  York,  ) 

V    CC 

State  of  New  York, 


being  duly 
sworn,  says:     I  am* 


the  proposing  contractor  above  named.     I  have  read  the 
foregoing  proposal.    The  same  is  in  all  respects  true. 


*If  the  bidder  be  an  individual  do  not  fill  in  this  blank;  if  the  bidder 
be  a  partnership,  insert  "a  member  of  the  firm  of 

";  if  a  corporation,  insert,  "the   (President  or 
other  officer  duly  authorized)  of  the  Company." 


307 

SURETIES'  CONSENT. 
SURETIES'  CONSENT. 

That  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  sum  of  one  dollar 
($1.00),  lawful  money  of  the  United  States,  the  receipt 
whereof  is  hereby  acknowledged,  and  as  an  inducement 
for  and  in  consideration  of  the  receipt  and  consideration 
of  the  bid  annexed  hereto  and  for  other  valuable  con- 
siderations, 


consent  and  agree,  that,  if  the  contract  for  which  the 
preceding  proposal  is  made,  be  awiarded  to 

we  will  become  jointly  and  severally  bound  as  sureties 
for  its  faithful  performance  and  will  execute  the  bonds 
in  the  form  annexed  to  this  proposal  in  the  sum  of  two 
million  dollars  ($2,000,000),  when  so  required,  as  herein 
provided: 

And  if  the  said 

shall  omit  or  refuse  to  execute  such  contract  within  five 
(5)  days  from  the  time  when  notified  by  the  Commissions 
or  if  we  refuse  to  execute  such  bonds  within  the  same 
time,  then,  we  will  pay,  without  proof  of  notice  on  demand 
to  the  said  Commissions,  any  difference  between  the 
amount  of  the  foregoing  proposal  and  the  sum  to  which 
the  person,  persons  or  corporation,  to  whom  the  contract 
shall  be  finally  awarded,  would  be  entitled  to  receive  upon 
such  completion,  the  amount  of  said  difference  to  be  cal- 
culated upon  the  estimated  amount  of  work  by  which  the 
bids  are  tested,  plus  the  expenses  of  re-advertising,  if 
any,  and  a  sum  of  one  thousand  dollars  ($1,000)  per 


308 
SURETIES'  CONSENT. 

day  lor  each  and  every  day,  except  Sundays  and  legal 
holidays,  that  the  States  shall  be  delayed  in  entering  into 
a  Contract  for  the  construction  of  the  said  Tunnel,  as 
liquidated  damages: 

If  we  refuse  to  execute  such  bonds  as  aforesaid,  then, 
the  Commissions  shall  at  their  election,  have  the  right 
to  pursue  any  remedy  at  law  or  in  equity,  including  an 
action  for  specific  performance  to  compel  the  execution 
of  such  bond. 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  signed  this 
agreement  (or  the  undersigned  corporations  have  caused 
this  agreement  to  be  signed  by  their  proper  officials  and 
their  corporate  seals  to  be  hereto  affixed)  this  day 

of  ,  1922. 


309 
SURETIES'  CONSENT. 

Attach  acknowledgments  and  statements  of  surety 
companies  here. 


310 
SURETIES'  CONSENT. 


State  of ) 

/-              f  r ss- 

County  oi  I 


On  this day  of  . 

1922,  before  me  personally  came  


to  me  known  and  known  to  me  to  be  the  same  person 
described  in  and  who   executed  the  foregoing  consent, 

and _ acknowledged  to  me  that - 

executed  the  same  for  the  purpose  therein  mentioned. 


(Title) 


311 
SURETIES'  CONSENT. 

Note. — If  the  sureties  are  householders,  the  word 
"house"  must  be  written  in  the  following  directions;  if 
freeholders,  the  word  "free"  must  be  written.  Each 
of  these  depositions  must  be  signed  by  one  of  the  pro- 
posed bondsmen  and  sworn  to. 

Additional  blanks,  if  needed,  will  be  furnished  upon 
application  to  the  Secretary. 

County  of ) 

(.    00 

State  of J* 

The  above-named 

being  duly  sworn,  says  that  he  is  a  _ holder  in 


that  he  resides  at 


and  is  worth  the  sum  of 

_  dollars  ($ ), 

being the  amount  of  security  required  for 

the  completion  of  the  contract  above  referred  to,  over  and 
above  all  his  debts  of  every  nature,  over  and  above  his 
liabilities  as  bail,  surety,  or  otherwise,  and  over  and 
above  all  his  property  which  is  exempt  by  law  from  exe- 
cution; and  that  he  has  offered  himself  as  a  surety  in 
good  faith,  and  with  an  intention  to  execute  the  bond 
required  by  law. 


The  following  is  a  complete  statement  of  all  the  de- 
ponent's assets  and  liabilities: 


312 


STATEMENT  OF  ASSETS  AND  LIABILITIES. 


Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me,  this 
day  of  _ ,  1922 


(Title) 


313 


SURETIES     CONSENT. 

Note. — If  the  sureties  are  householders,  the  word 
"house"  must  be  written  in  the  following  directions;  if 
freeholders,  the  word  "free"  must  be  written.  Each 
of  these  depositions  must  be  signed  by  one  of  the  pro- 
posed bondsmen  and  sworn  to. 

Additional  blanks,  if  needed,  will  be  furnished  upon 
application  to  the  Secretary. 

County  of ) 

I    GC 

State  of ] 

The  above-named ~ 

being  duly  sworn,  says  that  he  is  a  holder  in 

that  he  resides  at ... 


and  is  worth  the  sum  of ~ 

__    __        „    „    _.  dollars  ($  ..), 

XT  f     * 

being the  amount  of  security  required  for 

the  completion  of  the  contract  above  referred  to,  over  and 
above  all  his  debts  of  every  nature,  over  and  above  his 
liabilities  as  bail,  surety,  or  otherwise,  and  over  and 
above  all  his  property  which  is  exempt  by  law  from  exe- 
cution; and  that  he  has  offered  himself  as  a  surety  in 
good  faith,  and  with  an  intention  to  execute  the  bond 
required  by  law. 


The  following  is  a  complete  statement  of  all  the  de- 
ponent's assets  and  liabilities: 


314 

STATEMENT  OF  ASSETS  AND  LIABILITIES. 


Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me,  this 
day  of  ,  1922 


(Title) 


315 


SURETIES     CONSENT. 

Note. — If  the  sureties  are  householders,  the  word 
"house"  must  be  written  in  the  following  directions;  if 
freeholders,  the  word  "free"  must  be  written.  Each 
of  these  depositions  must  be  signed  by  one  of  the  pro- 
posed bondsmen  and  sworn  to. 

Additional  blanks,  if  needed,  will  be  furnished  upon 
application  to  the  Secretary. 


County  of 

State  of  ... 


The  above-named 

being  duly  sworn,  says  that  he  is  a  holder  in 

that  he  resides  at ~ - - _ 

and  is  worth  the  sum  of - - - ~ 


dollars  ($ ) , 


being the  amount  of  security  required  for 

the  completion  of  the  contract  above  referred  to,  over  and 
above  all  his  debts  of  every  nature,  over  and  above  his 
liabilities  as  bail,  surety,  or  otherwise,  and  over  and 
above  all  his  property  which  is  exempt  by  law  from  exe- 
cution; and  that  he  has  offered  himself  as  a  surety  in 
good  faith,  and  with  an  intention  to  execute  the  bond 
required  by  law. 


The  following  is  a  complete  statement  of  all  the  de- 
ponent's assets  and  liabilities: 


316 

STATEMENT  OF  ASSETS  AND  LIABILITIES. 


Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me,  this 
day  of ,  1922 


(Title) 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Abandonment  of  contract 234 

Acceptance  no  waiver 234 

Acceptance   not   to    relieve   Con- 
tractor       43 

Access  to 

buildings    62 

gates,  valves  and  manholes.  ...     68 

hydrants  61 

railroads 62 

work   42 

Accidents,  indemnification  for...  218 

Accidents  78 

Accidents,   prevention  of ..  .97-98-217 

Address  of  Contractor 16 

Advertisements  not  permitted...     56 

Agreement    8 

Agreement,  Erie   221-222-224 

Air,  compressed 

compressing  plant    74 

escape  of  avoided 95 

gauges    80 

locks   79,  80 

pressure  regulating  valves 81 

pressure  removing   139-141 

pressure  recorded 76 

payment  for  83 

Air 

flues 158 

payment  for  flues 159 

Air  supply 

adequacy  of   74-82 

chambers   75 

noise  from    82 

pipe   81 

purity  of   82 

to   be   cooled 76 

Air  vent  pipe  in  heading 82 

Alignment  and  grade  tunnel  on. 57-96 

Annoyance  of  tenants 64 

Annulment  of  contract 19-234 

Approval  of  plant  structures 51 

Asbestos  materials 

composition  190 

measurement  and  payment....   191 

tests  190 

Asphalt 

delivery  of   135 

quality  of 136 

where  used  135 

Assignment    of    contract     (con- 
sent   for)    19 

Attendance,  medical  and  surgical     77 


PAGE 

Backfilling 

around  pipes    85 

composition  84 

payment  of  85 

placing  and  compacting 84 

sheeting  removal    85 

when  placed  84 

Bathing  facilities  for  men 77 

Bends    77-78 

Blanket 

permanent    97-106 

'    temporary    97-106 

Blasting 

care  in   70 

explosives  for   71 

fumes   from    82 

near    buildings    71 

special  times   for 72 

Boilers   feed  water  supply 74 

Boilers,  where  located 74 

Bolts 

details  and  tests 151 

grommeting  and  payment  for.   141 

in  place  of  rivets 149 

payment  102 

Bond 

amount  of  205 

form  of  Contractor's 244 

retention  to  meet  claims 206 

required   205 

Borings,  additional    58 

Borings  may  be  seen 47 

Borings  not  guaranteed 47 

Boxes,  pull  and  outlet 158 

Boxes,  pull  and  outlet,  measure- 
ment and  payment  for....   159 

Bracing    72 

Breast-boards,  use  of.. 95-101 

Brick    (see  Masonry) 

Brick  for  waterproofing 137 

Broken  segments   168 

Bronze 

chemical  composition    185 

measurement  and  payment....   186 

physical  requirements  186 

specimens 186 

Buildings 

access  to   62 

buildings  for  plant  to  be  fire- 
proof       76 

Commissions    may    repair 64 

Contractor  may  erect 222 


31S 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

damage  to  63-220 

examinations  of   220 

excavation  adjacent  to. .  .86,  95, 130 

expense  of  repairs  to 65 

grouting  near 130 

payment  for  support  of 63 

permits  for  underpinning 63 

repair  and  restoration  of 

64-65-67-69 

temporary  repairs    64 

to  be  painted 56 

to  be  kept  tenantable 64 

underpinning  and  support  of..     63 

Bulkheads 

at  shield  junctions 102 

for  grouting 102 

for  locks  79 

river  shafts    150 

By-passing 

air  supply  pipes 81 

gas  pipes  67 

water  pipes    67 

Cages    for   hoisting 98 

Caisson  disease   77-78 

Caisson 

for  shafts    90-91-92 

inverts    90 

locks    80 

sinking   of    90 

waterproofing  137 

Capacity    of    plant 75 

Carbon  dioxide,  limits  of 82 

Car,  carts,  to  be  tight 73 

Cast  iron 

bending  tests   163 

chemical  properties 162 

soundness  and  finish 163 

weight  of    168 

Cast-iron  lining 

broken  segments   164-168 

caulking  141 

caulking  rebate   165 

cleaning    167 

coating  planed  surfaces 166 

cored    holes    164 

erecting 99-167 

grout  behind  lining 99 

grout  holes  166 

lugs  for  erection 166 

payment  and  measurement....   168 

pitch  coating 164 

planed  joints    165 

segments   interchangeable    ....   166 

taper  ring  165 

tests  163-164 

weight  of    : . .   168 

Cast    iron,    miscl.    castings,   pay- 
ment for   175 


PAGE 

Cast-iron  pipe 

cast  iron   for 169 

drains   175 

new,  payment  for 169 

to   be   preserved 68 

water  pipe 169 

Cast  steel 160 

Caulking 

caisson  walls,  river  shafts 150 

cast  iron  lining  141 

measurement  and  payment  for  101 

pipes,  water   175 

Cement 

brand  to  be  approved 107 

inspection    107 

measurement  of   Ill 

natural,   where   used 109 

packing   and   delivery Ill 

Portland,  where  used 107 

storage 110 

tests  107, 108-109 

Certificate 

by  Commissions  no  estoppel...  214 

New  Jersey   10 

New  York   9 

Chief  Engineer,  substitute  for...  17 

City,   defined    16 

City  departmental  requirements. 53,  65 

Claims 

for  infringement 220 

for  work  or  materials  in  excess  36 

money  retained  to  meet 218 

of  Contractor  for  damage....  215 

Clay  blanket  96-97 

Clay  used  in  heading 95 

Coal  tar  pitch 

where  used  164 

quality  of   164 

Commencement  of  work 51 

Commissions 

defined 14 

may  amplify  drawings 40 

may  become  parties  to  sub-con- 
tractor for  cast  iron  tunnel 

lining    18 

may  disapprove  sub-contractor     18 

may  change  location 40 

may  increase  working  shifts..  50 

may  make  repairs 64 

may  take  excavated  material . .  73 

members  not  liable 21 

plant  property  of 226 

Compressed  air  (see  air) 

adequate   supply    74-82 

air  chambers    75 

avoiding  escape  of 95 

caissons  to  be  sunk  by 90 

capacity  of  plant 75 


319 

INDEX. 


concreting  in   122 

cooling  of  76 

electricity  for  generating 74 

facilities  for  workmen 77 

fireproof  plant  buildings 76 

fire  precautions  in 76 

gauges 80 

investigation   of   effects 78 

lock    tenders    81 

lock  and  bulkheads 79-80 

noise  from    82 

payment  for  83 

piping   81 

plant,  adequacy  of 74 

plant,  location  of 74 

plant  records   76 

purity    82 

regulating  valves   81 

runways   in    headings 82 

safety  screens   82 

sanitary  precautions 79 

telephone  service 83 

tests  by  lowering  pressure.  .139-141 

vent  pipe  82 

ventilation  in  75 

watchman 81 

waterproofing  127 

work  continuous  49 

where    used    74 

Comptroller,  defined   14 

Concrete 

caisson  invert  90-120 

cleaning  lining  to  receive 115 

composition  Ill 

cradle    96-120 

cradle   measurement   and   pay- 
ment of    101-119 

depositing    116 

forms    116 

forms,  removal  of 119 

in   compressed  air 122 

joints  with  new  work 117 

measuring  batches    1 14 

mixing  where  and  how 114 

mixing  by  hand 114 

mixing  by  machinery 113 

mortar  for   118 

payment  and  measurement  for  122 

piles  131 

piles,    measurement    and    pay- 
ment for   132 

precautions   against   freezing. .   120 
precautions  in  hot  weather...    121 

preparing    surface    for 115 

proportions    for    113 

reinforcement   for    1 16 

sand  for Ill 

stone  for  112 


PAGE 

surface  finish  117-119 

to  be  grouted    121 

to  be  watertight 121 

transporting    114 

water  to  be  kept  from 115 

Condemned  materials  84 

Conduits,  tunnel 

bends  and  offsets 158 

joints    158 

measurement  and  payment  .for  159 

placing  and  cleaning 157 

quality    157 

support  and  protection 157 

terminate  in  outlet  boxes 158 

Consent  of  sureties 307 

Construction,  imperfect  83 

Construction,  method  of 48 

Contract 

abandonment  of   234 

agreement    8 

annulment  of   19-206-234 

changes   in    20 

consent  for  assignment 19 

drawings,    list    of 45-46 

execution  of  240 

incidental  work  included 22 

includes  all  things  requisite...     22 

no  waiver   234 

outline  of    13 

provisions  of  law  inserted 20 

time  for  completion 2-231-233 

unlawful,  provisions    20 

Contractor 

address  of 16 

default  of  234 

defined   14 

examine  drawings    47 

comply  with  laws 20 

furnish  records  76 

have  offices  near  shaft 55 

make  working  drawings 54 

obey  orders  of  Engineer 49-55 

payment  to    22-209 

prevent  damage 63 

provide   adequate  plant 50 

right  to  perform  contract  ....  221 

submit  drawings  of  plant 51 

to   take   soundings 98 

Contractor  to  give  facilities  for 

Engineer's  office  191 

inspection    42 

other  contractors    44-60 

scientific   investigations    78 

street  travel   49-218 

surveys    58 

workmen   77 

Contractor's  bond    205 

liability   for  damage 217 


320 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

proposal  Form  "A" 250 

proposal  Form  "B" 276 

Contracts,  junction   of 44-102 

Curb,  granite  126 

cutting  and  setting 127 

measurement  and  payment....   127 

Daily  newspaper,  denned 16 

Daily  reports  38 

Damage 

Contractor's  claim  for 215 

Contractor's  liability  for 217 

for  delay  231 

from  blasting    63 

prevention  of  63 

to  buildings    63-217 

to  works   220 

Damaged  work  83 

Datum  plane  of  surveys 15 

Decking 

how  laid   62 

material  for  62 

openings  in  . . , 61 

where  required   62 

Defective  work * 42 

Default,  remedies  for  234 

Definitions  of  terms 13  to  16,  incl. 

Deposit   (see  bond) 

Determination  of   Engineer 43 

Direction,  etc.,  defined 15 

Drainage 

general   72 

in  concreting  115 

in  tunnel  72 

pumps   72 

sumps    72 

Drawings 

amplification  of  40-53 

contract,  general  title 45-46 

Contractor's  plant    51 

Contractor   to   examine 47 

Contractor  to  submit 54 

Engineer  to   explain . .  •. 43 

Engineer  will  furnish 53-142 

for  pipe   changes 53 

for  steel  and  iron  work 142 

list  of  contract 46 

supplementary    46 

work  in  accordance  with 142 

working   54 

Dredging 52-97-197 

Drilling  and  blasting 70 

Ducts,  tunnel 

dimensions    187 

dowel  pins    189 

ends  combed    187 

holes  in 187 

inspection  of   189 

kind  and  quality 187 


PAGE 

laying  188 

meaning  of  term 187 

payment   189 

roding  and  plugging 189 

Dynamite,  storage  of 71 

Electricity  for  lighting 57 

Electricity,  use  of 57 

Emergencies,   work  in 49 

Enabling  resolutions  8 

Engineer,  defined  14 

Engineer's  determination 43 

Engineer's  explanation  43 

Engineer,  facilities  for 58 

Engineer's  field  office 195 

Engineer,  substitute  of  Chief.  . .     17 

Engineer  to  decide  disputes 44 

Engineer  to  give  orders  to  Con- 
tractor         55 

Engineer  to  give  line  and  grade. 57-96 
Engineer  to  make  drawings. .  .53-142 

Engineer  to  make  estimates 209 

Equipment,  lock   80 

Erie   Agreement    221-222-224 

Estimates,  approximate  only 40 

Estoppel   certificate  by  Commis- 
sions   214 

Examination  of  property 220 

Examination   of   workmen 78 

Excavation 

backfilling   84 

depth  to  be  limited 86 

ledge  rock,  additional  estimate 

in   87 

measurement  of,  for  pipes 87 

measurement  of,  from  surface    86 

to   be   secured 86 

payment  for  88 

payment  for  shaft  items 92 

shaft 89 

sheeting  removed  85 

water  pipe  changes 190 

width  to  be  limited 86 

Excavations,  general 
blasting  adjacent  to  buildings.     71 

cars,  carts,  etc.,  to  be  tight 73 

drilling  and  blasting 70 

earth,   defined    70 

includes    70 

magazines    71 

material,  disposal  of 73 

material  may  be  taken  by  States    73 

kept  dry 72 

permission  to  start 51 

pumping  72 

rock  70 

sheeting,   bracing,   etc 72 

use  of  explosives 71 

well  points   72 


321 

INDEX. 


PAGE 

Excavation,  tunnel 

concrete  cradle   96 

haulage  98 

measurement  and  payment 100 

in  rock 96 

shields   driven   accurately 96 

shields   for   93 

shield  operations   95 

shield  guidance,  data  for 96 

shields  starting  94 

timbering   97 

Expense,  Engineer's  certificate  of  238 

Extension  of  time 233 

Extensions,  facilities  to  owners.  70 
Facilities    (see  Contractor) 

Facilities    for   Engineer 58 

Facilities  for  extension  to  owners  70 

Facilities  for  other  Contractors.  44 

Fences   56-59-195 

Fenced,  roadway  to  be 59 

Fire,   precautions   against. 76 

First  aid  treatment  for  Commis- 
sions' employees  77 

Flues,   air    156-158 

Flues,  air,  payment  of 159 

Gauges 

air 80 

Galvanized  metal  (see  Metal  gal- 
vanized) 

Gates,  valves  and  manholes  ac- 
cess to   68 

Gateways,    opening,    etc.,    to    be 

guarded    56 

Gas  pipes 

by-passing  67 

shut  offs   67 

valves,  access  to 68 

valves  to  be  located 68 

General  provisions  and  definitions  13 

Grades  and  lines 57 

Granite  facing 

concrete  as  backing 125 

Contractor  to  furnish  samples  123 

cutting  and  placing. 124 

laying    124 

measurement  and  payment  of.  125 

mortar  for   124 

pointing   125 

Granite   curbing    126 

cutting  and  placing 126 

measurement  and  payment....  127 

Gravel  for  concrete 112 

Grommeting 

of  bolts   141 

of  bolts,  payment  for 142 

Grout,  composition   of 128 

Grouting 

behind   concrete    121 

behind  shield   .  ..99-129 


PAGE 

methods   128 

near  buildings  130 

payment    102-130-131 

proportions   128 

sand   for    128 

when  not  paid  for 130 

where  used  128 

Hoisting 

cages  for 57 

suspension  of 57 

Hospital  rooms  and  lock. 77 

Hours  of  labor   20 

Hydrants,   access   to 61 

Indemnification  of  States. 21 7-21 8-220 

Incidental   work    22 

Incidental  v/ork  included   49 

Injuries  (see  Damage;  also  Lia- 
bilities) 

to  buildings    63-217 

to  employes   77-217 

to  person  and  property 217 

to  structures  63-217 

to  work   217 

Injunctions    221 

Inspector,  defined 16 

Inspection 

access  for  42 

by  owners  of  pipes,  etc 65 

facilities  for  42-142 

not  to  relieve  Contractor 42 

notice  to  Engineer 143 

of   tunnel   ducts 141 

steel  and   iron 142-143 

to  be  thorough  and  minute. ...     41 

Insurance  upon  labor 37 

Interest  on  delayed  payments...  215 

Interest  on  securities 210-211 

Invert  in  caisson 90-120 

Invitation    and    information    for 

Contractors  1 

Joints,  machined  165 

Junction 

bulkhead    102 

bulkhead  removed   104 

lining  at    . '. 104 

lock  102 

payment  of  work 104 

of  contracts 45-102 

shield    102 

Labor,  hours  of   20 

Labor,  insurance  on 37 

Labor,  law  and  workmen's  com- 
pensation        20 

Ladder  and  rest  platforms 80 

Ladders,  handbars,  etc.,  payment 

of  156 

Laws  and  ordinances,  compliance 

with  52 

Law,  provisions   f Dr 20 


322 

INDEX. 


PAGE 

Laws 

State   20 

unlawful  provisions    20 

Federal  197 

Leaks  in  concrete 121 

Liability,  Commissions,  limitation 

of  payment  11-12 

Liability,   Contractor's    217 

Liability  for  acts  of  sub-contrac- 
tors         17 

Liability,  personal   21 

Liens 229 

Lighting  57 

Location   of   work 48 

Lines  and  grades 57-96 

Lock,  caisson  80 

Lock,   equipment    80 

Lock,  hospital   77 

Locks,  survey   58 

Lock  tender   81-103 

Lock,   tunnel    79 

Machinery,  adequacy  of 41 

Maintenance     and     support     of 

structures    66 

Maintenance  of  traffic 59-218 

Maintenance,  changes,  temporary 

for   66 

Manholes,  access  to 68 

Marginal  notes   13 

Masonry,  concrete  (see  concrete) 
Materials,  asbestos  (see  asbestos) 
Materials  and  workmanship 

damaged    83 

defective     83-84 

quality  of   83 

Materials  condemned   84 

Materials,  storage  of 61 

Materials,  waste  55 

Mean  high  water,  defined 15 

Medical  and  surgical  attendance    77 

Medical  examination  78 

Metal,  galvanized 

amount    of    coating    157 

miscl.    fixtures     160 

Metal,    non-corrosive    184 

physical    requirements     185 

tests     185 

measurement  and  payment..    185 

Mortar  requirements   118-124 

New  York,  defined 13 

Night  work    49 

Noise,  prevention  of 82 

Non-corrosive  metal  (see  metal) 
Notice 

defined   15 

of  commencing  work. ........     51 

to  Contractor,  service  of 55 

to  owners,  etc 65 

Office,  Contractor's   16 


PAGE 

Office,    Engineer's   field    194 

Openings    and    gateways    to    be 

guarded    56 

Openings  for  ventilation 61 

Openings  in  streets 56 

Orders,  Engineers  to  give 55 

Ordinances  (see  Laws) 
Painting 

application     183 

cleaning  before    183 

fences    56-59 

finishing    179-183 

formula     177 

ingredients   of    179 

inspection    177 

lamp    black    180 

linseed  oil,  drier 179 

mixing    178 

number  of  coats    177 

payment     184 

shop  coat   179-182 

temporary   structures    56 

tests     181 

turpentine    179 

weight    178 

Payments 

final     212 

for  unclassified  work 37-39 

income    on    deposit    209 

interest  on  delayed    213 

no    estoppel    214 

no    waiver     215 

partial 209 

rent    of   property    223 

Permits 

plant    structures    221 

Secretary  of  War   197 

to  begin  work 51 

water  supply   53 

Permitting       completion,       no 

waiver     234 

Physician   77 

Pier  No.  8 

supporting     94 

Piles 

concrete    131-132 

timber     133 

Pipes  (see  Gas,  Water,  Air, 
Drains,  subsurface  struc- 
tures) 

air  supply  81 

changes    192 

maintenance,  etc 65-66-67 

preserving  old 68 

requirements  of  city  officers..     65 
Pipes,    cast-iron    (water,    sewer, 
drain) 

cast  iron   for    169 

finish    .  171 


323 

INDEX. 


PAGE 

how   cast    170 

laying    174-175 

new    169 

payment    87-156-175 

pitch   coating    173 

size    and    form    170 

specials     173 

supporting     175 

testing  155-174 

thickness  and  weight  ....171-172 

tunnel    service    176 

wrought  iron  and  steel    155 

Pitch  (see  coal  tar  pitch) 

Plans   (see  drawings) 

Polings  and  breast-boards,  use  of    95 

Prices,  schedule    23 

fixed  by  agreement 39 

Prosecution,  manner  of 49 

Property   (see  Buildings) 

access  to   62 

examination   of    220 

for  Contractor's  use   221 

injuries  to    67 

plant     to     become     Commis- 
sions       226 

safety  to  life  and 98 

Provisions  of  law 20,  52 

Plant 

adequacy  of   74,  75 

air   compressing    75 

fire  precautions  76 

location    74 

no   lien    on    229 

ownership    226 

payment  for   225 

records   of   operation 76 

removal   of    227 

structures  approved 51 

surrender    of    227 

Platforms 

ladders  and  rest 80 

payment    133 

to    be   removed    133 

Pumping,  well  points 72 

Quantities,  approximate  only....     40 

Quarters    for  workmen 77 

Railroads,  support  of 68 

expense  of  maintaining 69 

access  to   62 

Record  of  plant  operation 76 

Refuse,    removal    of 55 

Regulations  (see  City  laws) 

Remedies   for   default    234 

Rental,  payment  of   224 

Repairs    to    buildings    or    struc- 
tures     64-65 

Repairs,  Commissions  may  make    64 
Reports,  daily   38 


PAGE 

Restoration 

buildings    64 

flow  in  pipes 67 

railroads    63 

structures     4-69 

surface 69 

Requirements  of  owners,  etc... 53-65 

Resolutions 

New  York   10 

New  Jersey   1 1 

enabling  8 

Retained   percentages    207 

River     caissons,     removing     air 

from     139 

Rivet  holes 

spacing   of    148 

sub-punching    148 

Rivets 

bolts  in  place   of   149 

boxing    153 

driving    149 

holes   for    148 

size     148 

spacing     149 

steel    for    146 

Roadway 

provide  and  maintain 59 

to   be   fenced 59 

Rock  (see  excavation) 
cleaning     before     concreting  115 

defined   70 

strip  for  measurement 87 

Rods   and   bars    154 

Runways  in  headings 82 

Safety  devices  on   cages    99 

Safety  screens  82 

Sand 

for  concrete    112 

for  grouting   128 

for   mortar    112 

Sanitary    conveniences    and    re- 
quirements   56-79 

Schedule  of  items 23 

Schedule   of   prices 23-36 

Scientific  investigations,  facilities 

for  78 

Secretary    of    War,    regulations 

of    197 

Securities 

deposit  of 207 

retained    percentage    of    ....   209 

Shaft,  river,  sequence  of  opera- 
tions         91 

Shaft,  land,  sequence   of  opera- 
tions         92 

Shafts 

cages  in    99 

caissons    .  89 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

excavation  89 

invert   of    90 

location 1 

payment     92 

sequence  of  operations 91-92 

stairway   in    99 

starting  shields   from 94 

use  of   air   for 90 

Sheeting 

driving,    placing .72-86 

left  in  and  removed 85 

material  for 72 

payment  89 

Shields 

concrete  cradle  for 96 

design    of    93 

driving   96 

guidance  96 

junctions    102 

junction,    bulkhead    removal 

of      103 

line   and  grade   check    103 

meeting  of  delayed 103 

operations    95 

starting    94 

Shifts  may  be  increased 50 

Shop  drawings   54 

Signal  on  floating  plants,   etc., 

200-202 

Signs  60 

Soundings   98 

Specifications 

amplification  of 40 

Engineer  to  explain 43 

general    clauses     49 

intent  of    44-45 

interpretation   of    45 

and    drawings    explanatory   of 

each   other    45 

States 

defined    13 

indemnification    of    231 

may  take  excavated  material..  73 

may   use    remedy    244 

Steel,    cast 160 

Steel  and  iron 

best    workmanship     142 

cleaning   of     143 

drawings    of    142 

inspection  of 142-143 

protection   of    143 

rejection  of  143 

Steel,  rolled 

assembling     149 

annealing   147 

bolts  147-149 

burrs    removed    148 

chemical  properties    144 


PAGE 

copper-steel     153 

details    boxed     153 

girder  details    150 

lattice    bars     147 

material  to  be   sound    144 

melt    number    145 

members  true 150 

nuts    152 

open-hearth  process  144 

painting      143 

payment     and     measurement  153 

planing  and   facing    150 

punching,    reaming    and    drill- 
ing      147 

riveting     149 

rods    and    bars    146 

shearing  and  clipping 147 

straightening    147 

sub-punching     and     reaming  148 

shaft  shield  bulkhead    150 

tests     145 

threads    147 

templates     148 

weight     144 

web   plates    150 

washers     152 

Stone   for   concrete    112 

Storage   of   materials 61 

Structure,   form  of 48 

Structures 

changes  in    66 

changes  of   68 

expense  of   69 

maintenance  and  support  of . .  66 

plans  of  69 

restoration  of   69 

temporary  to  be  painted 56 

to  be  watertight 84 

Sub-contractor,  Commissions 

may    disapprove    18 

Substitute  for  Chief  Engineer..  17 

Supply,  air   82 

Survey,    locks    58 

Telephone  connections   83 

Tie-rods   for  tunnel  lining. .  .152-167 

Time,  extension  of 233 

Titles,  etc.,  not  part  of  contract.  13 

Timber,  general 133 

bracing  and  decking 62 

piles    133 

tunnel   97 

Ton,   defined    15 

Traffic 

maintenance  of 218 

Travel,  street 

interference  with   49 

Tunnel,  defined  15 

air  locks   .                79 


325 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

conduits   (see  conduits) 
ducts   (see  ducts) 

lining,  cast  steel 160 

lining  (see  cast  iron) 

lining   defined    16 

to  line  and  grade 96 

Unlawful  provisions   20 

Underpinning    63-65 

Underpinning,  agreement   for...  63 

Unclassified  work    36 

Uncovering   finished   work 42 

Vaults 

maintenance    66 

Vehicular  Tunnel,  denned 15 

Ventilation 

tunnel    82 

shafts    82 

openings   for    61 

Waiver,   permission   to  complete 

no 234 

acceptance  no    43 

War    Department,    requirements 

of 52,197 

Washers  for  tunnel  bolts 152 

Waste   material    removed 55 

Watchman  in  heading 81 

Water,   boiler   feed 74 

supply   56 

inspection  charges   56 

Water  pipes 

by-passing 67 

changes 192 

excavation   194 

how  laid   175 

hydrants,  access  to 61 

lines  new    194 

payment  192 

quality  of  pipe  for 169 

shut-off s  67 

valves,    access   to 68 

valve  chambers   193 

valves  to  be  located 68 

work  interfering  with 53 

Waterproofing 

asphalt   136 

brick  for  137 

tunnel  lining    141 

care  of 139 

coal-tar   pitch    163 

competent  men  to  lay 139 

composition  and  use 135 

dry-ply   135 

fabric-laying  138 

fabric-quality   135 

fire  precautions  139 

in  compressed  air   140 

in  normal  air  140 

joint  with  old  work 138 

outside   river  shafts 137 


PAGE 

payment  140 

protection  of   139 

shaft  invert   137 

surfaces  smooth   137 

surfaces  to  be  dry 138 

surfaces  where  applied 138 

ventilation  for 138 

Watertight 

caissons  to  be 150 

concrete  to  be 84-121 

structures  to   be 21-84 

Weight 

cast  iron    168 

cast-iron  pipe 171 

cast  steel  162 

cement    113-128 

rolled  steel   144 

ton,   defined   15 

Well  points  for  pumping 72 

Wire  mesh   146 

Work 

best  required   41 

brief  description  of 21-48 

continuous  49 

commencement  of   51-231 

completion   of    2-231 

compressed  air   49-74 

defective    42 

diligent,  required   50 

emergency   49 

imperfect  and  damaged 83 

incidental   included    22 

injuries   to    19, 95, 119 

location  of   48 

night   49 

order   to   begin 51 

prosecution  of  49 

quantities  approximate  only. . .     40 

suspension  of  233 

to  be  done   21 

unclassified   36 

Working  shifts,  increase  of 50 

Workmanship,  best  required 83 

Workmen 

competent    56-83. 

discharge   of    56 

facilities   for    77 

medical  requirements    78 

Workmen's   compensation,   labor 

laws  20 

Works 

admission   to    42 

damage   to    220 

defined    15 

prices   for   22 

Wrought  iron 

character  and  finish   155 

tests  155 


I  L. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


